number - XPath
if the string does not match this pattern, then the string is converted to nan. boolean true is converted to 1. false is converted to 0. ...
...if the string does not match this pattern, then the string is converted to nan. boolean true is converted to 1. false is converted to 0. ...
...if the string does not match this pattern, then the string is converted to nan. boolean true is converted to 1. false is converted to 0. ...
...And 6 more matches

JS_NewNumberValue
the result is an integer jsval if d can be stored that way. otherwise, a new floating-point jsval is created. ...
... the result is an integer jsval if d can be stored that way. otherwise, a new floating-point jsval is created. ...
... the result is an integer jsval if d can be stored that way. otherwise, a new floating-point jsval is created. ...
...And 5 more matches

Number.POSITIVE_INFINITY - JavaScript
this value behaves slightly differently than mathematical infinity: any positive value, including positive_infinity, multiplied by positive_infinity is positive_infinity. ...
... this value behaves slightly differently than mathematical infinity: any positive value, including positive_infinity, multiplied by positive_infinity is positive_infinity. ...
...e is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.positive_infinity writable no enumerable no configurable no description the value of number.positive_infinity is the same as the value of the global object's infinity property. ...
...And 5 more matches

Number.isNaN() - JavaScript
this situation is unlike all other possible value comparisons in javascript. ...
...this situation is unlike all other possible value comparisons in javascript. ...
...this situation is unlike all other possible value comparisons in javascript. ...
...And 4 more matches

<xsl:number> - XSLT: Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations
xslt/xpath reference: xslt elements, exslt functions, xpath functions, xpath axes the <xsl:number> element counts things sequentially. it can also be used to quickly format a number. syntax <xsl:number count=expression level="single" | "multiple" | "any" from=expression value=expression format=format-string lang=xml:lang-code letter-value="alphabetic" | "traditional" grouping-separator=character grouping-size=number /> required attributes none. optional attributes count specifies what in the source tree should be numbered sequentially. it uses an xpath expression. level defines how levels of the source tree should be considered in generating sequential numbers. it has three valid values: single, multiple, and any. the default value is single: singl...
...tor=character grouping-size=number /> required attributes none. optional attributes count specifies what in the source tree should be numbered sequentially. it uses an xpath expression. level defines how levels of the source tree should be considered in generating sequential numbers. it has three valid values: single, multiple, and any. the default value is single: single numbers sibling nodes sequentially, as in the items in a list. the processor goes to the first node in the ancestor-or-self axis that matches the count attribute and then counts that node plus all its preceding siblings (stopping when it reaches a match to the from attribute, if there is one) that also match the count attribute.if no match is found, the sequence will be an empty list. multi...
...ing nodes sequentially, as in the items in a list. the processor goes to the first node in the ancestor-or-self axis that matches the count attribute and then counts that node plus all its preceding siblings (stopping when it reaches a match to the from attribute, if there is one) that also match the count attribute.if no match is found, the sequence will be an empty list. multiple numbers nodes as a composite sequence that reflects the hierarchic position of the node, e.g. 1.2.2.5. (the nested format can be specified with the format attribute, e.g. a.1.1). the processor looks at all ancestors of the current node and the current node itself, stopping when it reaches a match for the from attribute, if there is one. for each node in this list that matches the count attribute, the pr...
...And 4 more matches

Number.MAX_SAFE_INTEGER - JavaScript
the number.max_safe_integer constant represents the maximum safe integer in javascript (253 - 1). for larger integers, consider using bigint. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.max_safe_integer writable no enumerable no configurable no description the max_safe_integer constant has a value of 9007199254740991 (9,007,199,254,740,991 or ~9 quadrillion). ...
...ps://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.max_safe_integer writable no enumerable no configurable no description the max_safe_integer constant has a value of 9007199254740991 (9,007,199,254,740,991 or ~9 quadrillion). the reasoning behind that number is that javascript uses double-precision floating-point format numbers as specified in ieee 754 and can only safely represent numbers between -(253 - 1) and 253 - 1. safe in this context refers to the ability to represent integers exactly and to correctly compare them. ...
...onstant has a value of 9007199254740991 (9,007,199,254,740,991 or ~9 quadrillion). the reasoning behind that number is that javascript uses double-precision floating-point format numbers as specified in ieee 754 and can only safely represent numbers between -(253 - 1) and 253 - 1. safe in this context refers to the ability to represent integers exactly and to correctly compare them. for example, number.max_safe_integer + 1 === number.max_safe_integer + 2 will evaluate to true, which is mathematically incorrect. see number.issafeinteger() for more information. this field does not exist in old browsers. ...
...And 3 more matches

Number.NEGATIVE_INFINITY - JavaScript
this value behaves slightly differently than mathematical infinity: any positive value, including positive_infinity, multiplied by negative_infinity is negative_infinity. ...
... this value behaves slightly differently than mathematical infinity: any positive value, including positive_infinity, multiplied by negative_infinity is negative_infinity. ...
...e is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.negative_infinity writable no enumerable no configurable no description the value of number.negative_infinity is the same as the negative value of the global object's infinity property. this value behaves slightly differently than mathematical infinity: any positive value, including positive_infinity, multiplied by negative_infinity is negative_infinity. any negative value, including negative_infinity, multiplied by negative_infinity is positive_infinity. any positive value divide...
...And 3 more matches

Number.prototype.toExponential() - JavaScript
the toexponential() method returns a string representing the number object in exponential notation. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.toexponential([fractiondigits]) parameters fractiondigits optional. an integer specifying the number of digits after the decimal point. defaults to as many digits as necessary to specify the number. return value a string representing the given number object in exponential notation with one digit before the decimal point, rounded to fractiondigits digits after the decimal point. exceptions rangeerror if fractiondigits is too small or too large. v...
... in exponential notation with one digit before the decimal point, rounded to fractiondigits digits after the decimal point. exceptions rangeerror if fractiondigits is too small or too large. values between 0 and 20, inclusive, will not cause a rangeerror. implementations are allowed to support larger and smaller values as well. typeerror if this method is invoked on an object that is not a number. description if the fractiondigits argument is omitted, the number of digits after the decimal point defaults to the number of digits necessary to represent the value uniquely. if you use the toexponential() method for a numeric literal and the numeric literal has no exponent and no decimal point, leave whitespace(s) before the dot that precedes the method call to prevent the dot from being i...
...see the discussion of rounding in the description of the tofixed() method, which also applies to toexponential(). ...
...And 3 more matches

Number.prototype.toPrecision() - JavaScript
if the precision argument is a non-integer value, it is rounded to the nearest integer. ...
...if the precision argument is a non-integer value, it is rounded to the nearest integer. ...
...if the precision argument is a non-integer value, it is rounded to the nearest integer. ...
...And 3 more matches

valueNumber - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...
... ...
...And 2 more matches

JS_ValueToNumber
obsolete since jsapi 24this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. replaced by js::tonumber. convert any javascript value to a floating-point number of type jsdouble. syntax jsbool js_valuetonumber(jscontext *cx, jsval v, jsdouble *dp); name type description cx jscontext * the context in which to perform the conversion. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. v jsval the value to convert. dp jsdouble * out parameter. on success, *dp receives the converted floating-point value. description js_valuetonumber converts a javascript value to a number. it imp...
...ext * the context in which to perform the conversion. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. v jsval the value to convert. dp jsdouble * out parameter. on success, *dp receives the converted floating-point value. description js_valuetonumber converts a javascript value to a number. it implements the tonumber operator described in ecma 262-3 §9.3. if v is already a number, conversion succeeds. if v is undefined, null, false, or true, conversion succeeds, and the result is nan, 0, 0, or 1 respectively. if v is a string, conversion proceeds as specified in ecma 262-3 §9.3.1. js_valuetonumber always succeeds in this case, returning js_true. if the string is not a numeric string, *dp is set to nan.
...if at any step an error or exception occurs, or conversion succeeds, the rest of the steps are skipped. (this behavior is implemented by v's jsobjectops.defaultvalue hook, so host objects can override it all.) first, the object's jsclass.convert callback is called. ...
...And 2 more matches

Error.prototype.lineNumber - JavaScript
see the browser compatability table below. ...
...see the browser compatability table below. ...
...see the browser compatability table below. ...
...And 2 more matches

Intl.NumberFormat.supportedLocalesOf() - JavaScript
for the general form of the locales argument, see the intl page. options optional. an object that may have the following property: localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. ...
...for the general form of the locales argument, see the intl page. options optional. ...
...ocales argument, see the intl page. options optional. an object that may have the following property: localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. possible values are "lookup" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". for information about this option, see the intl page. return value an array of strings representing a subset of the given locale tags that are supported in number formatting without having to fall back to the runtime's default locale. description returns an array with a subset of the language tags provided in locales. the language tags returned are those for which the runtime supports a locale in number formatting that the locale matching algorithm used considers a match, so that it wouldn't have to fall back to the default locale. examples using suppo...
...And 2 more matches

Number.prototype.toFixed() - JavaScript
exceptions rangeerror if digits is too small or too large. ...
... exceptions rangeerror if digits is too small or too large. ...
...ithub.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.tofixed([digits]) parameters digits optional the number of digits to appear after the decimal point; this may be a value between 0 and 20, inclusive, and implementations may optionally support a larger range of values. if this argument is omitted, it is treated as 0. return value a string representing the given number using fixed-point notation. exceptions rangeerror if digits is too small or too large. values between 0 and 100, inclusive, will not cause a rangeerror. implementations are allowed to support larger and smaller values as chosen. typeerror if this method is invoked on an object that is not a number. description tofixed() returns a string representation of numobj that does not use exponen...
...And 2 more matches

PR_GetProtoByNumber
the buffer must be at least pr_netdb_buf_size bytes. result on input, a pointer to a prnetaddr structure. on output, this structure is filled in by the runtime if the function returns pr_success. ...
...the buffer must be at least pr_netdb_buf_size bytes. result on input, a pointer to a prnetaddr structure. on output, this structure is filled in by the runtime if the function returns pr_success. ...
...the buffer must be at least pr_netdb_buf_size bytes. result on input, a pointer to a prnetaddr structure. on output, this structure is filled in by the runtime if the function returns pr_success. ...
...the buffer must be at least pr_netdb_buf_size bytes. result on input, a pointer to a prnetaddr structure. on output, this structure is filled in by the runtime if the function returns pr_success. returns the function returns one of the following values: if successful, pr_success. if unsuccessful, pr_failure. ...

JS::NumberValue
this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 24 convert a c integer or floating-point value to a js::value. syntax js::value js::numbervalue(float f) js::value js::numbervalue(double dbl) js::value js::numbervalue(int8_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint8_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(int16_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint16_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(int32_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint32_t i) name type description f or dbl or i any c integer or floating-point value to convert. ...
... js::numbervalue(double dbl) js::value js::numbervalue(int8_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint8_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(int16_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint16_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(int32_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint32_t i) name type description f or dbl or i any c integer or floating-point value to convert. description js::numbervalue converts a c integer or floating-point value to js::value, the type of javascript values. ...
...t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint16_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(int32_t i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint32_t i) name type description f or dbl or i any c integer or floating-point value to convert. description js::numbervalue converts a c integer or floating-point value to js::value, the type of javascript values. ...
... i) js::value js::numbervalue(uint32_t i) name type description f or dbl or i any c integer or floating-point value to convert. description js::numbervalue converts a c integer or floating-point value to js::value, the type of javascript values. ...

<number> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the <number> css data type represents a number, being either an integer or a number with a fractional component. syntax the syntax of <number> extends the syntax of <integer>. a fractional value is represented by a . followed by one or more decimal digits, and may be appended to an integer. there is no unit associated with numbers. interpolation when animated, values of the <number> css data type are interpolated as real, floating-point numbers. the speed of the interpolation is determined by the timing function associated with the animation. examples valid numbers 12 a raw <integer> is also a <number>. ...
... decimal points must be followed by at least one digit. +-12.2 only one leading +/- is allowed. 12.1.1 only one decimal point is allowed. ...
...function associated with the animation. examples valid numbers 12 a raw <integer> is also a <number>. 4.01 positive fraction -456.8 negative fraction 0.0 zero +0.0 zero, with a leading + -0.0 zero, with a leading - .60 fractional number without a leading zero 10e3 scientific notation -3.4e-2 complicated scientific notation invalid numbers 12. decimal points must be followed by at least one digit. +-12.2 only one leading +/- is allowed. 12.1.1 only one decimal point is allowed. specifications specification status comment css values and units module level 4the definition of '<number>' in that specification. editor's draft no significant change. css values and units mo...
...st be followed by at least one digit. +-12.2 only one leading +/- is allowed. 12.1.1 only one decimal point is allowed. specifications specification status comment css values and units module level 4the definition of '<number>' in that specification. editor's draft no significant change. css values and units module level 3the definition of '<number>' in that specification. candidate recommendation no significant change. css level 2 (revision 1)the definition of '<number>' in that specification. recommendation explicit definition. css level 1the definition of '<number>' in that specification. recommendation implicit definition. ...

Number.MIN_VALUE - JavaScript
min_value has a value of approximately 5e-324. values smaller than min_value ("underflow values") are converted to 0. ...
... min_value has a value of approximately 5e-324. values smaller than min_value ("underflow values") are converted to 0. ...
...ed in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.min_value writable no enumerable no configurable no description the min_value property is the number closest to 0, not the most negative number, that javascript can represent. min_value has a value of approximately 5e-324. values smaller than min_value ("underflow values") are converted to 0. because min_value is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_value, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_value the following code divides tw...
...low values") are converted to 0. because min_value is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_value, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_value the following code divides two numeric values. if the result is greater than or equal to min_value, the func1 function is called; otherwise, the func2 function is called. if (num1 / num2 >= number.min_value) { func1(); } else { func2(); } specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.min_value' in that specification. ...

Number.parseFloat() - JavaScript
the number.parsefloat() method parses an argument and returns a floating point number. if a number cannot be parsed from the argument, it returns nan. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax number.parsefloat(string) parameters string the value to parse. if this argument is not a string, then it is converted to one using the tostring abstract operation. leading whitespace in this argument is ignored. return value a floating point number parsed from the given string. or nan when the first non-whitespace character cannot be converted to a number. ...
...(its purpose is modularization of globals.) see parsefloat() for more detail and examples. ...
...ing) parameters string the value to parse. if this argument is not a string, then it is converted to one using the tostring abstract operation. leading whitespace in this argument is ignored. return value a floating point number parsed from the given string. or nan when the first non-whitespace character cannot be converted to a number. polyfill if (number.parsefloat === undefined) { number.parsefloat = parsefloat; } examples number.parsefloat vs parsefloat this method has the same functionality as the global parsefloat() function: number.parsefloat === parsefloat; // true this method is also part of ecmascript 2015. (its purpose is modularization of globals.) see parsefloat() for more detail and examples. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma...
...; } examples number.parsefloat vs parsefloat this method has the same functionality as the global parsefloat() function: number.parsefloat === parsefloat; // true this method is also part of ecmascript 2015. (its purpose is modularization of globals.) see parsefloat() for more detail and examples. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.parsefloat' in that specification. ...

Number.prototype.toString() - JavaScript
the tostring() method returns a string representing the specified number object. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.tostring([radix]) parameters radix optional. an integer in the range 2 through 36 specifying the base to use for representing numeric values. return value a string representing the specified number object. exceptions rangeerror if tostring() is given a radix less than 2 or greater than 36, a rangeerror is thrown. description the number object overrides the tostring() method of the object object. ...
...nge 2 through 36 specifying the base to use for representing numeric values. return value a string representing the specified number object. exceptions rangeerror if tostring() is given a radix less than 2 or greater than 36, a rangeerror is thrown. description the number object overrides the tostring() method of the object object. (it does not inherit object.prototype.tostring()). for number objects, the tostring() method returns a string representation of the object in the specified radix. the tostring() method parses its first argument, and attempts to return a string representation in the specified radix (base). for radices above 10, the letters of the alphabet indicate numerals greater than 9. for example, for hexadecimal numbers (base 16), a through f are used. if the radix is...
... for example, for hexadecimal numbers (base 16), a through f are used. if the radix is not specified, the preferred radix is assumed to be 10. if the numobj is negative, the sign is preserved. this is the case even if the radix is 2; the string returned is the positive binary representation of the numobj preceded by a - sign, not the two's complement of the numobj. if the numobj is not a whole number, the 'dot' sign is used to separate the decimal places. examples using tostring let count = 10 console.log(count.tostring()) // displays '10' console.log((17).tostring()) // displays '17' console.log((17.2).tostring()) // displays '17.2' let x = 6 console.log(x.tostring(2)) // displays '110' console.log((254).tostring(16)) // displays 'fe' console.log((-10).tostring(2)) /...
... ...

Number - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
in javascript, number is a numeric data type in the double-precision 64-bit floating point format (ieee 754). in other programming languages different numeric types exist; for example, integers, floats, doubles, or bignums. ...
... in javascript, number is a numeric data type in the double-precision 64-bit floating point format (ieee 754). in other programming languages different numeric types exist; for example, integers, floats, doubles, or bignums. ...
... in javascript, number is a numeric data type in the double-precision 64-bit floating point format (ieee 754). in other programming languages different numeric types exist; for example, integers, floats, doubles, or bignums. ...

AudioBuffer.numberOfChannels - Web APIs
the numberofchannels property of the audiobuffer interface returns an integer representing the number of discrete audio channels described by the pcm data stored in the buffer. syntax var myarraybuffer = audioctx.createbuffer(2, framecount, audioctx.samplerate); myarraybuffer.numberofchannels; value an integer. example // stereo var channels = 2; // create an empty two second stereo buffer at the // sample rate of the audiocontext var framecount = audioctx.samplerate * 2.0; var myarraybuffer = audioctx.createbuffer(2, framecount, audioctx.samplerate); button.onclick = function() { // fill the buffer with white noise; // just random values between -1.0 and 1.0 for (var channel = 0; channel < channels; channel++) { // this gives us the actual arraybuffer that contains the data...
... working draft ...
... working draft ...

BasicCardResponse.cardNumber - Web APIs
example let's look at a sample payment request: var request = new paymentrequest(supportedinstruments, details, options); // call show() to trigger the browser's payment flow. request.show().then(function(instrumentresponse) { // do something with the response from the ui. console.log(instrumentresponse.details); }) .catch(function(err) { // do something with the error from request.show(). ...
... payment flow has been triggered using paymentrequest.show() and the promise resolves successfully, the paymentresponse object available inside the fulfilled promise (instrumentresponse above) will have a paymentresponse.details property that will contain response details. this has to conform to the structure defined by the basiccardresponse dictionary, and may look something like this: { "cardnumber' : '9999999999999999", "cardholdername' : 'mr. dick straw", "cardsecuritycode" : "999", "expirymonth" : "07", "expiryyear" : "2021", "billingaddress" : { "country" : "gb", // etc. billing address is a paymentaddress object } } specifications specification status comment basic card paymentthe definition of 'cardnumber' in that specification. working...
...ition. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

SVGAnimatedNumber - Web APIs
svg animated number interface the svganimatednumber interface is used for attributes of basic type <number> which can be animated. interface overview also implement none methods none properties float baseval readonly float animval normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description baseval float the base value of the given attribute before applying any animations. animval float if the given attribute or property is being animated, contains the current animated value of the attribute or property. if the given attribute or property is not currently being animated, contains the same value as baseval. ...
... description baseval float the base value of the given attribute before applying any animations. animval float if the given attribute or property is being animated, contains the current animated value of the attribute or property. if the given attribute or property is not currently being animated, contains the same value as baseval. methods the svganimatednumber interface do not provide any specific methods. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. desktopmobilechromeedgefirefoxinternet exploreroperasafariandroid webviewchrome for androidfirefox for androidopera for androi...
...thods. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

SVGAnimatedNumberList - Web APIs
svg animated number list interface the svganimatednumber interface is used for attributes which take a list of numbers and which can be animated. interface overview also implement none methods none properties readonly svgnumberlist baseval readonly svgnumberlist animval normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties svganimatednumberlist.baseval read only is a svgnumberlist that represents the base value of the given attribute before applying any animations. svganimatednumberlist.animval read only is a read only svgnumberlist that represents the current animated value of the given attribute. ...
... svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties svganimatednumberlist.baseval read only is a svgnumberlist that represents the base value of the given attribute before applying any animations. svganimatednumberlist.animval read only is a read only svgnumberlist that represents the current animated value of the given attribute. if the given attribute is not currently being animated, then the svgnumberlist will have the same contents as baseval. the object referenced by animval will always be distinct from the one referenced by baseval, even when the attribute is not animated. methods the svganimatednumberlist interface do not provide any specific methods. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, ...
...thods. browser compatibility the compatibility table on this page is generated from structured data. if you'd like to contribute to the data, please check out https://github.com/mdn/browser-compat-data and send us a pull request. ...

XPathResult.numberValue - Web APIs
the read-only numbervalue property of the xpathresult interface returns the numeric value of a result with xpathresult.resulttype being number_type. note: this feature is available in web workers. syntax var value = result.numbervalue; return value the return value is the numeric value of the xpathresult returned by document.evaluate(). exceptions type_err in case xpathresult.resulttype is not number_type, an xpathexception of type type_err is thrown. example the following example shows the use of the numbervalue property. ...
...able in web workers. syntax var value = result.numbervalue; return value the return value is the numeric value of the xpathresult returned by document.evaluate(). exceptions type_err in case xpathresult.resulttype is not number_type, an xpathexception of type type_err is thrown. example the following example shows the use of the numbervalue property. ...
...evaluate(). exceptions type_err in case xpathresult.resulttype is not number_type, an xpathexception of type type_err is thrown. example the following example shows the use of the numbervalue property. html <div>xpath example</div> <div>number of &lt;div&gt;s: <output></output></div> javascript var xpath = "count(//div)"; var result = document.evaluate(xpath, document, null, xpathresult.number_type, null); document.queryselector("output").textcontent = result.numbervalue; result specifications specification status comment document object model (dom) level 3 xpath specificationthe definition of 'xpathresult.numbervalue' in that specification. recommendation initial definition ...

Intl.NumberFormat.prototype.format() - JavaScript
the intl.numberformat.prototype.format() method formats a number according to the locale and formatting options of this numberformat object. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numberformat.format(number) parameters number a number or bigint to format. description the format getter function formats a number into a string according to the locale and formatting options of this numberformat object. ...
...mberformat.format(number) parameters number a number or bigint to format. description the format getter function formats a number into a string according to the locale and formatting options of this numberformat object. examples using format use the format getter function for formatting a single currency value, here for russia: var options = { style: 'currency', currency: 'rub' }; var numberformat = new intl.numberformat('ru-ru', options); console.log(numberformat.format(654321.987)); // → "654 321,99 руб." using format with map use the format getter function for formatting all numbers in an array. note that the function is bound to the numberformat from which it was obtained, so it can be passed directly to array.prototype.map. this is considered a historical artefact, as pa...
...ormatting all numbers in an array. note that the function is bound to the numberformat from which it was obtained, so it can be passed directly to array.prototype.map. this is considered a historical artefact, as part of a convention which is no longer followed for new features, but is preserved to maintain compatibility with existing programs. var a = [123456.789, 987654.321, 456789.123]; var numberformat = new intl.numberformat('es-es'); var formatted = a.map(n => numberformat.format(n)); console.log(formatted.join('; ')); // → "123.456,789; 987.654,321; 456.789,123" specifications specification ecmascript internationalization api (ecma-402)the definition of 'intl.numberformat.prototype.format' in that specification. ...

Number.MIN_SAFE_INTEGER - JavaScript
the number.min_safe_integer constant represents the minimum safe integer in javascript (-(253 - 1)). to represent integers smaller than this, consider using bigint. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.min_safe_integer writable no enumerable no configurable no description the min_safe_integer constant has a value of -9007199254740991 (-9,007,199,254,740,991 or about -9 quadrillion). ...
...hub.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.min_safe_integer writable no enumerable no configurable no description the min_safe_integer constant has a value of -9007199254740991 (-9,007,199,254,740,991 or about -9 quadrillion). the reasoning behind that number is that javascript uses double-precision floating-point format numbers as specified in ieee 754 and can only safely represent numbers between -(253 - 1) and 253 - 1. see number.issafeinteger() for more information. because min_safe_integer is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_safe_integer, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_...
...cript uses double-precision floating-point format numbers as specified in ieee 754 and can only safely represent numbers between -(253 - 1) and 253 - 1. see number.issafeinteger() for more information. because min_safe_integer is a static property of number, you always use it as number.min_safe_integer, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using min_safe_integer number.min_safe_integer // -9007199254740991 -(math.pow(2, 53) - 1) // -9007199254740991 specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.min_safe_integer' in that specification. ...

Number.parseInt() - JavaScript
if this argument is not a string, then it is converted to one using the tostring abstract operation. leading whitespace in this argument is ignored. radix optional an integer between 2 and 36 that represents the radix (the base in mathematical numeral systems) of the string. be careful—this does not default to 10! return value an integer parsed from the given string. ...
...ration. leading whitespace in this argument is ignored. radix optional an integer between 2 and 36 that represents the radix (the base in mathematical numeral systems) of the string. be careful—this does not default to 10! return value an integer parsed from the given string. if the radix is smaller than 2 or bigger than 36, and the first non-whitespace character cannot be converted to a number, nan is returned. polyfill if (number.parseint === undefined) { number.parseint = window.parseint } examples number.parseint vs parseint this method has the same functionality as the global parseint() function: number.parseint === parseint // true and is part of ecmascript 2015 (its purpose is modularization of globals). please see parseint() for more detail and examples. specificat...
...eint = window.parseint } examples number.parseint vs parseint this method has the same functionality as the global parseint() function: number.parseint === parseint // true and is part of ecmascript 2015 (its purpose is modularization of globals). please see parseint() for more detail and examples. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.parseint' in that specification. ...

setValueNumber - Archive of obsolete content
summary sets the value of a key, when that value is a number. method of winreg object syntax int setvaluenumber ( string subkey, string valname, number value ); parameters the method has the following parameters: subkey the key path to the appropriate location in the key hierarchy, such as "software\\netscape\\navigator\\mail". valname the name of the value-name/value pair whose value you want to change. value a number representing the new string value. returns 0 if it succeeded; a nonzero number if it failed to schedule the action. for a list of possible values, see return codes. description the setvaluenumber method sets the value of a key when that value is a number. use this method if the value you want to set is a number. if the v...
...hose value you want to change. value a number representing the new string value. returns 0 if it succeeded; a nonzero number if it failed to schedule the action. for a list of possible values, see return codes. description the setvaluenumber method sets the value of a key when that value is a number. use this method if the value you want to set is a number. if the value is not a number, use the setvalue or setvaluestring methods instead. ...

getNumberOfVisibleRows - Archive of obsolete content
...
... ...

Error.number - Archive of obsolete content
non-standard. do not use! this object is a microsoft extension and is only supported in internet explorer. the error.number property returns or sets the numeric value associated with a specific error. the error object's default property is number. syntax object .number [= errornumber] parameters object any instance of the error object. errornumber an integer representing an error. remarks an error number is a 32-bit value. the upper 16-bit word is the facility code, and the lower word is the error code. to determine the error code, use the & (bitwise and) operator to combine the number property with the hexadecimal number 0xffff. example the following example causes an exception to be thrown and displays the error code that is derived from the error number. try { // cau...
...ror code. to determine the error code, use the & (bitwise and) operator to combine the number property with the hexadecimal number 0xffff. example the following example causes an exception to be thrown and displays the error code that is derived from the error number. try { // cause an error. var x = y; } catch(e) { document.write ("error code: "); document.write (e.number & 0xffff) document.write ("<br />"); document.write ("facility code: ") document.write(e.number>>16 & 0x1fff) document.write ("<br />"); document.write ("error message: ") document.write (e.message) } example the output of this code is as follows. error code: 5009 facility code: 10 error message: 'y' is undefined requirements supported in the following documen...

Random Number Generator - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
a prng (pseudorandom number generator) is an algorithm that outputs numbers in a complex, seemingly unpredictable pattern. truly random numbers (say, from a radioactive source) are utterly unpredictable, whereas all algorithms are predictable, and a prng returns the same numbers when passed the same starting parameters or seed. prngs can be used for a variety of applications, such as games. a cryptographically secure prng is a prng with certain extra properties making it suitable for use in cryptography. these include: that it's computationally unfeasible for an attacker (without knowledge of the seed) to predict its output that if an attacker can work out its current state, this should not enable the attacker to work out previously emitted numbers. most prngs are not cryptograph...
...perties making it suitable for use in cryptography. these include: that it's computationally unfeasible for an attacker (without knowledge of the seed) to predict its output that if an attacker can work out its current state, this should not enable the attacker to work out previously emitted numbers. most prngs are not cryptographically secure. learn more general knowledge pseudorandom number generator on wikipedia math.random(), a built-in javascript prng function. note that this is not a cryptographically secure prng. crypto.getrandomvalues(): this is intended to provide cryptographically secure numbers. ...

JS::ToNumber
this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 17 convert any javascript value to a double. syntax bool js::tonumber(jscontext *cx, js::handlevalue v, double *out); name type description cx jscontext * the context in which to perform the conversion. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. v js::handlevalue the value to convert. out double * out parameter. on success, *out receives the converted floating-point value. description js::tonumber converts a javascript value to a number. it implements the tonumber operator described in ecma 262-3 §9.3. on success, js::tonumber stores the converted value in *out and returns true. on error or exception, it re...
...n success, *out receives the converted floating-point value. description js::tonumber converts a javascript value to a number. it implements the tonumber operator described in ecma 262-3 §9.3. on success, js::tonumber stores the converted value in *out and returns true. ...

JS_NumberValue
this article covers features introduced in spidermonkey 17 convert a c floating-point number of type double to a js::value. replacement to js_newnumbervalue, js_newdoublevalue, js_newdouble. syntax // added in spidermonkey 42 js::value js_numbervalue(double d); // obsolete since spidermonkey 42 jsval js_numbervalue(double d); name type description d double the numeric value to convert. description js_numbervalue converts a c floating-point number of type double to js::value, the type of javascript values. the result is an integer js::value if d can be stored that way. otherwise, a new floating-point js::value is created. ...
..._numbervalue(double d); name type description d double the numeric value to convert. description js_numbervalue converts a c floating-point number of type double to js::value, the type of javascript values. the result is an integer js::value if d can be stored that way. otherwise, a new floating-point js::value is created. ...

Number.EPSILON - JavaScript
the number.epsilon property represents the difference between 1 and the smallest floating point number greater than 1. you do not have to create a number object to access this static property (use number.epsilon). the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.epsilon writable no enumerable no configurable no description the epsilon property has a value of approximately 2.2204460492503130808472633361816e-16, or 2-52. ...
... project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.epsilon writable no enumerable no configurable no description the epsilon property has a value of approximately 2.2204460492503130808472633361816e-16, or 2-52. polyfill if (number.epsilon === undefined) { number.epsilon = math.pow(2, -52); } examples testing equality x = 0.2; y = 0.3; z = 0.1; equal = (math.abs(x - y + z) < number.epsilon); specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.epsilon' in that specification. ...

Number.MAX_VALUE - JavaScript
the number.max_value property represents the maximum numeric value representable in javascript. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. property attributes of number.max_value writable no enumerable no configurable no description the max_value property has a value of approximately 1.79e+308, or 21024. values larger than max_value are represented as infinity. because max_value is a static property of number, you always use it as number.max_value, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples...
...ue are represented as infinity. because max_value is a static property of number, you always use it as number.max_value, rather than as a property of a number object you created. examples using max_value the following code multiplies two numeric values. if the result is less than or equal to max_value, the func1 function is called; otherwise, the func2 function is called. if (num1 * num2 <= number.max_value) { func1(); } else { func2(); } specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.max_value' in that specification. ...

Number.prototype.valueOf() - JavaScript
the valueof() method returns the wrapped primitive value of a number object. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.valueof() return value a number representing the primitive value of the specified number object. description this method is usually called internally by javascript and not explicitly in web code. ...
...like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax numobj.valueof() return value a number representing the primitive value of the specified number object. description this method is usually called internally by javascript and not explicitly in web code. examples using valueof let numobj = new number(10) console.log(typeof numobj) // object let num = numobj.valueof() console.log(num) // 10 console.log(typeof num) // number specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.prototype.valueof' in that specification. ...

getValueNumber - Archive of obsolete content
getvaluenumber gets the value of a key when that value is a number. method of winreg object syntax number getvaluenumber ( string subkey, string valname); parameters the getvaluestring method has the following parameters: subkey the key path to the appropriate location in the key hierarchy, such as "software\\netscape\\navigator\\mail". valname the name of the value-name/value pair whose value you want. returns number value of the specified key or null if there's an error, the value is not found, or the value is not a string. ...

Number.toInteger() - Archive of obsolete content
the number.tointeger() method used to evaluate the passed value and convert it to an integer, but its implementation has been removed. if the target value is nan, null or undefined, 0 is returned. if the target value is false, 0 is returned and if true, 1 is returned. syntax number.tointeger(number) parameters number the value to be converted to an integer. examples using tointeger number.tointeger(0.1); // 0 number.tointeger(1); // 1 number.tointeger(math.pi); // 3 number.tointeger(null); // 0 specifications not part of any standard. number.tointeger() was part of the draft ecmascript 6 specification, but has been removed on august 23, 2013 in draft rev 17. ...

Floating Point Number to String Conversion
nspr provides functions that convert double-precision floating point numbers to and from their character string representations. these conversion functions were originally written by david m. gay of at&t. they use ieee double-precision (not ieee double-extended) arithmetic. the header file prdtoa.h declares these functions. the functions are: pr_strtod pr_dtoa pr_cnvtf references gay's implementation is inspired by these two papers. [1] william d. clinger, "how to read floating point numbers accurately," proc. acm sigplan '90, pp. 92-101. [2] guy l. steele, jr. and jon l. white, "how to print floating-point numbers accurately," proc. acm sigplan '90, pp. 112-126. ...

PLHashNumber
syntax #include <plhash.h> typedef pruint32 plhashnumber; #define pl_hash_bits 32 description plhashnumber is an unsigned 32-bit integer. plhashnumber is the data type of the return value of a hash function. a hash function maps a key to a hash number, which is then used to compute the index of the bucket. the macro pl_hash_bits is the size (in bits) of the plhashnumber data type and has the value of 32. see also plhashfunction ...

Random Number Generator
this chapter describes the nspr random number generator. random number generator function pr_getrandomnoise - produces a random value for use as a seed value for another random number generator. ...

JSVAL_IS_NUMBER
obsolete since jsapi 32this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. determine if a given jsval is a javascript number. syntax jsval_is_number(v) description jsval_is_number(v) is true if v is a javascript number. to convert a numeric jsval to a c floating-point number, use js_valuetonumber. example the following code snippet illustrates how a javascript variable, myitem, is conditionally tested in an if statement to see if it is a js integer or double value. if (jsval_is_number(myitem)) { ... } see also bug 952650 ...

AudioNode.numberOfInputs - Web APIs
the numberofinputs property of the audionode interface returns the number of inputs feeding the node. source nodes are defined as nodes having a numberofinputs property with a value of 0. syntax var numinputs = audionode.numberofinputs; value an integer ≥ 0. example const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const oscillator = audioctx.createoscillator(); const gainnode = audioctx.creategain(); oscillator.connect(gainnode).connect(audioctx.destination); console.log(oscillator.numberofinputs); // 0 console.log(gainnode.numberofinputs); // 1 console.log(audioctx.destination.numberofinputs); // 1 specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'numberofinputs' in that specification. working draft ...

AudioNode.numberOfOutputs - Web APIs
the numberofoutputs property of the audionode interface returns the number of outputs coming out of the node. destination nodes — like audiodestinationnode — have a value of 0 for this attribute. syntax var numoutputs = audionode.numberofoutputs; value an integer ≥ 0. example const audioctx = new audiocontext(); const oscillator = audioctx.createoscillator(); const gainnode = audioctx.creategain(); oscillator.connect(gainnode).connect(audioctx.destination); console.log(oscillator.numberofoutputs); // 1 console.log(gainnode.numberofoutputs); // 1 console.log(audioctx.destination.numberofoutputs); // 0 specifications specification status comment web audio apithe definition of 'numberofoutputs' in that specification. working draft ...

SVGNumber - Web APIs
the svgnumber interface corresponds to the <number> basic data type. an svgnumber object can be designated as read only, which means that attempts to modify the object will result in an exception being thrown. properties svgnumber.value a float representing the number. note: if the svgnumber is read-only, a domexception with the code no_modification_allowed_err is raised on an attempt to change the value. methods this interface doesn't provide any specific methods. specifications specification status comment scalable vector graphics (svg) 2the definition of 'svgnumber' in that specification. candidate recommendation no change scalable vector graphics (svg) 1.1 (second edition)the definition of 'svgnumber' in that specification. recommendat...

SecurityPolicyViolationEvent.columnNumber - Web APIs
the columnnumber read-only property of the securitypolicyviolationevent interface is the column number in the document or worker at which the violation occurred. syntax let colnum = violationeventinstance.columnnumber; value a number representing the column number where the violation occurred. example document.addeventlistener("securitypolicyviolation", (e) => { console.log(e.columnnumber); }); specifications specification status comment content security policy level 3the definition of 'columnnumber' in that specification. working draft initial definition ...

SecurityPolicyViolationEvent.lineNumber - Web APIs
the linenumber read-only property of the securitypolicyviolationevent interface is the line number in the document or worker at which the violation occurred. syntax let linenumber = violationeventinstance.linenumber; value a number representing the line number at which the violation occurred. example document.addeventlistener("securitypolicyviolation", (e) => { console.log(e.linenumber); }); specifications specification status comment content security policy level 3the definition of 'linenumber' in that specification. working draft initial definition ...

USBDevice.serialNumber - Web APIs
the serialnumber read only property of the usbdevice interface is the manufacturer-defined serial number for the specific usb device. syntax var serialnumber = usbdevice.serialnumber value the serial number for the specified usb device specifications specification status comment webusbthe definition of 'serialnumber' in that specification. draft initial definition. ...

::-moz-list-number - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the ::-moz-list-number css pseudo-element is a mozilla extension that represents the marker (typically a number) of a list item (<li>) in an ordered list (<ol>). syntax li::-moz-list-number examples html <ol> <li>first item</li> <li>second item</li> <li>third item</li> </ol> css li::-moz-list-number { font-style: italic; font-weight: bold; } result screenshotlive sample specifications not part of any standard. ...

Error.prototype.columnNumber - JavaScript
the columnnumber property contains the column number in the line of the file that raised this error. examples using columnnumber var e = new error('could not parse input'); throw e; console.log(e.columnnumber) // 0 specifications not part of any standard. ...

Number.NaN - JavaScript
the number.nan property represents not-a-number. equivalent of nan. you do not have to create a number object to access this static property (use number.nan). property attributes of number.nan writable no enumerable no configurable no examples checking whether values are numeric function sanitise(x) { if (isnan(x)) { return number.nan; } return x; } testing against nan see testing against nan on the nan page. specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number.nan' in that specification. ...

Number() constructor - JavaScript
the number() constructor creates a number object. syntax new number(value) parameters value the numeric value of the object being created. examples creating number objects const a = new number('123'); // a === 123 is false const b = number('123'); // b === 123 is true a instanceof number; // is true b instanceof number; // is false specifications specification ecmascript (ecma-262)the definition of 'number constructor' in that specification. ...

Number.prototype.toSource() - JavaScript
the tosource() method returns a string representing the source code of the object. syntax numobj.tosource() number.tosource() return value a string representing the source code of the object. examples native function for the built-in number object, tosource() returns the following string indicating that the source code is not available: function number() { [native code] } for instances of number, tosource() returns a string representing the source code. this method is usually called internally by javascript and not explicitly in web code. specifications not part of any standard. ...

format-number - XPath
xslt/xpath reference: xslt elements, exslt functions, xpath functions, xpath axes the format-number function evaluates a number and returns a string representing the number in a given format. syntax format-number(number ,pattern [,decimal-format] ) arguments number the number to be formatted pattern a string in the format of the jdk 1.1 decimalformat class. (the documentation for jdk 1.1 is not available online. here is the java se 6 decimalformat.) decimal-format (optional) the name of an xsl:decimal-format element that defines the number format to be used. if omitted, the default decimal-format will be used. returns a string representing the number in the new format. notes this function is an xslt-specific addition to xpath. it is not a part of the core...

Index - Web APIs
below is a list of all the apis and interfaces (object types) that you may be able to use while developing your web app or site. ...
...property, read-only, reference, organization, payment an object based on addresserrors includes an organization property when the address's organization property couldn't be validated. the returned string explains the error and should offer suggestions for how to correct it. 36 addresserrors.phone api, address, addresserrors, payment request, payment request api, phone, phone number, property, read-only, reference, telephone number, téléphone, validation, payment an object based on addresserrors includes a phone property when the address's phone property couldn't be validated. the returned string explains the error and should offer suggestions for how to correct it. 37 addresserrors.postalcode api, address, addresserrors, payment request, payment reque...
...ow size in samples that is used when performing a fast fourier transform (fft) to get frequency domain data. 54 analysernode.frequencybincount api, analysernode, property, reference, web audio api, frequencybincount the frequencybincount read-only property of the analysernode interface is an unsigned integer half that of the analysernode.fftsize. this generally equates to the number of data values you will have to play with for the visualization. 55 analysernode.getbytefrequencydata() api, analysernode, method, reference, référence(2), web audio api the getbytefrequencydata() method of the analysernode interface copies the current frequency data into a uint8array (unsigned byte array) passed into it. 56 analysernode.getbytetimedomaindata() ...
...And 184 more matches

source-editor.jsm
y a secondary code module (by default, source-editor-orion.jsm). you must not directly import that code module; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. ...
...ou must not directly import that code module; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. ...
...le; it is essentially an implementation detail. its functionality is all exposed through source-editor.jsm. ...
...And 41 more matches

<input type="tel"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
... the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
... interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...And 34 more matches

<input>: The Input (Form Input) element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. ...
...olumn, but it's hidden! image a graphical submit button. displays an image defined by the src attribute. the alt attribute displays if the image src is missing. <input type="image" name="image" src="" alt="image input"/> month a control for entering a month and year, with no time zone. <input type="month" name="month"/> html5 number a control for entering a number. displays a spinner and adds default validation when supported. displays a numeric keypad in some devices with dynamic keypads. <input type="number" name="number"/> html5 password a single-line text field whose value is obscured. will alert user if site is not secure. <input type="password" name="password"/> ...
...> html5 password a single-line text field whose value is obscured. will alert user if site is not secure. <input type="password" name="password"/> radio a radio button, allowing a single value to be selected out of multiple choices with the same name value. <input type="radio" name="radio"/> range a control for entering a number whose exact value is not important. displays as a range widget defaulting to the middle value. used in conjunction min and max to define the range of acceptable values. <input type="range" name="range" min="0" max="25"/> html5 reset a button that resets the contents of the form to default values. not recommended. <input type="reset" name="reset"/> ...
...And 34 more matches

Index
script engine, in your c++ program. 17 jsapi reference needscontent, spidermonkey js::deflatestringtoutf8buffer 18 boolean_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey boolean_to_jsval converts a bool argument, b, to a boolean jsval. 19 double_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey double_to_jsval is the inverse of js::tonumber. ...
... 21 int_to_jsval jsapi reference, obsolete, spidermonkey int_to_jsval converts a c integer, i, to a jsval. 22 js::add*root jsapi reference, needscontent, obsolete, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey these functions are obsoleted, use js::persistentrooted instead. ...
...e entire string, or pass the length of the buffer as dstlenp. in which case, the function will encode characters from the string until the buffer is exhausted. does not write the null terminator. 39 js::doublenanvalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::doublenanvalue returns a value of type js::value that represents an ieee floating-point quiet not-a-number (nan). 40 js::doublevalue jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::doublevalue converts a c floating-point number of type double to js::value, the type of javascript values. 41 js::evaluate jsapi reference, reference, référence(2), spidermonkey js::evaluate compiles and executes a script in the specified scope, obj or scopechain. ...
...And 33 more matches

A first splash into JavaScript - Learn web development
prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, an understanding of what javascript is. ...
...e more you code, the better you'll get at it. we can't promise that you'll develop "programmer brain" in five minutes, but we will give you plenty of opportunity to practice thinking like a programmer throughout the course. with that in mind, let's look at the example we'll be building up in this article, and review the general process of dissecting it into tangible tasks. ...
...like a programmer throughout the course. with that in mind, let's look at the example we'll be building up in this article, and review the general process of dissecting it into tangible tasks. ...
...And 30 more matches

StringView - Archive of obsolete content
to create a c-like interface for strings (i.e., an array of character codes — an arraybufferview in javascript) based upon the javascript arraybuffer interface to create a highly extensible library that anyone can extend by adding methods to the object stringview.prototype to create a collection of methods for such string-like objects (since now: stringviews) which work strictly on arrays of numbers rather than on creating new immutable javascript strings to work with unicode encodings other than javascript's default utf-16 domstrings introduction as web applications become more and more powerful, adding features such as audio and video manipulation, access to raw data using websockets, and so forth, it has become clear that there are times when it would be helpful for javascript code t...
...r, this is slow and error-prone, due to the need for multiple conversions (especially if the binary data is not actually byte-format data, but, for example, 32-bit integers or floats). javascript typed arrays provide a mechanism for accessing raw binary data much more efficiently. the stringview constructor is one level above typed arrays. ...
...if the binary data is not actually byte-format data, but, for example, 32-bit integers or floats). javascript typed arrays provide a mechanism for accessing raw binary data much more efficiently. the stringview constructor is one level above typed arrays. ...
...And 28 more matches

Index
ccess, memory management, network communication, and multithreaded programming. nss offers lots of functionality; we'll walk through the list of modules, design principles, and important relevant standards. in order to allow interoperability between software and devices that perform cryptographic operations, nss conforms to a standard called pkcs#11. (note that it's important to look at the number 11, as there are other pkcs standards with different numbers that define quite different topics.) a software or hardware module conforming to the pkcs#11 standard implements an interface of c calls, which allow querying the characteristics and offered services of the module. multiple elements of nss's own modules have been implemented with this interface, and nss makes use of this interface wh...
...ces (e.g., to speed up the calculations required for cryptographic operations, or to access smartcards that securely protect a secret key) and software modules (e.g., to allow to load such modules as a plugin that provides additional algorithms or stores key or trust information) that implement the pkcs#11 interface. a core element of nss is freebl, a base library providing hash functions, big number calculations, and cryptographic algorithms. softoken is an nss module that exposes most freebl functionality as a pkcs#11 module. some cryptography uses the same secret key for both encrypting and decrypting, for example password based encryption (pbe). this is often sufficient if you encrypt data for yourself, but as soon as you need to exchange signed/encrypted data with communication par...
...nent storage. storage consists of multiple files: a key database file, which contains your secret keys, and a certificate database file which contains the public portion of your own certificates, the certificates of peers or cas, and a list of trust decisions (such as to not trust a built-in ca, or to explicitly trust other cas). examples for the database files are key3.db and cert8.db, where the numbers are file version numbers. a third file contains the list of external pkcs#11 modules that have been registered to be used by nss. the file could be named secmod.db, but in newer database generations a file named pkcs11.txt is used. only nss is allowed to access and manipulate these database files directly; a programmer using nss must go through the apis offered by nss to manipulate the data s...
...And 26 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
s standard gif, png, and jpeg images for the buttons and css to style everything else in the interface. 402 faq add-ons, needsupdate, obsolete, themes unfortunately, yes. every time there is a major change made to the interface, either visible or behind the scenes, your skin will have problems. when the mozilla developers make changes like this, they increase the skin version number. this is the number that is defined in contents.rdf. test your skin with every major release of mozilla. if a message appears in the preferences window telling you that it's an old skin, you're going to have to look over the code to see what changed. 403 getting started add-ons, guide, themes no summary! 404 in-depth add-ons, themes no summary! 405...
... with more interesting and complex examples than the ones provided here. 558 monitoring downloads download manager, firefox 3 firefox 3 makes it easier than ever to monitor the status of downloads. although it was possible to do so in previous versions of firefox, it was previously only possible for one observer to do so at a time. firefox 3 introduces new api that allows any number of listeners to observe downloads. 559 mozilla application framework developing mozilla, xul, xulrunner the mozilla application framework: for powerful, easy to develop cross-platform applications 560 mozilla application framework in detail developing mozilla, xul, xulrunner no summary! 561 mozilla crypto faq nss, outdated_articles in...
...the abc stdout for lines like: 'metric time 566'. the testconfig.txt file defines groups of tests to run (e.g. sunspider, scimark, language). by default the time for each test is output. use the --memory flag to capture the maximum private bytes memory (high water mark) for a test. by default each test is run a single time. to run each test multiple times use the --iterations flag. when the number of iterations is greater than 2 all times are displayed in [], faster time is displayed in the output column, and the 95% confidence interval is calculated. the 95% confidence interval is the calculated percentage of the mean value to fall within 95% of the measured results. for example if the mean is 100 and the 95% confidence interval is 2%, 95% of the expected values should fall between 98 a...
...And 24 more matches

WebIDL bindings
bject& for the relevant global and can get a jscontext* by calling context() on it. the name of the c++ method is simply the name of the webidl operation with the first letter converted to uppercase. webidl overloads are turned into c++ overloads: they simply call c++ methods with the same name and different signatures. ...
...y the name of the webidl operation with the first letter converted to uppercase. webidl overloads are turned into c++ overloads: they simply call c++ methods with the same name and different signatures. ...
...ething(myinterface? ...
...And 23 more matches

nsIScriptError
ecko 12.0. prior to that release, if you wanted to associate an outer window with a script error, you had to use nsiscripterror2 instead. that subclass offered the nsiscripterror.initwithwindowid() method for that purpose; that method is now available in this interface, however. ...
...elease, if you wanted to associate an outer window with a script error, you had to use nsiscripterror2 instead. that subclass offered the nsiscripterror.initwithwindowid() method for that purpose; that method is now available in this interface, however. ...
...windowid() method for that purpose; that method is now available in this interface, however. ...
...And 21 more matches

CSS numeric factory functions - Web APIs
the css numeric factory functions, such as css.em() and css.turn() are methods that return cssunitvalues with the value being the numeric argument and the unit being the name of the method used. these functions create new numeric values less verbosely than using the cssunitvalue.cssunitvalue() constructor. ...
... the css numeric factory functions, such as css.em() and css.turn() are methods that return cssunitvalues with the value being the numeric argument and the unit being the name of the method used. these functions create new numeric values less verbosely than using the cssunitvalue.cssunitvalue() constructor. ...
... the css numeric factory functions, such as css.em() and css.turn() are methods that return cssunitvalues with the value being the numeric argument and the unit being the name of the method used. these functions create new numeric values less verbosely than using the cssunitvalue.cssunitvalue() constructor. ...
...And 21 more matches

JXON - Archive of obsolete content
ome parts of an xml document (and are not starting in javascript/json for templating purposes), use xpath instead of converting the whole document into json. ...
...ocument (and are not starting in javascript/json for templating purposes), use xpath instead of converting the whole document into json. ...
... <color_swatch image="red_cardigan.jpg">red</color_swatch> <color_swatch image="burgundy_cardigan.jpg">burgundy</color_swatch> </size> <size description="large"> <color_swatch image="red_cardigan.jpg">red</color_swatch> <color_swatch image="burgundy_cardigan.jpg">burgundy</color_swatch> </size> </catalog_item> <catalog_item gender="women's"> <item_number>rrx9856</item_number> <discount_until>dec 25, 1995</discount_until> <price>42.50</price> <size description="medium"> <color_swatch image="black_cardigan.jpg">black</color_swatch> </size> </catalog_item> </product> <script type="text/javascript"><![cdata[function matchwo(a,b) { if (a < b && a < 0) { return 1; } else { return 0; } }]]></script> </catalog> ...
...And 19 more matches

Index - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
ucture .arpa (address and routing parameter area) is a top-level domain used for internet infrastructure purposes, especially reverse dns lookup (i.e., find the domain name for a given ip address). 8 ascii glossary, infrastructure ascii (american standard code for information interchange) is one of the most popular coding method used by computers for converting letters, numbers, punctuation and control codes into digital form. since 2007, utf-8 superseded it on the web. 9 atag atag, accessibility, authoring tool accessibility guidelines, glossary atag (authoring tool accessibility guidelines) is a w3c recommendation for building accessible-authoring tools that produce accessible contents. 10 abstraction abstraction, coding, codingscr...
...t alignment subject, css, glossary, alignment in css box alignment the alignment subject is the thing (or things) being aligned by the property. 18 alpha (alpha channel) alpha, alpha channel, drawing, glossary, graphics, translucency, translucent, transparency, transparent, webgl, webxr, channel, color, pixel colors are represented in digital form as a collection of numbers, each representing the strength or intensity level of a given component of the color. each of these components is called a channel. in a typical image file, the color channels describe how much red, green, and blue are used to make up the final color. to represent a color through which the background can be seen to some extent, a fourth channel is added to the color: the alpha channel. the alpha...
...o the client by the server in order to generate a different response each time. challenge-response protocols are one way to fight against replay attacks where an attacker listens to the previous messages and resends them at a later time to get the same credentials as the original message. 71 character codingscripting, glossary, strings a character is either a symbol (letters, numbers, punctuation) or non-printing "control" (e.g., carriage return or soft hyphen). utf-8 is the most common character set and includes the graphemes of the most popular human languages. 72 character encoding composing, glossary an encoding defines a mapping between bytes and text. a sequence of bytes allows for different textual interpretations. by specifying a particular enco...
...And 19 more matches

Shell global objects
between each versions. you can get the list of functions by help() function in js shell. variables scriptargs an array that contains arguments passed to js shell. scriptpath a string that is a path of script. console an object that has following property: log evaluate and print expressions to stdout. this function is an alias of the print() function. timesaccessed returns a number that indicates how many times this variable is accessed perfmeasurement see perfmeasurement.jsm. shell only functions functions always available version([number]) get or force a script compilation version number. options([option ...]) get or toggle javascript options. load(['foo.js' ...]) load files named by string arguments. filename is relative to the current working directory. lo...
...uments. filename is relative to the calling script. evaluate(code[, options]) evaluate code as though it were the contents of a file. ...
...ative to the calling script. evaluate(code[, options]) evaluate code as though it were the contents of a file. ...
...And 18 more matches

OS.File for the main thread
this example shows how to use open, write, and close to append to a file. if the file does not exist, it is created. at the time of this writing, write does not support encoding option so the text to be written has to be encoded with textencoder. this example also shows the resolve value of open (an instance of os.file, this is a file, so you can do any of the methods on it found here), write (a number indicating bytes written), and close (undefined, meaning there is no resolve value). var pth = os.path.join(os.constants.path.desktopdir, 'app.txt'); os.file.open(pth, {write: true, append: true}).then(valopen => { console.log('valopen:', valopen); var txttoappend = 'append some text \n'; var txtencoded = new textencoder().encode(txttoappend); valopen.write(txtencoded).then(valwr...
...ring path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> remove(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> removeemptydir(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> removedir(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> setcurrentdirectory(in string path); promise<void> setdates(in string path, in date|number accessdate, in date|number modificationdate); promise<void> setpermissions(in string path, in object options ); promise<file.info> stat(in string path, [optional] in object options); promise<void> unixsymlink(in string targetpath, in string createpath); promise<void> writeatomic(in string path, in arrayview data, in object options); methods os.file.ope...
...nspecified, value is built from mode. windisposition (ignored under non-windows platforms) if specified, disposition mode, as per windows function createfile. this also requires option winaccess and this replaces argument mode. if unspecified, value is built from mode. promise resolves to an instance of os.file representing the expected file. note that the operating system limits the number of files that can be opened simultaneously by one process, so do not forget to close that file once you have finished it, to ensure that you are not blocking the rest of the process. when opening files for writing, they will be opened for appending unless you specify append: false in gecko 27 and later. in gecko 26 and earlier, on platforms other than windows, the files will be opened for appen...
...And 17 more matches

Background Tasks API - Web APIs
api/background_tasks_api"> cooperatively scheduled background tasks</a> using the <code>requestidlecallback()</code> method. </p> <div class="container"> <div class="label">decoding quantum filament tachyon emissions...</div> <progress id="progress" value="0"></progress> <div class="button" id="startbutton"> start </div> <div class="label counter"> task <span id="currenttasknumber">0</span> of <span id="totaltaskcount">0</span> </div> </div> <div class="logbox"> <div class="logheader"> log </div> <div id="log"> </div> </div> the progress box uses a <progress> element to show the progress, along with a label with sections that are changed to present numeric information about the progress. in addition, there's a "start" button (creatively given the id "startb...
...ng-top: 6px; } javascript content now that the document structure is defined, construct the javascript code that will do the work. the goal: to be able to add requests to call functions to a queue, with an idle callback that runs those functions whenever the system is idle for long enough a time to make progress. variable declarations let tasklist = []; let totaltaskcount = 0; let currenttasknumber = 0; let taskhandle = null; these variables are used to manage the list of tasks that are waiting to be performed, as well as status information about the task queue and its execution: tasklist is an array of objects, each representing one task waiting to be run. totaltaskcount is a counter of the number of tasks that have been added to the queue; it will only go up, never down. we use this...
...hat are waiting to be performed, as well as status information about the task queue and its execution: tasklist is an array of objects, each representing one task waiting to be run. totaltaskcount is a counter of the number of tasks that have been added to the queue; it will only go up, never down. we use this to do the math to present progress as a precentage of total work to do. currenttasknumber is used to track how many tasks have been processed so far. taskhandle is a reference to the task currently being processed. ...
...And 17 more matches

typeof - JavaScript
an expression representing the object or primitive whose type is to be returned. description the following table summarizes the possible return values of typeof. for more information about types and primitives, see also the javascript data structure page. ...
...ion representing the object or primitive whose type is to be returned. description the following table summarizes the possible return values of typeof. for more information about types and primitives, see also the javascript data structure page. ...
...ct (implements [[call]] in ecma-262 terms) "function" any other object "object" note: ecmascript 2019 and older permitted implementations to have typeof return any implementation-defined string value for non-callable non-standard exotic objects. the only known browser to have actually taken advantage of this is old internet explorer (see below). ...
...And 17 more matches

JavaScript Daemons Management - Archive of obsolete content
ay = function (bsync) { /* warning: this method optionally requires the daemon.prototype.syncstart() method */ return this[bsync ? "start" : "syncstart"](true); }; daemon.prototype.move = function (bsync, ncycles, bdirection) { /* warning: this method optionally requires the daemon.prototype.syncstart() method */ if (arguments.length > 1 && !isnan(ncycles)) { this.reversals = number(ncycles); } this[bsync ? "start" : "syncstart"](arguments.length > 2 ? bdirection : this.isatend() !== this.backw); }; daemon.prototype.turn = function (bsync) { /* warning: this method optionally requires the daemon.prototype.syncstart() method */ this[bsync ? "start" : "syncstart"](!this.backw); }; /* settings tools */ daemon.prototype.makeloop = function () { thi...
...) { /* warning: this method optionally requires the daemon.prototype.syncstart() method */ this[bsync ? ...
...ntime) && ntime > date.now()) { this.reversals = math.floor((ntime - date.now() - (this.backw ? this.index : this.length - this.index) * this.rate) / (this.length * this.rate)); this.start(this.isatend() !== this.backw); } }; daemon.prototype.spread = function (ntime) { if (!isfinite(this.length)) { throw new typeerror("daemon.prototype.spread - the length is not a finite number. use daemon.prototype.adaptlength()."); } if (ntime > 0) { this.rate = math.floor(ntime / this.length); this.synchronize(); } return this.rate; }; daemon.prototype.adaptlength = function (ntime) { this.length = math.floor(ntime / this.rate); return this.length; }; daemon.prototype.playuntil = function (vdate) { var ntime = vdate.constructor === date ?
...And 16 more matches

sample2
vfy= 8, sig = 9 } headertype; /* * print usage message and exit */ static void usage(const char *progname) { fprintf(stderr, "\nusage: %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s\n\n", progname, " -<g|a|h|e|ds|v> -d <dbdirpath> ", "[-p <dbpwd> | -f <dbpwdfile>] [-z <noisefilename>] [-a <\"\">]", "-s <subject> -r <csr> | ", "-n <nickname> -t <trust> -c <cert> [ -r <csr> -u <issuernickname> [-x <\"\">] -m <serialnumber> ] | ", "-n <nickname> -b <headerfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> -e <encryptfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -e <encryptfilename> -o <opfilename> \n"); fprintf(stderr, "commands:\n\n"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --for generating cert request (for ca also)\n\n", progname, "-g -s <subject> -r <...
...filename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -e <encryptfilename> -o <opfilename> \n"); fprintf(stderr, "commands:\n\n"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --for generating cert request (for ca also)\n\n", progname, "-g -s <subject> -r <csr>"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --to input and store cert (for ca also)\n\n", progname, "-a -n <nickname> -t <trust> -c <cert> [ -r <csr> -u <issuernickname> [-x <\"\">] -m <serialnumber> ]"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --to put cert in header\n\n", progname, "-h -n <nickname> -b <headerfilename> [-v <\"\">]"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --to find public key from cert in header and encrypt\n\n", progname, "-e -b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> -e <encryptfilename> "); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --decrypt using corresponding private key \n\n", progname, "-d -b <headerfilename> -e <encr...
...f(stderr, "%-30s - noise file name [optional]\n\n", "-z <noisefilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - input file name\n\n", "-i <ipfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - header file name\n\n", "-b <headerfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - encrypt file name\n\n", "-e <encryptfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - output file name\n\n", "-o <opfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate serial number\n\n", "-m <serialnumber>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate nickname\n\n", "-n <nickname>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate trust\n\n", "-t <trustargs>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate issuer nickname\n\n", "-u <issuernickname>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate signing request \n\n", "-r <csr>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - generate a self-signed cert [optional]\n\n", "-x"); ...
...And 16 more matches

Index
onents add-ons, developing mozilla, extensions, mozilla, needsupdate, obsolete, xpcom, xpcom:language bindings, xpconnect programmers writing and reviewing javascript code in mozilla should understand how code using xpcom in javascript can leak so that they can avoid leaks. this document attempts to help them do so, first by explaining the underlying concepts, and second by describing a number of common javascript patterns that cause leaks. 100 creating xpcom components deprecated, guide, needsmarkupwork, xpcom this guide is about gecko, and about creating xpcom components for gecko-based applications. 101 an overview of xpcom xpcom this is a book about xpcom. the book is presented as a tutorial about creating xpcom components, but it covers al...
...interfaces and functions provided by the xpcom library. in addition, it details the various helper classes and functions, as well as the components, provided by the xpcom glue library. the contents herein are oriented primarily toward extension developers and people embedding xpcom in other projects. 126 core xpcom functions functions, landing, mozilla, xpcom xpcom provides a number of global functions which are used to initialize and shut down the xpcom library, as well as to allocate memory, get access to services, and to instantiate interfaces. 127 ns_alloc functions, functions:frozen, needsrelocation, reference, référence(2), xpcom, xpcom api reference infallibly allocates a block of memory using the xpcom memory manager. 128 ns_free ...
...s_errors should not be reachable. 148 ns_if_addref xpcom, xpcom_macros macro 149 ns_if_release xpcom, xpcom_macros macro 150 ns_release xpcom, xpcom_macros macro 151 ns_warning xpcom, xpcom_macros macro 152 standard xpcom components components, landing, mozilla, needscontent, xpcom there are a number of components provided in the standard implementation of xpcom; these are as follows. 153 nscategorymanager components, components:frozen, xpcom, xpcom api reference the xpcom category manager. 154 nsdirectoryservice components, components:frozen, xpcom, xpcom api reference the xpcom directory service. this service returns the locations of "well known" di...
...And 16 more matches

A re-introduction to JavaScript (JS tutorial) - JavaScript
it's useful to start with an overview of the language's history. ...
...ee more about prototypical inheritance and es2015 classes). javascript also supports functional programming — because they are objects, functions may be stored in variables and passed around like any other object. let's start off by looking at the building blocks of any language: the types. javascript programs manipulate values, and those values all belong to a type. ...
...ong to a type. javascript's types are: number string boolean function object symbol (new in es2015) ... oh, and undefined and null, which are ... slightly odd. and array, which is a special kind of object. and date and regexp, which are objects that you get for free. and to be technically accurate, functions are just a special type of object. so the type diagram looks more like this: number string boolean symbol (new in es2015) object function array date regexp null undefined and there are some built-in error types as well. things are a lot easier if we stick with the first diagram, however, so we'll discuss the types listed there for now. ...
...And 16 more matches

textbox - Archive of obsolete content
nly, rows, searchbutton, size, spellcheck, tabindex, timeout, type, value, wrap, wraparound properties accessibletype, clickselectsall, decimalplaces, decimalsymbol, defaultvalue, disabled, editor, emptytext, increment, inputfield, label, max, maxlength, min, placeholder, readonly, searchbutton, selectionend, selectionstart, size, spinbuttons, tabindex, textlength, timeout, type, value, valuenumber, wraparound methods decrease, increase, reset, select, setselectionrange style classes plain examples <vbox> <label control="your-name" value="enter your name:"/> <textbox id="your-name" value="john"/> </vbox> attributes cols type: integer for multiline textboxes, the number of columns to display. decimalplaces type: integer the number of decimal places to di...
... disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. ...
... disabled type: boolean indicates whether the element is disabled or not. if this attribute is set, the element is disabled. disabled elements are usually drawn with grayed-out text. ...
...And 15 more matches

Handling text — strings in JavaScript - Learn web development
the power of words words are very important to humans — they are a large part of how we communicate. since the web is a largely text-based medium designed to allow humans to communicate and share information, it is useful for us to have control over the words that appear on it. ...
...isely style it, and javascript contains a number of features for manipulating strings, creating custom welcome messages and prompts, showing the right text labels when needed, sorting terms into the desired order, and much more. pretty much all of the programs we've shown you so far in the course have involved some string manipulation. strings — the basics strings are dealt with similarly to numbers at first glance, but when you dig deeper you'll start to see some notable differences. let's start by entering some basic lines into the browser developer console to familiarize ourselves. ...
...the only difference here is that when writing a string, you need to surround the value with quotes. if you don't do this, or miss one of the quotes, you'll get an error. ...
...And 15 more matches

Content type - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
for properties defined in css2, an angle unit identifier must be provided. for angle values in svg-specific properties and their corresponding presentation attributes, the angle unit identifier is optional. if not provided, the angle value is assumed to be in degrees. ...
... for properties defined in css2, an angle unit identifier must be provided. for angle values in svg-specific properties and their corresponding presentation attributes, the angle unit identifier is optional. if not provided, the angle value is assumed to be in degrees. ...
...properties and their corresponding presentation attributes, the angle unit identifier is optional. if not provided, the angle value is assumed to be in degrees. in presentation attributes for all properties, whether defined in svg1.1 or in css2, the angle identifier, if specified, must be in lower case. when angles are used in an svg attribute, <angle> is instead defined as follows: angle ::= number ("deg" | "grad" | "rad")? the unit identifiers in such <angle> values must be in lower case. in the svg dom, <angle> values are represented using svgangle or svganimatedangle objects. anything <anything> the basic type <anything> is a sequence of zero or more characters. specifically: anything ::= char* where char is the production for a character, as defined in xml 1.0 , sectio...
...And 15 more matches

Browser Detection and Cross Browser Support - Archive of obsolete content
most common approach at this time was to distinguish user agents by vendor and version using the reported user agent string. although this approach was considered reasonable at the time, this approach caused problems for browser vendors right from the beginning. the original netscape browsers used a user agent string which began with the code name for the netscape browser followed by its version number, e.g. mozilla/version followed by a comment token which gave additional information regarding the operating system being used, etc. since the earliest browser detection techniques were based upon looking for a netscape based browser and only provided customized content to browsers which used the mozilla/version user agent string, other browser vendors standardized on using mozilla/version to sign...
...zes the browser detection and distinctions in the ultimate browser sniffer will produce code which uses code forks for many browsers and versions. imagine attempting to maintain a web site which uses many of the browser variables available from the ultimate browser sniffer. ...
...imate browser sniffer will produce code which uses code forks for many browsers and versions. imagine attempting to maintain a web site which uses many of the browser variables available from the ultimate browser sniffer. ...
...And 14 more matches

Index - Learn web development
ideo, captions, subtitles, text tracks this chapter has provided a summary of accessibility concerns for multimedia content, along with some practical solutions. 4 assessment: accessibility troubleshooting accessibility, assessment, beginner, css, codingscripting, html, javascript, learn, wai-aria in the assessment for this module, we present to you a simple site with a number of accessibility issues that you need to diagnose and fix. 5 css and javascript accessibility best practices accessibility, article, css, codingscripting, guide, javascript, learn, color, contrast, hiding, unobtrusive we hope this article has given you a good amount of detail and understanding about the accessibility issues surrounding css and javascript use on web pages. ...
...51 cooperative asynchronous javascript: timeouts and intervals animation, beginner, codingscripting, guide, intervals, javascript, loops, asynchronous, requestanimationframe, setinterval, settimeout, timeouts this tutorial looks at the traditional methods javascript has available for running code asychronously after a set time period has elapsed, or at a regular interval (e.g. a set number of times per second), discusses what they are useful for, and considers their inherent issues. 52 general asynchronous programming concepts javascript, learn, promises, threads, asynchronous, blocking in this article, we'll run through a number of important concepts relating to asynchronous programming, and how this looks in web browsers and javascript. you should understand ...
...ts, tutorial, l10n:priority in this article, we've given you a simple guide to using json in your programs, including how to create and parse json, and how to access data locked inside it. in the next article, we'll begin looking at object-oriented javascript. 75 javascript first steps arrays, article, assessment, beginner, codingscripting, guide, javascript, landing, module, numbers, operators, variables, l10n:priority, maths, strings in our first javascript module, we first answer some fundamental questions such as "what is javascript?", "what does it look like?", and "what can it do?", before moving on to taking you through your first practical experience of writing javascript. after that, we discuss some key building blocks in detail, such as variables, strings, nu...
...And 14 more matches

Enc Dec MAC Using Key Wrap CertReq PKCS10 CSR
void usage(const char *progname) { fprintf(stderr, "\nusage: %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s %s\n\n", progname, " -<g|a|h|e|ds|v> -d <dbdirpath> ", "[-p <dbpwd> | -f <dbpwdfile>] [-z <noisefilename>] [-a <\"\">]", "-s <subject> -r <csr> | ", "-n <nickname> -t <trust> -c <cert> [ -r <csr> -u <issuernickname> [-x <\"\">] -m <serialnumber> ] | ", "-n <nickname> -b <headerfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> -e <encryptfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> | ", "-b <headerfilename> -e <encryptfilename> -o <opfilename> \n"); fprintf(stderr, "commands:\n\n"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --for ...
...ryptfilename> -o <opfilename> \n"); fprintf(stderr, "commands:\n\n"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --for generating cert request (for ca also)\n\n", progname, "-g -s <subject> -r <csr>"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --to input and store cert (for ca also)\n\n", progname, "-a -n <nickname> -t <trust> -c <cert> [ -r <csr> -u <issuernickname> [-x <\"\">] -m <serialnumber> ]"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --to put cert in header\n\n", progname, "-h -n <nickname> -b <headerfilename> [-v <\"\">]"); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --to find public key from cert in header and encrypt\n\n", progname, "-e -b <headerfilename> -i <ipfilename> -e <encryptfilename> "); fprintf(stderr, "%s %s\n --decrypt using corresponding private key \n\n",...
...printf(stderr, "%-30s - input file name\n\n", "-i <ipfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - header file name\n\n", "-b <headerfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - encrypt file name\n\n", "-e <encryptfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - output file name\n\n", "-o <opfilename>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate serial number\n\n", "-m <serialnumber>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate nickname\n\n", "-n <nickname>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate trust\n\n", "-t <trustargs>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate issuer nickname\n\n", "-u <issuernickname>"); fprintf(stderr, "%-30s - certificate signing request \n\n", ...
...And 14 more matches

Functions - JavaScript
so called a function declaration, or function statement) consists of the function keyword, followed by: the name of the function. a list of parameters to the function, enclosed in parentheses and separated by commas. the javascript statements that define the function, enclosed in curly brackets, {...}. ...
...n declaration, or function statement) consists of the function keyword, followed by: the name of the function. a list of parameters to the function, enclosed in parentheses and separated by commas. the javascript statements that define the function, enclosed in curly brackets, {...}. ...
...tion, or function statement) consists of the function keyword, followed by: the name of the function. a list of parameters to the function, enclosed in parentheses and separated by commas. the javascript statements that define the function, enclosed in curly brackets, {...}. ...
...And 14 more matches

Indexed collections - JavaScript
eviousnext » this chapter introduces collections of data which are ordered by an index value. this includes arrays and array-like constructs such as array objects and typedarray objects. array object an array is an ordered list of values that you refer to with a name and an index. for example, consider an array called emp, which contains employees' names indexed by their numerical employee number. so emp[0] would be employee number zero, emp[1] employee number one, and so on. javascript does not have an explicit array data type. however, you can use the predefined array object and its methods to work with arrays in your applications. the array object has methods for manipulating arrays in various ways, such as joining, reversing, and sorting them. it has a property for determining the ar...
...nts create equivalent arrays: let arr = new array(element0, element1, ..., elementn) let arr = array(element0, element1, ..., elementn) let arr = [element0, element1, ..., elementn] element0, element1, ..., elementn is a list of values for the array's elements. when these values are specified, the array is initialized with them as the array's elements. the array's length property is set to the number of arguments. the bracket syntax is called an "array literal" or "array initializer." it's shorter than other forms of array creation, and so is generally preferred. see array literals for details. to create an array with non-zero length, but without any items, either of the following can be used: // this... let arr = new array(arraylength) // ...results in the same array as this let arr = ar...
... is generally preferred. see array literals for details. to create an array with non-zero length, but without any items, either of the following can be used: // this... let arr = new array(arraylength) // ...results in the same array as this let arr = array(arraylength) // this has exactly the same effect let arr = [] arr.length = arraylength note: in the above code, arraylength must be a number. otherwise, an array with a single element (the provided value) will be created. calling arr.length will return arraylength, but the array doesn't contain any elements. a for...in loop will not find any property on the array. in addition to a newly defined variable as shown above, arrays can also be assigned as a property of a new or an existing object: let obj = {} // ... obj.prop = [element0...
...And 14 more matches

Introduction to using XPath in JavaScript - XPath
n available in the node's hierarchy at the time lookupnamespaceuri is called. also correctly resolves the implicit xml prefix. specifying the return type the returned variable xpathresult from document.evaluate can either be composed of individual nodes (simple types), or a collection of nodes (node-set types). ...
....evaluate can either be composed of individual nodes (simple types), or a collection of nodes (node-set types). simple types when the desired result type in resulttype is specified as either: number_type - a double string_type - a string boolean_type - a boolean we obtain the returned value of the expression by accessing the following properties respectively of the xpathresult object. ...
...mple types when the desired result type in resulttype is specified as either: number_type - a double string_type - a string boolean_type - a boolean we obtain the returned value of the expression by accessing the following properties respectively of the xpathresult object. ...
...And 14 more matches

What went wrong? Troubleshooting JavaScript - Learn web development
never fear — this article aims to save you from tearing your hair out over such problems by providing you with some tips on how to find and fix errors in javascript programs. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, an understanding of what javascript is. objective: to gain the ability and confidence to start fixing problems in your own code. ...
...der to fix than syntax errors, as there usually isn't an error message to direct you to the source of the error. okay, so it's not quite that simple — there are some other differentiators as you drill down deeper. but the above classifications will do at this early stage in your career. we'll look at both of these types going forward. an erroneous example to get started, let's return to our number guessing game — except this time we'll be exploring a version that has some deliberate errors introduced. go to github and make yourself a local copy of number-game-errors.html (see it running live here). to get started, open the local copy inside your favorite text editor, and your browser. try playing the game — you'll notice that when you press the "submit guess" button, it doesn't wor...
...ome simple javascript commands into the developer tools javascript console (if you can't remember how to open this in your browser, follow the previous link to find out how). what's even more useful is that the console gives you error messages whenever a syntax error exists inside the javascript being fed into the browser's javascript engine. now let's go hunting. go to the tab that you've got number-game-errors.html open in, and open your javascript console. you should see an error message along the following lines: this is a pretty easy error to track down, and the browser gives you several useful bits of information to help you out (the screenshot above is from firefox, but other browsers provide similar information). from left to right, we've got: a red "x" to indicate that this i...
...And 13 more matches

Using IndexedDB - Web APIs
e version of the database. the version of the database determines the database schema — the object stores in the database and their structure. if the database doesn't already exist, it is created by the open operation, then an onupgradeneeded event is triggered and you create the database schema in the handler for this event. if the database does exist but you are specifying an upgraded version number, an onupgradeneeded event is triggered straight away, allowing you to provide an updated schema in its handler. more on this later in updating the version of the database below, and the idbfactory.open reference page. important: the version number is an unsigned long long number, which means that it can be a very big integer. it also means that you can't use a float, otherwise it will be conve...
...ersion of the database below, and the idbfactory.open reference page. important: the version number is an unsigned long long number, which means that it can be a very big integer. it also means that you can't use a float, otherwise it will be converted to the closest lower integer and the transaction may not start, nor the upgradeneeded event trigger. ...
...event.target.errorcode); }; one of the common possible errors when opening a database is ver_err. it indicates that the version of the database stored on the disk is greater than the version that you are trying to open. this is an error case that must always be handled by the error handler. creating or updating the version of the database when you create a new database or increase the version number of an existing database (by specifying a higher version number than you did previously, when opening a database), the onupgradeneeded event will be triggered and an idbversionchangeevent object will be passed to any onversionchange event handler set up on request.result (i.e., db in the example). in the handler for the upgradeneeded event, you should create the object stores needed for this versi...
...And 13 more matches

HTML documentation index - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
endants of an element with the itemscope attribute can be associated with an item using the global attribute itemref. 24 itemscope attribute, global attribute, html, html microdata, microdata, reference itemscope is a boolean global attribute that defines the scope of associated metadata. specifying the itemscope attribute for an element creates a new item, which results in a number of name-value pairs that are associated with the element. 25 itemtype attribute, global attribute, html, html microdata, microdata, reference the global attribute itemtype specifies the url of the vocabulary that will be used to define itemprop's (item properties) in the data structure. 26 lang global attributes, html, reference the lang global attribute...
...sibly declares that an accelerator key has been assigned to an element: the element is activated via javascript when the key(s) are pressed on a keyboard. 35 x-ms-format-detection attribute, html, html:microsoft extensions, non-standard, reference, x-ms-format-detection the x-ms-format-detection attribute determines whether data formats within the element’s text, like phone numbers, are automatically converted to followable links. 36 html attribute reference attribute, attributes, beginner, configuring, element attributes, elements, html, reference, settings, web elements in html have attributes; these are additional values that configure the elements or adjust their behavior in various ways to meet the criteria the users want. 37 html attri...
...ibute. if the max attribute is present by is not specified or is invalid, no max value is applied. if the max attribute is valid and a non-empty value is greater than the maximum allowed by the max attribute, constraint validation will prevent form submission. 41 html attribute: maxlength attribute, attributes, constraint validation the maxlength attribute defines the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into an <input> or <textarea>. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. 42 html attribute: min attribute, attributes, constraint validation, min the min attribute defines the minimum value that is acceptable and valid for the input containing the attribute. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fai...
...And 13 more matches

SVG documentation index - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
ng svg effects to html content css, guide, html, svg modern browsers support using svg within css styles to apply graphical effects to html content. 3 compatibility sources svg the following sources are used for the compatibility tables on svg elements and attributes: 4 content type needstechnicalreview, svg, types, data types svg makes use of a number of data types. this article lists these types along with their syntax and descriptions of what they're used for. 5 linking guide, svg the target attribute on the svg <a> element doesn't work in mozilla firefox 1.5. when svg documents are embedded within a parent html document using the tag: 6 namespaces crash course svg, xml as an xml dialect, svg is name...
... box of a font. 34 begin needscompattable, svg, svg attribute the begin attribute defines when an animation should begin or when an element should be discarded. 35 bias filters, needsexample, svg, svg attribute the bias attribute shifts the range of the filter. after applying the kernelmatrix of the <feconvolvematrix> element to the input image to yield a number and applied the divisor attribute, the bias attribute is added to each component. this allows representation of values that would otherwise be clamped to 0 or 1. 36 by svg, svg attribute the by attribute specifies a relative offset value for an attribute that will be modified during an animation. 37 calcmode needscompattable, needsexample, svg, svg attribute ...
...e specifies the interpolation mode for the animation. 38 cap-height deprecated, svg, svg attribute the cap-height attribute defines the height of uppercase glyphs of the font within the font coordinate system. 39 class reference, svg, svg attribute assigns a class name or set of class names to an element. you may assign the same class name or names to any number of elements, however, multiple class names must be separated by whitespace characters. 40 clip svg, svg attribute the clip attribute is a presentation attribute defining the visible region of an element. 41 clip-path svg, svg attribute the clip-path presentation attribute defines or associates a clipping path with the element it is related to. 42 ...
...And 13 more matches

Reading from Files - Archive of obsolete content
e snippets: file i/o, open and save dialogs, reading textual data, writing textual data, list of file-related error codes. reading data from a file involves getting a reference to a file and then creating an input stream to read from it. an input stream provides a means of reading bytes, strings or other values from the file. ...
...to create an input stream, first get a reference to a nsifile, and then use nsiscriptableio.newinputstream() to open a stream for reading from it. to learn more about file objects, see files and streams. var file = io.getfile("home", "sample.txt"); var stream = io.newinputstream(file, "text"); this example first retrieves a file object using nsiscriptableio.getfile(). ...
...re any errors that might occur during the process. see file errors for a list of errors that might occur. the newinputstream method takes two arguments in this example. the first argument is the file to read from, and the second is a set of flags which control the reading. in this case, the 'text' flag is used which indicates that you expect this file to be text file. this method actually takes a number of additional arguments, however they are optional so they do not need to be specified if they aren't needed. these extra arguments will be discussed later. you can also specify to read from a binary file by using the flag 'binary' instead of 'text'. the difference is that text streams process the bytes being read into characters in a particular character encoding whereas binary streams always re...
...And 12 more matches

Index - Archive of obsolete content
files | writing to files | moving, copying and deleting files | uploading and downloading files | working with directories ] 433 writing to files to write to a file, an output stream is used. an output stream is an object which can be used to write bytes, strings and other values to a file. to create an output stream, use nsiscriptableio.newoutputstream(). this method has a number of options to specify text or binary writing, the character set, and whether to append to an existing file or create a new one. 434 how to quit a xul application xul, xulrunner script can attempt to quit a xul application, or force the application to quit, using the nsiappstartup interface. 435 how to implement a custom xul query processor component xul ...
...fitem xul methods, xul reference no summary! 490 getitematindex xul methods, xul reference no summary! 491 getnextitem xul methods, xul reference no summary! 492 getnotificationbox xul methods, xul reference no summary! 493 getnotificationwithvalue xul methods, xul reference no summary! 494 getnumberofvisiblerows xul methods, xul reference no summary! 495 getpagebyid xul methods, xul reference no summary! 496 getpreviousitem xul methods, xul reference no summary! 497 getresultat xul methods, xul reference no summary! 498 getresultcount needshelp, xul methods, xul reference no summary! 499 ...
...e created using the panel element with at least two additional attributes as in the following example: 601 menubuttons xul, xul popup guide menus may be attached to buttons in several ways. both the button and the toolbar button elements support two special types used for creating menu buttons. 602 menuitems xul, xul popup guide the menuitem element has a number of features beyond just being a label for a menu command. 603 menumodification xul, xul popup guide menus have a number of methods which may be used to add and remove items. 604 menus xul, xul popup guide a menu provides a list of commands that the user can carry out. 605 moveresize xul, xul popup guide no summary! 606 open...
...And 12 more matches

Looping code - Learn web development
body> <button>update</button> <canvas></canvas> <script> const btn = document.queryselector('button'); const canvas = document.queryselector('canvas'); const ctx = canvas.getcontext('2d'); let width = document.documentelement.clientwidth; let height = document.documentelement.clientheight; canvas.width = width; canvas.height = height; function random(number) { return math.floor(math.random()*number); } function draw() { ctx.clearrect(0,0,width,height); for (let i = 0; i < 100; i++) { ctx.beginpath(); ctx.fillstyle = 'rgba(255,0,0,0.5)'; ctx.arc(random(width), random(height), random(50), 0, 2 * math.pi); ctx.fill(); } } btn.addeventlistener('click',draw); </script> </bo...
... if we weren't usin...
... if we weren't using a loop here, we'd have to repeat the following code for every circle we wanted to draw: ctx.beginpath(); ctx.fillstyle = 'rgba(255,0,0,0.5)'; ctx.arc(random(width), random(height), random(50), 0, 2 * math.pi); ctx.fill(); this would get very boring and difficult to maintain very quickly. loops really are the best. ...
...And 12 more matches

Localization and Plurals
lizable for plural forms, you can jump straight to developing with pluralform. you may also need to localize the initial strings for your code, so it would be good to read through at least the usage section as well. usage here are a couple terms used in this page to help keep things clear: plural rule: for a given language, there is a grammatical rule on how to change words, depending on the number qualifying the word. different languages can have different rules. plural form: for a particular plural rule, there can be multiple forms of a word, such as "page" and "pages". in this case, there are 2 forms, but other languages can have 1 or many more. if you're here for pluralrule in the chrome/global/intl.properties file, you'll need to figure out what plural rule to choose for your locali...
... to choose for your localization. this plural rule is used to determine how many plural forms are needed for each word that needs to be localized, with plurals in mind. for all other properties files that link to this page, you'll need to provide enough plural forms of the desired word, and separate them with semi-colons (;). if you don't know how many plural forms you need, check the pluralrule number in chrome/global/intl.properties, and look up the corresponding entry in the following list of plural rules. list of plural rules this section contains a list of plural rules ordered by their plural rule number. each entry indicates how many plural forms are needed when localizing a word. for each entry, there is a list of families and languages in those families, to help you figure out if it's...
... for a given plural rule, the order in which the plural forms are listed is the same order you need to localize a word, separated by semi-colons. ...
...And 12 more matches

Animated PNG graphics
y transparent black rectangle, with width and height dimensions from the 'ihdr' chunk. the default image may be included as the first frame of the animation by the presence of a single 'fctl' chunk before 'idat'. otherwise, the default image is not part of the animation. subsequent frames are encoded in 'fdat' chunks, which have the same structure as 'idat' chunks, except preceded by a sequence number. information for each frame about placement and rendering is stored in 'fctl' chunks. the full layout of 'fdat' and 'fctl' chunks is described below. the boundaries of the entire animation are specified by the width and height parameters of the png 'ihdr' chunk, regardless of whether the default image is part of the animation. the default image should be appropriately padded with fully transpare...
... entire animation are specified by the width and height parameters of the png 'ihdr' chunk, regardless of whether the default image is part of the animation. the default image should be appropriately padded with fully transparent pixels if extra space will be needed for later frames. each frame is identical for each play, therefore it is safe for applications to cache the frames. ...
...eters of the png 'ihdr' chunk, regardless of whether the default image is part of the animation. the default image should be appropriately padded with fully transparent pixels if extra space will be needed for later frames. each frame is identical for each play, therefore it is safe for applications to cache the frames. chunk sequence numbers the 'fctl' and 'fdat' chunks have a 4 byte sequence number. both chunk types share the sequence. the purpose of this number is to detect (and optionally correct) sequence errors in an animated png, since the png specification does not impose ordering restrictions on ancillary chunks. the first 'fctl' chunk must contain sequence number 0, and the sequence numbers in the remaining 'fctl' and 'fdat' chunks must be in order, with no gaps or duplicates. the...
...And 12 more matches

imgIContainer
pruint32 aflags); native code only! void decodingcomplete(); obsolete since gecko 2.0 void draw(in gfxcontext acontext, in gfxgraphicsfilter afilter, [const] in gfxmatrix auserspacetoimagespace, [const] in gfxrect afill, [const] in nsintrect asubimage, [const] in nsintsize aviewportsize, in pruint32 aflags); native code only! void endframedecode(in unsigned long framenumber); obsolete since gecko 2.0 void ensurecleanframe(in unsigned long aframenum, in print32 ax, in print32 ay, in print32 awidth, in print32 aheight, in gfximageformat aformat, [array, size_is(imagelength)] out pruint8 imagedata, out unsigned long imagelength); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 imgicontainer extractcurrentframe([const] in nsintrect arect); native code only...
...trect anewrect); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 void getcurrentframerect(in nsintrect aframerect); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 gfxasurface getframe(in pruint32 awhichframe, in pruint32 aflags); native code only! gfxiimageframe getframeat(in unsigned long index); obsolete since gecko 1.9.2 void getframecolormap(in unsigned long framenumber, [array, size_is(palettelength)] out pruint32 palettedata, out unsigned long palettelength); obsolete since gecko 2.0 unsigned long getframeimagedatalength(in unsigned long framenumber); obsolete since gecko 2.0 imagecontainer getimagecontainer(); native code only! nsiframe getrootlayoutframe(); violates the xpcom interface guidelines pruint16 gettype(); vi...
...ode(); void requestdiscard(); void requestrefresh([const] in timestamp atime); violates the xpcom interface guidelines void resetanimation(); void restoredatadone(); native code only! obsolete since gecko 2.0 void setdiscardable(in string amimetype); native code only! ...
...And 12 more matches

sslfnc.html
the application to communicate with ssl v2. factory setting is on. if you turn this option off, an attempt to establish a connection with a peer that only understands ssl v2 will fail. ssl_enable_tls is a peer of the ssl_enable_ssl2 and ssl_enable_ssl3 options. the ietf standard transport layer security (tls) protocol, rfc 2246, is a modified version of ssl3. it uses the ssl version number 3.1, appearing to be a "minor" revision of ssl 3.0. nss 2.8 supports tls in addition to ssl2 and ssl3. you can think of it as "ssl_enable_ssl3.1". see the description below for more information about this option. ssl_v2_compatible_hello tells the ssl library whether or not to send ssl3 client hello messages in ssl2-compatible format. if set to pr_true, it will; otherwise, it will not...
..., nss provides a table that can be examined at run time. all aspects of this table are declared in ssl.h. ssl_implementedciphers[] is an external array of unsigned 16-bit integers whose values are either ssl2 cipher kinds or ssl3 cipher suites. the values are the same as the values used to enable or disable a cipher suite via calls to ssl_cipherprefsetdefault, and are defined in sslproto.h. the number of values in the table is contained in an external 16-bit integer named ssl_numimplementedciphers. the macro ssl_is_ssl2_cipher can be used to determine whether a particular value is an ssl2 or an ssl3 cipher. warning: using the external array ssl_implementedciphers[] directly is deprecated. it causes dynamic linking issues at run-time after an update of nss because the actual size of the arra...
...one of the export policy functions before it can perform any cryptographic operations. the tls_rsa_export1024_with_des_cbc_sha and tls_rsa_export1024_with_rc4_56_sha cipher suites are defined in rfc 2246. they work with both ssl3 and tls. they use symmetric ciphers with an effective key size of 56 bits. the so-called 56-bit export browsers and servers use these cipher suites. the cipher suite numbers for the ssl_rsa_fips_with_3des_ede_cbc_sha and ssl_rsa_fips_with_des_cbc_sha cipher suites have been changed so that they are no longer "experimental" values. if an application attempts to set or set the policy or preference for one of the old fips cipher suite numbers, the library recognizes the old number and sets or gets the value for the new cipher suite number instead. in this release, th...
...And 11 more matches

Adding items to the Folder Pane
first, some necessary background on how the folder pane constructs the data it displays. the folder pane tracks modifications to a user's folders and accounts. ...
... first, some necessary background on how the folder pane constructs the data it displays. the folder pane tracks modifications to a user's folders and accounts. ...
... first, some necessary background on how the folder pane constructs the data it displays. the folder pane tracks modifications to a user's folders and accounts. ...
...And 11 more matches

<input type="datetime-local"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
u can easily set both the date and the time. this is somewhat like having date and time widgets both created for you and merged into one. value a domstring representing a date and time (in the local time zone), or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes list, value, valueasnumber. methods select(), stepdown(), stepup() value a domstring representing the value of the date entered into the input. the format of the date and time value used by this input type is described in local date and time strings in date and time formats used in html. you can set a default value for the input by including a date and time inside the value attribute, like so: <label ...
... min the earliest date and time to accept; timestamps earlier than this will cause the element to fail constraint validation. if the value of the min attribute isn't a valid string which follows the format yyyy-mm-ddthh:mm, then the element has no minimum value. this value must specify a date string earlier than or equal to the one specified by the max attribute. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as...
...g (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. for datetime-local inputs, the value of step is given in seconds, with a scaling factor of 1000 (since the underlying numeric value is in milliseconds). the default value of step is 60, indicating 60 seconds (or 1 minute, or 60,000 milliseconds). at this time, it's unclear what a value of any means for step when used with dat...
...And 11 more matches

Expressions and operators - JavaScript
but the notation for arrow functions. arithmetic operators an arithmetic operator takes numerical values (either literals or variables) as their operands and returns a single numerical value. the standard arithmetic operators are addition (+), subtraction (-), multiplication (*), and division (/). these operators work as they do in most other programming languages when used with floating point numbers (in particular, note that division by zero produces infinity). for example: 1 / 2; // 0.5 1 / 2 == 1.0 / 2.0; // this is true in addition to the standard arithmetic operations (+, -, *, /), javascript provides the arithmetic operators listed in the following table: arithmetic operators operator description example remainder (%) binary operator. returns the int...
...r. subtracts one from its operand. the return value is analogous to that for the increment operator. if x is 3, then --x sets x to 2 and returns 2, whereas x-- returns 3 and, only then, sets x to 2. unary negation (-) unary operator. returns the negation of its operand. if x is 3, then -x returns -3. unary plus (+) unary operator. attempts to convert the operand to a number, if it is not already. +"3" returns 3. +true returns 1. exponentiation operator (**) calculates the base to the exponent power, that is, baseexponent 2 ** 3 returns 8. 10 ** -1 returns 0.1. bitwise operators a bitwise operator treats their operands as a set of 32 bits (zeros and ones), rather than as decimal, hexadecimal, or octal numbers. for example, the decima...
...if it is not already. +"3" returns 3. +true returns 1. exponentiation operator (**) calculates the base to the exponent power, that is, baseexponent 2 ** 3 returns 8. 10 ** -1 returns 0.1. bitwise operators a bitwise operator treats their operands as a set of 32 bits (zeros and ones), rather than as decimal, hexadecimal, or octal numbers. for example, the decimal number nine has a binary representation of 1001. bitwise operators perform their operations on such binary representations, but they return standard javascript numerical values. the following table summarizes javascript's bitwise operators. bitwise operators operator usage description bitwise and a & b returns a one in each bit position for which the corresponding bi...
...And 11 more matches

Object.prototype.valueOf() - JavaScript
. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax object.valueof() return value the primitive value of the specified object. a (unary) plus sign can sometimes be used as a shorthand for valueof, e.g. in +new number()). also see using unary plus. description javascript calls the valueof method to convert an object to a primitive value. you rarely need to invoke the valueof method yourself; javascript automatically invokes it when encountering an object where a primitive value is expected. by default, the valueof method is inherited by every object descended from object. every built-in core object overrid...
...n your own code to convert a built-in object into a primitive value. when you create a custom object, you can override object.prototype.valueof() to call a custom method instead of the default object method. overriding valueof for custom objects you can create a function to be called in place of the default valueof method. your function must take no arguments. ...
... to call a custom method instead of the default object method. overriding valueof for custom objects you can create a function to be called in place of the default valueof method. your function must take no arguments. suppose you have an object type mynumbertype and you want to create a valueof method for it. the following code assigns a user-defined function to the object's valueof method: mynumbertype.prototype.valueof = function() { return customprimitivevalue; }; with the preceding code in place, any time an object of type mynumbertype is used in a context where it is to be represented as a primitive value, javascript automatically calls the function defined in the preceding code. an object's valueof method is usually invoked by javascript, but you can invoke it yourself as follows: m...
...And 11 more matches

Digital audio concepts - Web media technologies
this guide is an overview examining how audio is represented digitally, and how codecs are used to encode and decode audio for use on the web. sampling audio audio is an inherently analog feature of the natural world. as an object vibrates, it causes the molecules surrounding it to vibrate as well. these molecules affect the ones adjacent to them, and so forth, propagating the vibration in the form of a wave outward from the source until the amplitude of the wave (its volume) fades away with distance. ...
...if it chooses to discard any frequency bands while encoding the sound. sound enters the computer through a microphone or other input in the form of a stream of electrons whose voltage varies to represent the amplitude of the sound wave. this analog signal is then converted into digital form by a circuit that captures the incoming wave's amplitude at regular intervals, converting that data into a number in a form that is understood by the audio recording system. each of these captured moments is a sample. by chaining all the samples together, you can approximately represent the original wave, as seen in the diagram below. in this example, the blue line represents the samples taken from the audio waveform, which is black. at regular intervals, the a/d converter circuitry reads the voltage of t...
...then recorded as the amplitude of the waveform at that time. when it comes time to play back that sound later, these amplitudes are used to generate an approximation of the original waveform; instead of playing back an exact duplicate of the original, smooth wave, the rougher, blue wave is played. the more often you take samples of the original audio, the closer to the original you can get. the number of samples taken per second is called the sample rate. consider the wave above, and how much different the blue, digital wave would look if you took samples twice as often. or ten times as often. the more samples you take, the smoother the wave becomes. audio data format and structure at the most basic level, audio is represented by a stream of samples, each specifying the amplitude of the audi...
...And 11 more matches

The "codecs" parameter in common media types - Web media technologies
a video file using the ogg file type. video/mp4 a video file using the mpeg-4 file type. video/quicktime a video file in apple's quicktime format. as noted elsewhere, this format was once commonly used on the web but no longer is, since it required a plugin to use. however, each of these mime types is vague. all of these file types support a variety of codecs, and those codecs may have any number of profiles, levels, and other configuration factors. for this reason, you can add the codecs parameter to the media type. to do so, append a semicolon (;) followed by codecs= and then the string describing the format of the contents of the file. some media types only let you specify the names of the codecs to use, while others allow you to specify various constraints on those codecs as well. yo...
... all based on iso base media file format (iso bmff), so they share the same syntax. av1 the syntax of the codecs parameter for av1 is defined the av1 codec iso media file format binding specification, section 5: codecs parameter string. av01.p.llt.dd[.m[.ccc[.cp[.tc[.mc[.f]]]]]] this codec parameter string's components are described in more detail in the table below. ...
...s parameter string. av01.p.llt.dd[.m[.ccc[.cp[.tc[.mc[.f]]]]]] this codec parameter string's components are described in more detail in the table below. each component is a fixed number of characters long; if the value is less than that length, it must be padded with leading zeros. av1 codec parameter string components component details p the one-digit profile number: av1 profile numbers profile number description 0 "main" profile; supports yuv 4:2:0 or monochrome bitstreams with bit depth of 8 or 10 bits per component. 1 "high" profile adds support for 4:4:4 chroma subsampling. 2 "professional" profile adds support for 4:2:2 c...
...And 11 more matches

Arrays - Learn web development
loper console. creating arrays arrays consist of square brackets and elements that are separated by commas. suppose we want to store a shopping list in an array. paste the following code into the console: let shopping = ['bread', 'milk', 'cheese', 'hummus', 'noodles']; shopping; in the above example, each element is a string, but in an array we can store various data types — strings, numbers, objects, and even other arrays. we can also mix data types in a single array — we do not have to limit ourselves to storing only numbers in one array, and in another only strings. for example: let sequence = [1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13]; let random = ['tree', 795, [0, 1, 2]]; before proceeding, create a few example arrays. accessing and modifying array items you can then access individual i...
... this has other uses, but it is most commonly used to tell a loop to keep going until it has looped through all the items in an array. so for example: let sequence = [1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13]; for (let i = 0; i < sequence.length; i++) { console.log(sequence[i]); } you'll learn about loops properly later on (in our looping code article), but briefly, this code is saying: start looping at item number 0 in the array. stop looping at the item number equal to the length of the array. this works for an array of any length, but in this case it stops looping at item number 7 (this is good, as the last item — which we want the loop to include — is item 6). for each item, print it out to the browser console with console.log(). some useful array methods in this section we'll look at some rath...
... myarray.unshift('edinburgh'); myarray; now shift(); try these! let removeditem = myarray.shift(); myarray; removeditem; active learning: printing those products! let's return to the example we described earlier — printing out product names and prices on an invoice, then totaling the prices and printing them at the bottom. in the editable example below there are comments containing numbers — each of these marks a place where you have to add something to the code. they are as follows: below the // number 1 comment are a number of strings, each one containing a product name and price separated by a colon. we'd like you to turn this into an array and store it in an array called products. on the same line as the // number 2 comment is the beginning of a for loop. in this line we...
...And 10 more matches

Date and time formats used in HTML - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the formats you're using in order to ensure that your strings are in fact compatible with html, as the html specification includes algorithms for parsing these strings that is actually more precise than iso 8601, so there can be subtle differences in how date and time strings are expected to look. character set dates and times in html are always strings which use the ascii character set. year numbers in order to simplify the basic format used for date strings in html, the specification requires that all years be given using the modern (or proleptic) gregorian calendar. while user interfaces may allow entry of dates using other calendars, the underlying value always uses the gregorian calendar. while the gregorian calendar wasn't created until the year 1582 (replacing the similar julian cal...
... keep it synchronized with the actual position of the planet in its orbit. adding a day to the year every four years essentially makes the average year 365.25 days long, which is close to correct. the adjustments to the algorithm (taking a leap year when the year can be divided by 400, and skipping leap years when the year is divisible by 100) help to bring the average even closer to the correct number of days (365.2425 days). scientists occasionally add leap seconds to the calendar (seriously) to handle the remaining three ten-thousandths of a day and to compensate for the gradual, naturally occurring slowing of earth's rotation. while month 02, february, normally has 28 days, it has 29 days in leap years. months of the year there are 12 months in the year, numbered 1 through 12. they are a...
...day and to compensate for the gradual, naturally occurring slowing of earth's rotation. while month 02, february, normally has 28 days, it has 29 days in leap years. months of the year there are 12 months in the year, numbered 1 through 12. they are always represented by a two-digit ascii string whose value ranges from 01 through 12. see the table in the section days of the month for the month numbers and their corresponding names (and lengths in days). days of the month month numbers 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, and 12 are 31 days long. months 4, 6, 9, and 11 are 30 days long. ...
...And 10 more matches

BigInt - JavaScript
bigint can be used for arbitrarily large integers. description a bigint is created by appending n to the end of an integer literal — 10n — or by calling the function bigint(). ...
...bigint can be used for arbitrarily large integers. description a bigint is created by appending n to the end of an integer literal — 10n — or by calling the function bigint(). ...
...function bigint(). const thebiggestint = 9007199254740991n const alsohuge = bigint(9007199254740991) // ↪ 9007199254740991n const hugestring = bigint("9007199254740991") // ↪ 9007199254740991n const hugehex = bigint("0x1fffffffffffff") // ↪ 9007199254740991n const hugebin = bigint("0b11111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111") // ↪ 9007199254740991n bigint is similar to number in some ways, but also differs in a few key matters — it cannot be used with methods in the built-in math object and cannot be mixed with instances of number in operations; they must be coerced to the same type. be careful coercing values back and forth, however, as the precision of a bigint may be lost when it is coerced to a number. type information when tested against typeof, a bigint will...
...And 10 more matches

Client-side form validation - Learn web development
side validation is somewhat beyond the scope of this module, but you should bear it in mind. what is form validation? go to any popular site with a registration form, and you will notice that they provide feedback when you don't enter your data in the format they are expecting. you'll get messages such as: "this field is required" (you can't leave this field blank). "please enter your phone number in the format xxx-xxxx" (a specific data format is required for it to be considered valid). "please enter a valid email address" (the data you entered is not in the right format). "your password needs to be between 8 and 30 characters long and contain one uppercase letter, one symbol, and a number." (a very specific data format is required for your data). this is called form validation. when ...
...n form elements. we've seen many of these earlier in the course, but to recap: required: specifies whether a form field needs to be filled in before the form can be submitted. minlength and maxlength: specifies the minimum and maximum length of textual data (strings) min and max: specifies the minimum and maximum values of numerical input types type: specifies whether the data needs to be a number, an email address, or some other specific preset type. pattern: specifies a regular expression that defines a pattern the entered data needs to follow. if the data entered in a form field follows all of the rules specified by the above attributes, it is considered valid. if not, it is considered invalid. when an element is valid, the following things are true: the element matches the :val...
...re quite complex, and we don't intend to teach you them exhaustively in this article. below are some examples to give you a basic idea of how they work. a — matches one character that is a (not b, not aa, and so on). abc — matches a, followed by b, followed by c. ab?c—matches a, optionally followed by a single b, followed by c. ( ac or abc) ab*c—matches a, optionally followed by any number of bs, followed by c. ( ac , abc, abbbbbc, and so on). a|b — matches one character that is a or b. abc|xyz — matches exactly abc or exactly xyz (but not abcxyz or a or y, and so on). there are many more possibilities that we don't cover here. for a complete list and many examples, consult our regular expressions documentation. let's implement an example. update your html to add a pattern...
...And 9 more matches

The HTML5 input types - Learn web development
me 79 on windows 10. note that the clear icon only appears if the field has a value, and, apart from safari, it is only displayed when the field is focused. another feature worth noting is that the values of a search field can be automatically saved and re-used to offer auto-completion across multiple pages of the same website; this tends to happen automatically in most modern browsers. ...
...appears if the field has a value, and, apart from safari, it is only displayed when the field is focused. another feature worth noting is that the values of a search field can be automatically saved and re-used to offer auto-completion across multiple pages of the same website; this tends to happen automatically in most modern browsers. phone number field a special field for filling in phone numbers can be created using tel as the value of the type attribute: <input type="tel" id="tel" name="tel"> when accessed via a touch device with a dynamic keyboard, most devices will display a numeric keypad when type="tel" is encountered, meaning this type is useful whenever a numeric keypad is useful, and doesn't just have to be used for telephone numbers. the following firefox for android keyboar...
... type="tel" id="tel" name="tel"> when accessed via a touch device with a dynamic keyboard, most devices will display a numeric keypad when type="tel" is encountered, meaning this type is useful whenever a numeric keypad is useful, and doesn't just have to be used for telephone numbers. the following firefox for android keyboard screenshot provides an example: due to the wide variety of phone number formats around the world, this type of field does not enforce any constraints on the value entered by a user (this means it may include letters, etc.). as we mentioned earlier, the pattern attribute can be used to enforce constraints, which you'll learn about in client-side form validation. url field a special type of field for entering urls can be created using the value url for the type attr...
...And 9 more matches

Third-party APIs - Learn web development
create an account, and then create a developer key to use with your example. (at the time of writing, it was called a "consumer key" on the site, and the key creation process also asked for an optional "callback url". you don't need to fill in a url here: just leave it blank.) open up your starting file, and replace the api key placeholder with your key. ...
... type of map there are a number of different types of map that can be shown with the mapquest api. to do this, find the following line: layers: l.mapquest.tilelayer('map') try changing 'map' to 'hybrid' to show a hybrid-style map. try some other values too. the tilelayer reference page shows the different available options, plus a lot more information. adding different controls the map has a number of different controls available; by default it just shows a zoom control. you can expand the controls available using the map.addcontrol() method; add this to your code, inside the window.onload handler: map.addcontrol(l.mapquest.control()); the mapquest.control() method just creates a simple full-featured control set, and it is placed in the top-right hand corner by default. you can adjust the...
...lick "create"). get the api key from the resulting page. now, to start the example off, make copies of nytimes_start.html and nytimes.css in a new directory on your computer. if you've already cloned the examples repository, you'll already have a copy of these files, which you can find in the javascript/apis/third-party-apis/nytimes directory. initially the <script> element contains a number of variables needed for the setup of the example; below we'll fill in the required functionality. the app will end up allowing you to type in a search term and optional start and end dates, which it will then use to query the article search api and display the search results. connect the api to your app first, you'll need to make a connection between the api and your app. in the case of t...
...And 9 more matches

Creating localizable web applications
are good practices and recommendations that should be followed in order to make your content easily localizable. note: most of the code snippets used in the examples below come from an early version of the getpersonas.com website. in some cases, the code snippets were slightly changed to better illustrate the recommendations or for clarity. cheatsheet don't hardcode english text, formats (numbers, dates, addresses, etc.), word order or sentence structure. don't put text or numbers in images. don't forget about right-to-left locales. take advantage of printf() (or equivalents) and use variables in the english strings. write semantic code (e.g. don't use text and <img/> for decorations; instead, use css). document your code so that localizers know what they're translating (e.g. in get...
...o remove the app logic code, you should consider using gettext. gettext extracts localizable content form the source files, thus making it impossible for localizers to accidentally change them. you can learn more about the choice of the format for your project at file formats. text messages don't hardcode english content allow localizers to localize english content, such as: text messages, number formats, date formats, word order and sentence structure. note that some strings might be hidden in libraries' code (e.g. error messages), or in javascript libraries and scripts. if you are using pure html instead of gettext to localize your webapp, consider using an additional gettext-like format such as .lang to streamline localizers' work with repeating content. this is useful for strings...
...rver's php has been built with gettext support). localize the date format localizing the date format is as easy as localizing any other string. just let the localizers localize the format specification string. snippet 1. bad: $persona['date'] = date("n/j/y", strtotime($persona['approve'])); snippet 2. ...
...And 9 more matches

XPIDL
-in native types are those listed under the type_spec production above. ...
..._spec production above. ...
...pondence table: table 1: standard idl types idl c++ in parameter c++ out parameter js type notes boolean bool bool* boolean char char char* string only chars in range \u0000-\u00ff permitted double double double* number float float float* number long int32_t int32_t* number long long int64_t int64_t* number octet uint8_t uint8_t* number short int16_t int16_t* number string const char* char** string only chars in range \u0000-\u00ff permitted most of the time you don't want to use this type but autf8string or acstring unsigned long uint32_t uint32_t...
...And 9 more matches

Advanced techniques: Creating and sequencing audio - Web APIs
we need to add a gainnode and connect that through our audio graph to actually apply amplitude variations to our...
...ascript and have them change when the input values are updated: let attacktime = 0.2; const attackcontrol = document.queryselector('#attack'); attackcontrol.addeventlistener('input', function() { attacktime = number(this.value); }, false); let releasetime = 0.5; const releasecontrol = document.queryselector('#release'); releasecontrol.addeventlistener('input', function() { releasetime = number(this.value); }, false); the final playsweep() function now we can expand our playsweep() function. we need to add a gainnode and connect that through our audio graph to actually apply amplitude variations to our sound. the gain node has one property: gain, which is of type audioparam. this is really useful — now we can start to harness the power of the audio param methods on the gain value. ...
... id="hz" type="range" min="660" max="1320" value="880" step="1" /> <label for="lfo">lfo</label> <input name="lfo" id="lfo" type="range" min="20" max="40" value="30" step="1" /> as before, we'll vary the parameters when the range input values are changed by the user. ...
...And 9 more matches

The HTML autocomplete attribute - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
de automated assistance in filling out form field values, as well as guidance to the browser as to the type of information expected in the field. the source of the suggested values is generally up to the browser; typically values come from past values entered by the user, but they may also come from pre-configured values. for instance, a browser might let the user save their name, address, phone number, and email addresses for autocomplete purposes. perhaps the browser offers the ability to save encrypted credit card information, for autocompletion following an authentication procedure. if an <input>, <select> or <textarea> element has no autocomplete attribute, then browsers use the autocomplete attribute of the element's form owner, which is either the <form> element that the element is a de...
...nted on or associated with a payment instrument such as a credit card. using a full name field is preferred, typically, over breaking the name into pieces. "cc-given-name" a given (first) name as given on a payment instrument like a credit card. "cc-additional-name" a middle name as given on a payment instrument or credit card. "cc-family-name" a family name, as given on a credit card. "cc-number" a credit card number or other number identifying a payment method, such as an account number. "cc-exp" a payment method expiration date, typically in the form "mm/yy" or "mm/yyyy". "cc-exp-month" the month in which the payment method expires. "cc-exp-year" the year in which the payment method expires. "cc-csc" the security code for the payment instrument; on credit cards, this is the 3-...
... "cc-type" the type of payment instrument (such as "visa" or "master card"). "transaction-currency" the currency in which the transaction is to take place. "transaction-amount" the amount, given in the currency specified by "transaction-currency", of the transaction, for a payment form. ...
...And 9 more matches

Equality comparisons and sameness - JavaScript
jects x and y which have the same structure but are distinct objects themselves, all of the above forms will evaluate to false. strict equality using === strict equality compares two values for equality. neither value is implicitly converted to some other value before being compared. if the values have different types, the values are considered unequal. if the values have the same type, are not numbers, and have the same value, they're considered equal. finally, if both values are numbers, they're considered equal if they're both not nan and are the same value, or if one is +0 and one is -0. var num = 0; var obj = new string('0'); var str = '0'; console.log(num === num); // true console.log(obj === obj); // true console.log(str === str); // true console.log(num === obj); // false console.lo...
... // true console.log(obj === obj); // true console.log(str === str); // true console.log(num === obj); // false console.log(num === str); // false console.log(obj === str); // false console.log(null === undefined); // false console.log(obj === null); // false console.log(obj === undefined); // false strict equality is almost always the correct comparison operation to use. for all values except numbers, it uses the obvious semantics: a value is only equal to itself. for numbers it uses slightly different semantics to gloss over two different edge cases. the first is that floating point zero is either positively or negatively signed. this is useful in representing certain mathematical solutions, but as most situations don't care about the difference between +0 and -0, strict equality treats the...
...slightly different semantics to gloss over two different edge cases. the first is that floating point zero is either positively or negatively signed. this is useful in representing certain mathematical solutions, but as most situations don't care about the difference between +0 and -0, strict equality treats them as the same value. the second is that floating point includes the concept of a not-a-number value, nan, to represent the solution to certain ill-defined mathematical problems: negative infinity added to positive infinity, for example. strict equality treats nan as unequal to every other value -- including itself. (the only case in which (x !== x) is true is when x is nan.) loose equality using == loose equality compares two values for equality, after converting both values to a common...
...And 9 more matches

Array.prototype.sort() - JavaScript
second element for comparison. return value the sorted array. note that the array is sorted in place, and no copy is made. description if comparefunction is not supplied, all non-undefined array elements are sorted by converting them to strings and comparing strings in utf-16 code units order. for example, "banana" comes before "cherry". in a numeric sort, 9 comes before 80, but because numbers are converted to strings, "80" comes before "9" in the unicode order. all undefined elements are sorted to the end of the array. note : in utf-16, unicode characters above \uffff are encoded as two surrogate code units, of the range \ud800-\udfff. the value of each code unit is taken separately into account for the comparison. thus the character formed by the surrogate pair \ud655\ude55 will b...
...cific pair of elements a and b as its two arguments. if inconsistent results are returned, then the sort order is undefined. ...
...{ if (a is less than b by some ordering criterion) { return -1; } if (a is greater than b by the ordering criterion) { return 1; } // a must be equal to b return 0; } to compare numbers instead of strings, the compare function can simply subtract b from a. ...
...And 9 more matches

Lexical grammar - JavaScript
sed with caution: function comment(x) { console.log('hello ' + x /* insert the value of x */ + ' !'); } comment('world'); in addition, you can use it to disable code to prevent it from running, by wrapping code in a comment, like this: function comment() { /* console.log('hello world!'); */ } comment(); in this case, the console.log() call is never issued, since it's inside a comment. any number of lines of code can be disabled this way. hashbang comments a specialized third comment syntax, the hashbang comment, is in the process of being standardized in ecmascript (see the hashbang grammar proposal). a hashbang comment behaves exactly like a single line-only (//) comment. instead, it begins with #! and is only valid at the absolute start of a script or module. note also that no white...
...rexpression, callexpression and so on. function import() {} // illegal. identifiers with special meanings a few identifiers have a special meaning in some contexts without being keywords of any kind. they include: arguments get set literals null literal see also null for more information. null boolean literal see also boolean for more information. true false numeric literals the number and bigint types use numeric literals. decimal 1234567890 42 // caution when using with a leading zero: 0888 // 888 parsed as decimal 0777 // parsed as octal, 511 in decimal note that decimal literals can start with a zero (0) followed by another decimal digit, but if all digits after the leading 0 are smaller than 8, the number is interpreted as an octal number. this won't throw in javascri...
... 511 in decimal note that decimal literals can start with a zero (0) followed by another decimal digit, but if all digits after the leading 0 are smaller than 8, the number is interpreted as an octal number. this won't throw in javascript, see bug 957513. ...
...And 9 more matches

Web video codec guide - Web media technologies
s, the format of the original image doesn't make any difference. however, things such as frame rate and, obviously, resolution will always have an impact on the output size of the media. additionally, all codecs have their strengths and weaknesses. some have trouble with specific kinds of shapes and patterns, or aren't good at replicating sharp edges, or tend to lose detail in dark areas, or any number of possibilities. it all depends on the underlying algorithms and mathematics. the potential effect of source video format and contents on the encoded video quality and size feature effect on quality effect on size color depth (bit depth) the higher the color bit depth, the higher the quality of color fidelity is achieved in the video. additionally, in saturated p...
...ining enough information to update the previous frame to approximate the appearance of the following frame. the more successive frames differ from one another, the larger these differences are, and the less effective the compression is at avoiding the introduction of artifacts into the compressed video. the complexity introduced by motion results in larger intermediate frames due to the higher number of differences between frames). for this and other reasons, the more motion there is in a video, the larger the output file will typically be. noise picture noise (such as film grain effects, dust, or other grittiness to the image) introduces variability. variability generally makes compression more difficult, resulting in more lost quality due to the need to drop details to achieve t...
...on the precise details of the situation, including which encoder you use and how it's configured. in addition to general codec options, the encoder could be configured to reduce the frame rate, to clean up noise, and/or to reduce the overall resolution of the video during encoding. effect of codec configuration on encoded output the algorithms used do encode video typically use one or more of a number of general techniques to perform their encoding. generally speaking, any configuration option that is intended to reduce the output size of the video will probably have a negative impact on the overall quality of the video, or will introduce certain types of artifacts into the video. it's also possible to select a lossless form of encoding, which will result in a much larger encoded file but with...
...And 9 more matches

Storing the information you need — Variables - Learn web development
tools you need throughout this article, you'll be asked to type in lines of code to test your understanding of the content. if you are using a desktop browser, the best place to type your sample code is your browser's javascript console (see what are browser developer tools for more information on how to access this tool). what is a variable? a variable is a container for a value, like a number we might use in a sum, or a string that we might use as part of a sentence. but one special thing about variables is that their contained values can change. let's look at a simple example: <button>press me</button> const button = document.queryselector('button'); button.onclick = function() { let name = prompt('what is your name?'); alert('hello ' + name + ', nice to see you!'); } in th...
...any name. this is obviously really inefficient (the code is a lot bigger, even for only five choices), and it just wouldn't work — you couldn't possibly store all possible choices. variables just make sense, and as you learn more about javascript they will start to become second nature. another special thing about variables is that they can contain just about anything — not just strings and numbers. variables can also contain complex data and even entire functions to do amazing things. you'll learn more about this as you go along. note: we say variables contain values. this is an important distinction to make. variables aren't the values themselves; they are containers for values. you can think of them being like little cardboard boxes that you can store things in. declaring a variab...
...tations. generally, you should stick to just using latin characters (0-9, a-z, a-z) and the underscore character. you shouldn't use other characters because they may cause errors or be hard to understand for an international audience. don't use underscores at the start of variable names — this is used in certain javascript constructs to mean specific things, so may get confusing. don't use numbers at the start of variables. this isn't allowed and causes an error. a safe convention to stick to is so-called "lower camel case", where you stick together multiple words, using lower case for the whole first word and then capitalize subsequent words. we've been using this for our variable names in the article so far. make variable names intuitive, so they describe the data they contain. don't ...
...And 8 more matches

TypeScript support in Svelte - Learn web development
pt will complain: in the app.svelte component, the setuptypescript.js script has added the lang="ts" attribute to the <script> tag. moreover, thanks to type inference, in many cases we won't even need to specify types to get code assistance. for example, if you start adding an ms property to the alert component call, typescript will infer from the default value that the ms property should be a number: and if you pass something that is not a number it will complain about it: the application template has a validate script configured that runs svelte-check against your code. this package allows you to detect errors and warnings normally displayed by a code editor from the command line, which makes it pretty useful for running it in a continuous integration (ci) pipeline. just run npm run v...
...ly on their members, even if you do not explicitly define the type. we'll define a todotype type to see how typescript enforces that anything passed to a component expecting a todotype will be structurally compatible with it. inside the src folder create a types folder. add a todo.type.ts file inside it. give todo.type.ts the following content: export type todotype = { id: number name: string completed: boolean } note: the svelte template uses svelte-preprocess 4.0.0 to support typescript. from that version onward you have to use export/import type syntax to import types and interfaces. check this section of the troubleshooting guide for more information. now we'll use todotype from our todo.svelte component. first add the lang="ts" to our <script> tag.
...ype, but a better type may be inferred from usage. (ts) change = (message, ms) => { ./svelte-todo-typescript/src/components/alert.svelte:11:37 warn: parameter 'ms' implicitly has an 'any' type, but a better type may be inferred from usage. (ts) (message, ms) => { you can fix these by specifying the corresponding types, like so: export let ms = 3000 let visible: boolean let timeout: number const onmessagechange = (message: string, ms: number) => { cleartimeout(timeout) if (!message) { // hide alert if message is empty note: there's no need to specify the ms type with export let ms:number = 3000 because typescript is already inferring it from its default value. moreactions.svelte now we'll do the same for the moreactions.svelte component. ad...
...And 8 more matches

Command line crash course - Learn web development
l new command line tools. welcome to the terminal the terminal is a text interface for executing text-based programs. if you're running any tooling for web development there's a near-guaranteed chance that you'll have to pop open the command line and run some commands to use your chosen tools (you'll often see such tools referred to as cli tools — command line interface tools). a large number of tools can be used by typing commands into the command line; many come pre-installed on your system, and a huge number of others are installable from package registries. package registries are like app stores, but (mostly) for command line based tools and software. we’ll see how to install some tools later on in this chapter, and we’ll learn more about package registries in the next chapter...
...before you go any further, open your terminal program! navigation on the command line when you visit the command line you will inevitably need to navigate to a particular directory to "do somethi...
...at the same time, you can usually put them all in a single string after the dash character, for example ls -lah, or ls -ltrh. try looking at the ls man page to work out what these extra options do! now that we’ve discussed two fundamental commands, have a little poke around your directory and see if you can navigate from one place to the next. creating, copying, moving, removing there are a number of other basic utility commands that you’ll probably end up using quite a lot as you work with the terminal. they are pretty simple, so we won’t explain them all in quite as much detail as the previous couple. have a play with them in a test directory you’ve created somewhere so that you don’t accidentally delete anything important, using the example commands below for guidance: mkdir...
...And 8 more matches

Introduction to the JavaScript shell
orked for me] if you'd like to run the javascript code in the file foo.js, you can use this command: js foo.js to run foo.js then drop into the interactive shell, do this: js -f foo.js -i reference note: because the javascript shell is used as a test environment for the javascript engine, the available options and built-in functions can change over time. command line options there are a number of command line options you can specify to control the shell. these are summarized below. be sure to use -h with your own jsshell to see if there is anything undocumented. -c, --compileonly tells the shell to compile the program but not run it. this is a convenient way to quickly check for syntax errors in your program without actually running it. -e script runs the specified script, which ...
... machines. -s enables strict warning mode. -w, --warnings enables warning messages. -w, --nowarnings disables warning messages. environment options there are some environment variables that can be set to alter js shell behavior. js_stdout=file redirect stdout to file. js_stderr=file redirect stderr to file. built-in functions to make the javascript shell more useful, there are a number of built-in functions provided that you can use either from javascript programs or in interactive mode. note: this list is incomplete and overlaps with shell global objects. see js/src/shell/js.cpp (around shell_functions) for more. build() returns the date and time at which the javascript shell was built. note: clear() with no parameters really clears everything. this includes all these bu...
...: clear() with no parameters really clears everything. this includes all these built-in functions. clone(function, [scope]) clones the specified function object. if scope isn't specified, the new object's parent is the same as the original object's. otherwise, the new object is placed in the scope of the object specified by scope. countheap([start[, kind]]) added in spidermonkey 1.8 count the number of live gc things in the heap, or things reachable from start when it is given and is not null. kind is either 'all' (default) to count all things or one of 'object', 'double', 'string', 'function', 'qname', 'namespace', 'xml' to count only things of that kind. dumpheap([filename[, start[, tofind[, maxdepth[, toignore]]]]]) added in spidermonkey 1.8 dump the graph of all existing objects (or a ...
...And 8 more matches

IAccessibleTable
parameters column the 0 based index of the column for which to retrieve the description. description returns the description text of the specified column in the table if such a description exists. otherwise a null pointer is returned. return value e_invalidarg if bad [in] passed, [out] value is null. s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. columnextentat() returns the number of columns occupied by the accessible object at the specified row and column in the table. the result is greater than 1 if the specified cell spans multiple columns. [propget] hresult columnextentat( [in] long row, [in] long column, [out] long ncolumnsspanned ); parameters row 0 based row index of the accessible for which to return the column extent. column 0 based column index of the acc...
... data is only guaranteed to be valid while the thread notifying the event continues. once the handler has returned, the validity of the data depends on how the server manages the life cycle of its objects. also, note that the server may have different life cycle management strategies for controls depending on whether or not a control manages its children. lists, trees, and tables can have a large number of children and thus it's possible that the child objects for those controls would only be created as needed. servers should document their life cycle strategy as this will be of interest to assistive technology or script engines accessing data out of process or from other threads. servers only need to save the most recent row and column values associated with the change and a scope of the entire...
...ent row and column values associated with the change and a scope of the entire application is adequate. [propget] hresult modelchange( [out] ia2tablemodelchange modelchange ); parameters modelchange a struct of (type(insert, delete, update), firstrow, lastrow, firstcolumn, lastcolumn). return value s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. ...
...And 8 more matches

mozIStorageStatement
read only. params mozistoragestatementparams the current list of named parameters, which may be set. only available to javascript code. read only. row mozistoragestatementrow the current row, with access to all data members by name. available only to javascript code. re...
...read only. ...
...age_statement_ready. mozistoragestatement clone(); return value a mozistoragestatement that is a copy of the current statement. getparametername() obtains the name of the parameter for the specified index. autf8string getparametername( in unsigned long aparamindex ); parameters aparamindex the zero-based numerical index for the parameter to be bound. this will be one less than the number used in the sql (<code>?1</code> maps to <code>0</code>, and so on). return value an autf8string representing the parameter name for the specified index. getparameterindex() obtains the index of the parameter with the specified name. this method was added in 1.9.0. in 1.8.1 you had to use getparameterindexes(). see bug 388048 for details. unsigned long getparameterindex( in autf8string ...
...And 8 more matches

Checking when a deadline is due - Web APIs
ight now, and then check each stored event to see if any of their deadlines match the current time and date. if they do, we want to let the user know with some kind of notification. this would be easy if we were just comparing two date objects, but of course humans don't want to enter deadline information in the same format javascript understands. human-readable dates are quite different, with a number of different representations. recording the date information to provide a reasonable user experience on mobile devices, and to cut down on ambiguities, i decided to create an html form with: a text input for entering a title for your to-do list. this is the least avoidable bit of user typing. number inputs for the hour and minute parts of the deadline. on browsers that support type="numbe...
...on mobile platforms you tend to get a numeric keypad for entering data, which is helpful. ...
...e deadline. because these values are the most ambiguous for users to enter (7, sunday, sun? 04, 4, april, apr? 2013, '13, 13?), i decided the best solution was to give them a choice to pick from, which also saves on annoying typing for mobile users. the days are recorded as numerical days of the month, the months are recorded as full month names, and the years are recorded as full four digit year numbers. when the form's submit button is pressed, we run the adddata() function, which starts like this: function adddata(e) { e.preventdefault(); if(title.value == '' || hours.value == null || minutes.value == null || day.value == '' || month.value == '' || year.value == null) { note.innerhtml += '<li>data not submitted — form incomplete.</li>'; return; } in this segment, we chec...
...And 8 more matches

RTCIceCandidatePairStats - Web APIs
e candidates. if a rtcstats-based object's type is candidate-pair, it's an rtcicecandidatepairstats object. properties rtcicecandidatepairstats is based upon rtcstats and inherits its properties. ...
...d capacity of the network by reporting the total number of bits per second available for all of the candidate pair's incoming rtp streams. this does not take into account the size of the ip overhead, nor any other transport layers such as tcp or udp. availableoutgoingbitrate optional provides an informative value representing the available outbound capacity of the network by reporting the total number of bits per second available for all of the candidate pair's outoing rtp streams. this does not take into account the size of the ip overhead, nor any other transport layers such as tcp or udp. ...
...s tcp or udp. availableoutgoingbitrate optional provides an informative value representing the available outbound capacity of the network by reporting the total number of bits per second available for all of the candidate pair's outoing rtp streams. this does not take into account the size of the ip overhead, nor any other transport layers such as tcp or udp. bytesreceieved optional the total number of payload bytes received (that is, the total number of bytes received minus any headers, padding, or other administrative overhead) on this candidate pair so far. bytessent optional the total number of payload bytes sent (that is, the total number of bytes sent minus any headers, padding, or other administrative overhead) so far on this candidate pair. circuitbreakertriggercount optional an ...
...And 8 more matches

Using Web Workers - Web APIs
orkers can be accessed from multiple scripts. note: see the web workers api landing page for reference documentation on workers and additional guides. you can run whatever code you like inside the worker thread, with some exceptions. for example, you can't directly manipulate the dom from inside a worker, or use some default methods and properties of the window object. but you can use a large number of items available under window, including websockets, and data storage mechanisms like indexeddb. see functions and classes available to workers for more details. data is sent between workers and the main thread via a system of messages — both sides send their messages using the postmessage() method, and respond to messages via the onmessage event handler (the message is contained within the ...
... workers may use xmlhttprequest for network i/o, with the exception that the responsexml and channel attributes on xmlhttprequest always return null. dedicated workers as mentioned above, a dedicated worker is only accessible by the script that called it. in this section we'll discuss the javascript found in our basic dedicated worker example (run dedicated worker): this allows you to enter two numbers to be multiplied together. the numbers are sent to a dedicated worker, multiplied together, and the result is returned to the page and displayed. this example is rather trivial, but we decided to keep it simple while introducing you to basic worker concepts. more advanced details are covered later on in the article. worker feature detection for slightly more controlled error handling and back...
...{ console.log('message received from main script'); var workerresult = 'result: ' + (e.data[0] * e.data[1]); console.log('posting message back to main script'); postmessage(workerresult); } the onmessage handler allows us to run some code whenever a message is received, with the message itself being available in the message event's data attribute. here we simply multiply together the two numbers then use postmessage() again, to post the result back to the main thread. back in the main thread, we use onmessage again, to respond to the message sent back from the worker: myworker.onmessage = function(e) { result.textcontent = e.data; console.log('message received from worker'); } here we grab the message event data and set it as the textcontent of the result paragraph, so the user c...
...And 8 more matches

HTML attribute: min - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the min attribute defines the minimum value that is acceptable and valid for the input containing the attribute. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. this value must be less than or equal to the value of the max attribute. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid number, the input has no minimum value. ...
...ptable and valid for the input containing the attribute. if the value of the element is less than this, the element fails constraint validation. this value must be less than or equal to the value of the max attribute. if a value is specified for min that isn't a valid number, the input has no minimum value. valid for the numeric input types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, and the <meter> element, the min attribute is a number that specifies the most negative value a form control to be considered valid. syntax if any is not explicity set, valid values for the number, date/time input types, and range input types are equal to the basis for stepping - the min value and increments of the step value, up to the max value, if specified. for example, if...
...the <meter> element, the min attribute is a number that specifies the most negative value a form control to be considered valid. syntax if any is not explicity set, valid values for the number, date/time input types, and range input types are equal to the basis for stepping - the min value and increments of the step value, up to the max value, if specified. for example, if we have <input type="number" min="10" step="2"> any even integer, 10 or great, is valid. if omitted, <input type="number">, any integer is valid, but floats, like 4.2, are not valid, as step defaults to 1. ...
...And 8 more matches

<input type="date"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
re chrome and opera, whose data control looks like so: the edge date control looks like: and the firefox date control looks like this: value a domstring representing a date in yyyy-mm-dd format, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes list, value, valueasdate, valueasnumber. methods select(), stepdown(), stepup() value a domstring representing the date entered in the input. the date is formatted according to iso8601, described in format of a valid date string in date and time formats used in html. you can set a default value for the input with a date inside the value attribute, like so: <input type="date" value="2017-06-01"> the displayed d...
...t value for the input with a date inside the value attribute, like so: <input type="date" value="2017-06-01"> the displayed date format will differ from the actual value — the displayed date is formatted based on the locale of the user's browser, but the parsed value is always formatted yyyy-mm-dd. you can get and set the date value in javascript with the input element's value and valueasnumber properties. for example: var datecontrol = document.queryselector('input[type="date"]'); datecontrol.value = '2017-06-01'; console.log(datecontrol.value); // prints "2017-06-01" console.log(datecontrol.valueasnumber); // prints 1496275200000, a unix timestamp this code finds the first <input> element whose type is date, and sets its value to 2017-06-01 (june 1st, 2017). it then reads that value...
...mple: var datecontrol = document.queryselector('input[type="date"]'); datecontrol.value = '2017-06-01'; console.log(datecontrol.value); // prints "2017-06-01" console.log(datecontrol.valueasnumber); // prints 1496275200000, a unix timestamp this code finds the first <input> element whose type is date, and sets its value to 2017-06-01 (june 1st, 2017). it then reads that value back in string and number formats. additional attributes along with the attributes common to all <input> elements, date inputs have the following attributes: attribute description max the latest acceptable date min the earliest acceptable date step the stepping interval, when clicking up and down spinner buttons and validating the date max the latest date to a...
...And 8 more matches

Grammar and types - JavaScript
an also be digits (0–9). because javascript is case sensitive, letters include the characters "a" through "z" (uppercase) as well as "a" through "z" (lowercase). you can use most of iso 8859-1 or unicode letters such as å and ü in identifiers. (for more details, see this blog post.) you can also use the unicode escape sequences as characters in identifiers. some examples of legal names are number_hits, temp99, $credit, and _name. declaring variables you can declare a variable in two ways: with the keyword var. for example, var x = 42. this syntax can be used to declare both local and global variables, depending on the execution context. with the keyword const or let. for example, let y = 13. this syntax can be used to declare a block-scope local variable. (see variable scope below.)...
...ar2'); }; global variables global variables are in fact properties of the global object. in web pages, the global object is window, so you can set and access global variables using the window.variable syntax. consequently, you can access global variables declared in one window or frame from another window or frame by specifying the window or frame name. for example, if a variable called phonenumber is declared in a document, you can refer to this variable from an iframe as parent.phonenumber. constants you can create a read-only, named constant with the const keyword. the syntax of a constant identifier is the same as any variable identifier: it must start with a letter, underscore, or dollar sign ($), and can contain alphabetic, numeric, or underscore characters. const pi = 3.14; a c...
...,'javascript']; data structures and types data types the latest ecmascript standard defines eight data types: seven data types that are primitives: boolean. true and false. null. a special keyword denoting a null value. (because javascript is case-sensitive, null is not the same as null, null, or any other variant.) undefined. a top-level property whose value is not defined. number. an integer or floating point number. for example: 42 or 3.14159. bigint. an integer with arbitrary precision. for example: 9007199254740992n. string. a sequence of characters that represent a text value. for example: "howdy" symbol (new in ecmascript 2015). a data type whose instances are unique and immutable. and object although these data types are relatively few, they enable ...
...And 8 more matches

Promise - JavaScript
e chain is composed of .then() calls, and typically (but not necessarily) has a single .catch() at the end, optionally followed by .finally(). in this example, the promise chain is initiated by a custom written new promise() construct; but in actual practice, promise chains more typically start with an api function (written by someone else) that returns a promise. the example function tetheredgetnumber() shows that a promise generator will utilize reject() while setting up an asynchronous call, or within the call-back, or both. the function promisegetword() illustrates how an api function might generate and return a promise in a self contained manner. note that function troublewithgetnumber() ends with a throw(). that is forced because an es6 promise chain goes through all the .then() promises...
...(in this case "-999", but a custom error type would be more appropriate). this code can be run under nodejs. comprehension is enhanced by seeing the errors actually occur. to force more errors, change the threshold values. ...
... reject(`error in callback ${msg}`); } resolve(value); return; }, 500); // to experiment with error at set-up, uncomment the following 'throw'. // throw new error("bad setup"); } catch(err) { reject(`error during setup: ${err}`); } return; } function determineparity(value) { const isodd = value % 2 ? true : false ; const parityinfo = { thenumber: value, isodd: isodd }; return parityinfo; } function troublewithgetnumber(reason) { console.error(`trouble getting number: ${reason}`); throw -999; // must "throw" something, to maintain error state down the chain } function promisegetword(parityinfo) { // the "tetheredgetword()" function gets "parityinfo" as closure variable. var tetheredgetword = function(resolve,reject) { cons...
...And 8 more matches

LiveConnect Overview - Archive of obsolete content
g("hello world"); working with java arrays when any java method creates an array and you reference that array in javascript, you are working with a javaarray. for example, the following code creates the javaarray x with ten elements of type int: var x = java.lang.reflect.array.newinstance(java.lang.integer, 10); like the javascript array object, javaarray has a length property which returns the number of elements in the array. unlike array.length, javaarray.length is a read-only property, because the number of elements in a java array are fixed at the time of creation. package and class references simple references to java packages and classes from javascript create the javapackage and javaclass objects. in the earlier example about the redwood corporation, for example, the reference packages.
...types for the other language when you use liveconnect. these conversions are described in the following sections: javascript to java conversions java to javascript conversions javascript to java conversions when you call a java method and pass it parameters from javascript, the data types of the parameters you pass in are converted according to the rules described in the following sections: number values boolean values string values undefined values null values javaarray and javaobject objects javaclass objects other javascript objects the return values of methods of netscape.javascript.jsobject are always converted to instances of java.lang.object. the rules for converting these return values are also described in these sections. for example, if jsobject.eval returns a javascript ...
... values boolean values string values undefined values null values javaarray and javaobject objects javaclass objects other javascript objects the return values of methods of netscape.javascript.jsobject are always converted to instances of java.lang.object. the rules for converting these return values are also described in these sections. ...
...And 7 more matches

Cooperative asynchronous JavaScript: Timeouts and intervals - Learn web development
previous overview: asynchronous next this tutorial looks at the traditional methods javascript has available for running code asychronously after a set time period has elapsed, or at a regular interval (e.g. a set number of times per second), discusses what they are useful for, and considers their inherent issues. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a reasonable understanding of javascript fundamentals. objective: to understand asynchronous loops and intervals and what they are useful for. ...
...mber of times per second), discusses what they are useful for, and considers their inherent issues. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a reasonable understanding of javascript fundamentals. objective: to understand asynchronous loops and intervals and what they are useful for. introduction for a long time, the web platform has offered javascript programmers a number of functions that allow them to asynchronously execute code after a certain time interval has elapsed, and to repeatedly execute a block of code asynchronously until you tell it to stop. these functions are: settimeout() execute a specified block of code once after a specified time has elapsed. setinterval() execute a specified block of code repeatedly with a fixed time delay between each ...
...are used for running constant animations and other background processing on a web site or application. in the following sections we will show you how they can be used. settimeout() as we said before, settimeout() executes a particular block of code once after a specified time has elapsed. it takes the following parameters: a function to run, or a reference to a function defined elsewhere. a number representing the time interval in milliseconds (1000 miliseconds equals 1 second) to wait before executing the code. if you specify a value of 0 (or simply omit the value), the function will run as soon as possible. (see the note below on why it runs "as soon as possible" and not "immediately".) more on why you might want to do this later. zero or more values that represent any parameters you wa...
...And 7 more matches

Mozilla accessibility architecture
ty assistive technology. accessibility apis on each operating system have built-in assumptions about what is the most important information, and how an accessibility server like mozilla should use the api's programmatic interfaces to expose this information to an accessibility client (the assistive technology). each platform's accessibility api has made different assumptions, although there are a number of common characteristics. for example, they all expose an accessible name, or text representation, of each object, and they all use an enumerated integer value from a finite list, to expose the role of an object. examples of accessible role constants are role_button, role_checkbox and role_list, although they can have slightly different names and values in each api. in general, the accessibility...
... out the possibility of supporting some of the rich atk interfaces on windows. the toolkit-specific classes then use these xpcom interfaces to gather information about the objects they want to expose, make any necessary changes, and then expose the information using microsoft com on windows, or through gtk2's atk api's on linux and unix. the assistive technology can then use this information in a number of ways. it can read in an entire document at once, look only pieces of a document related to recent events, or traverse the accessibility object model based on screen position. accessible tree contains only a subset of nodes from the dom tree not all dom nodes are exposed through accessibility api toolkits -- only those objects deemed important by the developers of the toolkit. mozilla keeps aro...
... methods getaccparent(), getaccnextsibling(), getaccprevioussibling(), getaccfirstchild(), getacclastchild(), getaccchildcount() and getchildat(childnum). the atk has more convenience methods than msaa does for traversal - for example it is possible to go straight to the accessible for a specific row and column of a table, using nsiaccessibletable::cellrefat(). the algorithm used to calculate the number of accessible children for an accessible node is expensive. we cannot assume that all of the accessible children will come from the direct children, grandchildren or even great-great-great-children of the current accessible's node. therefore we have to iterate through the tree as if we were creating all of the accessible children, adding to the total as we go. to make this less expensive, once th...
...And 7 more matches

Gecko info for Windows accessibility vendors
tionadd and event_selectionremove are fired on the the child who's selection changed. how to track where the event happened, within your own offscreen model ordinary zero-indexed child ids are not practical for representing events. the problem is that the child id system that is used by msaa doesn't work well when you have a deep tree of objects in a window. it would be impractical to number all of the nodes in a document starting at 0, because whenever a node is inserted or removed it would be computationally very expensive to renumber things. so, the firefox childid handed back from events is based on an algorithm that uses the pointer value of the related internal dom node. this computed child id for events is always a negative value, unique to the iaccessible firing the event ...
... followed by comma, space and the namespace of the current element. in most current cases the namespace can be ignored, but it may become important in the future. the following html tags are exposed as bstr's: abbr, acronym, blockquote, dd, dl, dt, form, frame, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, iframe, q, tbody, tfoot, thead in addition, an html list uses the bullet bstr role to expose bullets and numbers that are automatically inserted into the formatting by gecko. in addition, role_list with state_readonly and role_listitem are used to expose the list structure. this makes it important to check the state_readonly flag when encountering a role_list, because the html list form element also uses role_list, but without state_readonly set. positional descriptions are supported the accdes...
...the n of m position relates to the position within the current outline level. finally, true descriptions are now expos...
...And 7 more matches

JSAPI User Guide
needed to execute scripts, and it cleans up—garbage collects—objects it no longer needs. the word javascript may bring to mind features such as event handlers (like onclick), dom objects, window.open, and xmlhttprequest. but in mozilla, all of these features are actually provided by other components, not the spidermonkey engine itself. spidermonkey provides a few core javascript data types—numbers, strings, arrays, objects, and so on—and a few methods, such as array.push. it also makes it easy for each application to expose some of its own objects and functions to javascript code. browsers expose dom objects. your application will expose objects that are relevant for the kind of scripts you want to write. it is up to the application developer to decide what objects and methods are expos...
...cle: js::value javascript is a dynamically typed language: variables and properties do not have a type that is fixed at compile time. how can a statically typed language, like c or c++, in which all variables have types, interact with javascript? the jsapi provides a data type, js::value (also with a deprecated jsval typedef), which can contain javascript values of any type. a js::value can be a number, a string, a boolean value, a reference to an object (like an object, array, date, or function), or one of the special values null or undefined. for integers and boolean values, a jsval contains the value itself. in other cases, the jsval is a pointer to an object, string, or number. warning: like c++ pointers, and unlike javascript vars, a js::value is not automatically initialized to a safe ...
... unlike javascript vars, a js::value is not automatically initialized to a safe value, and can become a dangling pointer! a dangling pointer is a pointer that used to point to a valid object, but no longer does because the object no longer exists. using a dangling pointer can crash a c++ program (or worse). in the case of js::value, the javascript garbage collector recycles objects, strings, and numbers that don't appear to be in use, and a js::value by itself does not protect its referent from the garbage collector. see garbage collection below for crucial information on how to use js::values safely. js::value includes member functions to test the javascript data type. these are isobject(), isnumber(), isint32(), isdouble(), isstring(), isboolean(), isnull(), and isundefined(). if a js::val...
...And 7 more matches

nsIDOMWindowUtils
ot_available there is no current inner window displaydpi float the dpi of the display. read only. doccharsetisforced boolean whether the charset of the window's current document has been forced by the user. cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) read only. elementsrestyled read only unsigned long long the number of elements which have been restyled for the current document. keep in mind that during a restyle operation, an element may be restyled multiple times (for example, when an inline element contains blocks). this number also counts restyling of pseudo-elements and anonymous boxes. throws ns_error_not_available if the count can't be provided. focusedinputtype string the type of the cu...
...read only. paintingsuppressed boolean true if painting is currently suppressed for this window; otherwise false. read only. this is used on mobile, for example, to prevent attempts to render content until enough of the page has been loaded to avoid content bouncing around excessively as more content is loaded. screenpixelspercsspixel float returns the number of screen pixels per css pixel. read only. audiomuted boolean with this it's possible to mute all the mediaelements in this window. we have audiomuted and audiovolume to preserve the volume across mute/umute. audiovolume float range: greater or equal to 0. the real volume level is affected by the volume of all ancestor windows. constants constant ...
...menuitemat(). cannot be accessed from unprivileged context (not content-accessible) will throw a dom security error if called without universalxpconnect privileges. void activatenativemenuitemat( in astring indexstring ); parameters indexstring clearmozafterpaintevents() void clearmozafterpaintevents(); parameters none. comparecanvases() compare the two canvases, returning the number of differing pixels and the maximum difference in a channel. this will throw an error if the dimensions of the two canvases are different. this method requires universalxpconnect privileges. pruint32 comparecanvases( in nsidomhtmlcanvaselement acanvas1, in nsidomhtmlcanvaselement acanvas2, out unsigned long amaxdifference ); parameters acanvas1 acanvas2 amaxdifference re...
...And 7 more matches

Version, UI, and Status Information - Plugins
ance); the instance parameter represents the current plug-in instance. this function returns a string that contains the user_agent field of the browser. getting the current version your plug-in should make sure, possibly during initialization, that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with the version the browser is using. ...
...uld make sure, possibly during initialization, that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with the version the browser is using. to do so, it must find the major and minor version numbers, which are determined when the plug-in and navigator are compiled, and compare them. if the versions are not compatible, the plug-in can let the user know. the plug-in can also use the version number to find out whether a particular feature exists on the version of the browser that the plug-in is running in. ...
... must find the major and minor version numbers, which are determined when the plug-in and navigator are compiled, and compare them. if the versions are not compatible, the plug-in can let the user know. the plug-in can also use the version number to find out whether a particular feature exists on the version of the browser that the plug-in is running in. the browser and plug-in api major version numbers represent code release numbers, and their minor version numbers represent point release numbers. for example, plug-in api version 6.03 has a major version number of 6 and a point release number of 3. differing version numbers may mean that the current plug-in api and the browser versions are incompatible. ...
...And 7 more matches

Timing element visibility with the Intersection Observer API - Web APIs
when an ad exceeds one minute of visible time, it will be replaced with a new one. ...
...ts of the site will be placed in. body { font-family: "open sans", "arial", "helvetica", sans-serif; background-color: aliceblue; } .wrapper { display: grid; grid-template-columns: auto minmax(min-content, 1fr); grid-template-rows: auto minmax(min-content, 1fr); max-width: 700px; margin: 0 auto; background-color: aliceblue; } the site's <body> is configured here to use one of a number of common sans-serif fonts, and to use "aliceblue" as the background color. then the "wrapper" class is defined; it wraps the entire blog, including the header, sidebar, and body content (articles and ads). the wrapper establishes a css grid with two columns and two rows. the first column (sized automatically based on its content) is used for the sidebar and the second column (which will be used...
...work. let's start with the global variables: let contentbox; let nextarticleid = 1; let visibleads = new set(); let previouslyvisibleads = null; let adobserver; let refreshintervalid = 0; these are used as follows: contentbox a reference to the <main> element's htmlelement object in the dom. this is where we'll insert the articles and ads. nextarticleid each article is given a unique id number; this variable tracks the next id to use, starting with 1. visibleads a set which we'll use to track the ads currently visible on the screen. previouslyvisibleads used to temporarily store the list of visible ads while the document is not visible (for example, if the user has tabbed to another page). adobserver will hold our intersectionobserver used to track the intersection between the ad...
...And 7 more matches

Basic concepts behind Web Audio API - Web APIs
audio context. inside the context, create sources — such as <audio>, oscillator, or stream. create effects nodes, such as reverb, biquad filter, panner, or compressor. choose the final destination for the audio, such as the user's computer speakers. establish connections from the audio sources through zero or more effects, eventually ending at the chosen destination. ...
..., or compressor. choose the final destination for the audio, such as the user's computer speakers. establish connections from the audio sources through zero or more effects, eventually ending at the chosen destination. channel notation the number of audio channels available on a signal is frequently presented in a numeric format, such as 2.0 or 5.1. this is called channel notation. the first number is the number of full frequency range audio channels that the signal includes. the number after the period indicates the number of those channels which are reserved for low-frequency effect (lfe) outputs; these are often referred to as subwoofers. each input or output is composed of one or more audio channels, which together represent a specific audio layout. any discrete channel structure is...
... created from raw pcm data (the audio context has methods to decode supported audio formats). taken from html media elements (such as <video> or <audio>). taken directly from a webrtc mediastream (such as a webcam or microphone). ...
...And 7 more matches

transform - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
)<skewx()> = s...
...x()> | <skewy()> | <matrix3d()> | <translate3d()> | <translatez()> | <scale3d()> | <scalez()> | <rotate3d()> | <rotatex()> | <rotatey()> | <rotatez()> | <perspective()>where <matrix()> = matrix( <number>#{6} )<translate()> = translate( <length-percentage> , <length-percentage>? )<translatex()> = translatex( <length-percentage> )<translatey()> = translatey( <length-percentage> )<scale()> = scale( <number> , <number>? )<scalex()> = scalex( <number> )<scaley()> = scaley( <number> )<rotate()> = rotate( [ <angle> | <zero> ] )<skew()> = skew( [ <angle> | <zero> ] , [ <angle> | <zero> ]? ...
...translatex( <length-percentage> )<translatey()> = translatey( <length-percentage> )<scale()> = scale( <number> , <number>? )<scalex()> = scalex( <number> )<scaley()> = scaley( <number> )<rotate()> = rotate( [ <angle> | <zero> ] )<skew()> = skew( [ <angle> | <zero> ] , [ <angle> | <zero> ]? ...
...And 7 more matches

Applying color to HTML elements using CSS - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
r> for a list of all available color keywords. rgb values there are three ways to represent an rgb color in css. hexadecimal string notation hexadecimal string notation represents a color using hexadecimal digits to represent each of the color components (red, green, and blue). it may also include a fourth component: the alpha channel (or opacity). each color component can be represented as a number between 0 and 255 (0x00 and 0xff) or, optionally, as a number between 0 and 15 (0x0 and 0xf). all components must be specified using the same number of digits. if you use the single-digit notation, the final color is computed by using each component's digit twice; that is, "#d" becomes "#dd" when drawing. a color in hexadecimal string notation always begins with the character "#". after that com...
... if you use the single-digit notation, the final color is computed by using each component's digit twice; that is, "#d" becomes "#dd" when drawing. a color in hexadecimal string notation always begins with the character "#". after that come the hexadecimal digits of the color code. the string is case-insensitive. ...
...n drawing. a color in hexadecimal string notation always begins with the character "#". after that come the hexadecimal digits of the color code. the string is case-insensitive. "#rrggbb" specifies a fully-opaque color whose red component is the hexadecimal number 0xrr, green component is 0xgg, and blue component is 0xbb. "#rrggbbaa" specifies a color whose red component is the hexadecimal number 0xrr, green component is 0xgg, and blue component is 0xbb. ...
...And 7 more matches

<input type="range"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
because this kind of widget is imprecise, it shouldn't typically be used unless the control's exact value isn't important. ...
...xample is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. if the user's browser doesn't support type range, it will fall back and treat it as a text input. ...
...repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. if the user's browser doesn't support type range, it will fall back and treat it as a text input. value a domstring containing the string representation of the selected numeric value; use valueasnumber to get the value as a number. ...
...And 7 more matches

<input type="search"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
n be any text string or an empty string (""). ...
...on to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, search field inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether or not the contents of the input should be read-only size a number indicat...
...f a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the search field. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the search field has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text entered into the field is great...
...And 7 more matches

JavaScript data types and data structures - JavaScript
what properties they have. these can be used to build other data structures. wherever possible, comparisons with other languages are drawn. dynamic typing javascript is a loosely typed and dynamic language. ...
... re-assigned) values of all types: let foo = 42; // foo is now a number foo = 'bar'; // foo is now a string foo = true; // foo is now a boolean data and structure types the latest ecmascript standard defines nine types: six data types that are primitives, checked by typeof operator: undefined : typeof instance === "undefined" boolean : typeof instance === "boolean" number : typeof instance === "number" string : typeof instance === "string" bigint : typeof instance === "bigint" symbol : typeof instance === "symbol" null : typeof instance === "object". special primitive type having additional usage for its value: if object is not inherited, then null is shown; object : typeof instance === "object". special non-data but structural type for any constru...
...s of these types as "primitive values". boolean type boolean represents a logical entity and can have two values: true and false. see boolean and boolean for more details. null type the null type has exactly one value: null. see null and null for more details. undefined type a variable that has not been assigned a value has the value undefined. see undefined and undefined for more details. number type ecmascript has two built-in numeric types: number and bigint (see below). the number type is a double-precision 64-bit binary format ieee 754 value (numbers between -(253 − 1) and 253 − 1). in addition to representing floating-point numbers, the number type has three symbolic values: +infinity, -infinity, and nan ("not a number"). to check for the largest available value or smallest a...
...And 7 more matches

Text formatting - JavaScript
reviousnext » this chapter introduces how to work with strings and text in javascript. strings javascript's string type is used to represent textual data. it is a set of "elements" of 16-bit unsigned integer values (utf-16 code units). each element in the string occupies a position in the string. the first element is at index 0, the next at index 1, and so on. the length of a string is the number of elements in it. you can create strings using string literals or string objects. caution: if you edit this page, do not include any characters above u+ffff, until mdn bug 857438 is fixed ( https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=857438 ). string literals you can create simple strings using either single or double quotes: 'foo' "bar" more advanced strings can be created using escape se...
...sing string literals or string objects. caution: if you edit this page, do not include any characters above u+ffff, until mdn bug 857438 is fixed ( https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=857438 ). ...
...: if you edit this page, do not include any characters above u+ffff, until mdn bug 857438 is fixed ( https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=857438 ). string literals you can create simple strings using either single or double quotes: 'foo' "bar" more advanced strings can be created using escape sequences: hexadecimal escape sequences the number after \x is interpreted as a hexadecimal number. '\xa9' // "©" unicode escape sequences the unicode escape sequences require at least four hexadecimal digits following \u. '\u00a9' // "©" unicode code point escapes new in ecmascript 2015. with unicode code point escapes, any character can be escaped using hexadecimal numbers so that it is possible to use unicode code points up to 0x10ffff. with simple unicode escapes it is often neces...
...And 7 more matches

Array.prototype.map() - JavaScript
owing: // object.defineproperty(a, k, { // value: mappedvalue, // writable: true, // enumerable: true, // configurable: true // }); // for best browser support, use the following: a[k] = mappedvalue; } // d. increase k by 1. k++; } // 9. ...
...value, // writable: true, // enumerable: true, // configurable: true // }); // for best browser support, use the following: a[k] = mappedvalue; } // d. increase k by 1. k++; } // 9. return a return a; }; } examples mapping an array of numbers to an array of square roots the following code takes an array of numbers and creates a new array containing the square roots of the numbers in the first array. let numbers = [1, 4, 9] let roots = numbers.map(function(num) { return math.sqrt(num) }) // roots is now [1, 2, 3] // numbers is still [1, 4, 9] using map to reformat objects in an array the following code takes an array of objects and creates a new array containing the newly reformatted objects. ...
...jects. ...
...And 7 more matches

NaN - JavaScript
in modern browsers, nan is a non-configurable, non-writable property. ...
... configurable no the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. description nan is a property of the global object. in other words, it is a variable in global scope. ...
... the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. description nan is a property of the global object. in other words, it is a variable in global scope. the initial value of nan is not-a-number — the same as the value of number.nan. in modern browsers, nan is a non-configurable, non-writable property. even when this is not the case, avoid overriding it. it is rather rare to use nan in a program. there are five different types of operations that return nan: number cannot be parsed (e.g. parseint("blabla") or number(undefined)) math operation where the result is not a real number (e.g. math.sqrt(-1)) operand of an a...
...And 7 more matches

isNaN() - JavaScript
syntax isnan(value) parameters value the value to be tested. return value true if the given value is nan; otherwise, false. description the necessity of an isnan function unlike all other possible values in javascript, it is not possible to rely on the equality operators (== and ===) to determine whether a value is nan or not, because both nan == nan and nan === nan evaluate to false. ...
...tion. origin of nan values nan values are generated when arithmetic operations result in undefined or unrepresentable values. such values do not necessarily represent overflow conditions. a nan also results from attempted coercion to numeric values of non-numeric values for which no primitive numeric value is available. ...
...values of non-numeric values for which no primitive numeric value is available. for example, dividing zero by zero results in a nan — but dividing other numbers by zero does not. confusing special-case behavior since the very earliest versions of the isnan function specification, its behavior for non-numeric arguments has been confusing. when the argument to the isnan function is not of type number, the value is first coerced to a number. the resulting value is then tested to determine whether it is nan. ...
...And 7 more matches

parseInt() - JavaScript
6 that represents the radix (the base in mathematical numeral systems) of the string. be careful—this does not default to 10! the description below explains in more detail what happens when radix is not provided. return value an integer parsed from the given string. or nan when the radix is smaller than 2 or bigger than 36, or the first non-whitespace character cannot be converted to a number. ...
...alue an integer parsed from the given string. or nan when the radix is smaller than 2 or bigger than 36, or the first non-whitespace character cannot be converted to a number. description the parseint function converts its first argument to a string, parses that string, then returns an integer or nan. if not nan, the return value will be the integer that is the first argument taken as a number in the specified radix. (for example, a radix of 10 converts from a decimal number, 8 converts from octal, 16 from hexadecimal, and so on.) for radices above 10, letters of the english alphabet indicate numerals greater than 9. for example, for hexadecimal numbers (base 16), a through f are used. if parseint encounters a character that is not a numeral in the specified radix, it ignores it and ...
... octal, 16 from hexadecimal, and so on.) for radices above 10, letters of the english alphabet indicate numerals greater than 9. for example, for hexadecimal numbers (base 16), a through f are used. if parseint encounters a character that is not a numeral in the specified radix, it ignores it and all succeeding characters and returns the integer value parsed up to that point. parseint truncates numbers to integer values. leading and trailing spaces are allowed. because some numbers use the e character in their string representation (e.g. 6.022e23 for 6.022 × 1023), using parseint to truncate numbers will produce unexpected results when used on very large or very small numbers. parseint should not be used as a substitute for math.floor(). parseint understands exactly two signs: + for positiv...
...And 7 more matches

Chapter 3: Introduction to XUL—How to build a more intuitive UI - Archive of obsolete content
coding specifier and the xml declaration can be omitted. but for the samples in this chapter, please include them. because a xul document is also an xml document, it can contain xhtml, svg, mathml, and other elements; if you use external entity references, the xml document's contents are modularized; combined with other xml-related technologies, such as dom, xlink, or xslt, you can use it for a number of different applications. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <?xml-stylesheet href="chrome://global/skin/"?> <window xmlns="http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"> <!-- contents go here. --> </window> listing 2: general structure of a xul document even with the internationalization of firefox and extensions, this kind of xml function is being used. reading in s...
... your root element. page for sidebar panels and other xul documents that are opened within inline frames, use the page element as the root element. apart from having a different intended purpose than the window element, it is functionally no different. root elements for dialog windows dialog use the dialog element when creating options dialogs, confirmation dialogs, etc. this element takes a number of attributes, and can easily be made to display controls (buttons, etc) using widgets and layouts native to whatever platform it is running on. for example, windows places the ok button on the left and the cancel button on the right, while mac os x has the opposite layout. this is what firefox itself uses for bookmark properties and other dialogs. buttons used in dialog windows a dialog eleme...
...an easily be made to display controls (buttons, etc) using widgets and layouts native to whatever platform it is running on. for example, windows places the ok button on the left and the cancel button on the right, while mac os x has the opposite layout. this is what firefox itself uses for bookmark properties and other dialogs. buttons used in dialog windows a dialog element will display some number of buttons at its bottom. as shown in table 1, there are four types of buttons that can be displayed, and you can set the names of the buttons you want to display as a comma-delimited list in the value of the buttons attribute. fixme: make the table cleaner button name description accept the ok button. cancel the cancel button. help the help butto...
...And 6 more matches

Textbox (XPFE autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
plete popup will not disappear. inputtooltiptext type: string the tooltip text for the textbox. label type: string the label that will appear on the element. if this is left out, no text appears. for an editable menuitem element the value of this attribute is copied to the menulist.value property upon user selection of the menuitem. maxlength type: integer the maximum number of characters that the textbox allows to be entered. maxrows type: integer the number of rows to show in the results list at a time. a scrollbar will appear so the user can scroll through the remaining items. minresultsforpopup obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 type: integer the minimum number of results that must be returned for the popup to be displayed. the default ...
...returned for the popup to be displayed. the default value is 1. a zero value will always open the popup unless the textbox is empty. this can be used to display additional items that are not autocomplete results. as of gecko 1.9.1, this attribute is now always specified in lower case. minresultsforpopup new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 type: integer the minimum number of results that must be returned for the popup to be displayed. the default value is 1. new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 a zero value will always open the popup. this can be used to display additional items that are not autocomplete results. nomatch type: boolean this attribute will be set to true if the last search resulted in no matches. overview an onchange attribute i...
...n doesn't appear. showpopup type: boolean note: applies to: thunderbird, seamonkeyif true, the popup will be shown. if false, the popup will not be shown, but the autocomplete results will still be available. you can set this to false and set the autofill attribute to true to emulate a communicator 4.x style autocomplete textbox. the default value is true. size type: integer the number of characters that can be displayed in the textbox. tabindex type: integer the tab order of the element. the tab order is the order in which the focus is moved when the user presses the "tab" key. elements with a higher tabindex are later in the tab sequence. tabscrolling obsolete since gecko 1.9.1 type: boolean if true, the user may cycle through the results li...
...And 6 more matches

Client-side storage - Learn web development
this lets you persist data for long-term storage, save sites or documents for offline use, retain user-specific settings for your site, and more. this article explains the very basics of how these work. prerequisites: javascript basics (see first steps, building blocks, javascript objects), the basics of client-side apis objective: to learn how to use client-side storage apis to store application data. ...
...he service worker api, although it doesn't have to be. use of cache and service workers is an advanced topic, and we won't be covering it in great detail in this article, although we will show a simple example in the offline asset storage section below. storing simple data — web storage the web storage api is very easy to use — you store simple name/value pairs of data (limited to strings, numbers, etc.) and retrieve these values when needed. basic syntax let's show you how: first, go to our web storage blank template on github (open this in a new tab). open the javascript console of your browser's developer tools. all of your web storage data is contained within two object-like structures inside the browser: sessionstorage and localstorage. the first one persists data...
... our finished version, the defer attribute specifies that the contents of the <script> element will not execute until the page has finished loading. storing complex data — indexeddb the indexeddb api (sometimes abbreviated idb) is a complete database system available in the browser in which you can store complex related data, the types of which aren't limited to simple values like strings or numbers. you can store videos, images, and pretty much anything else in an indexeddb instance. however, this does come at a cost: indexeddb is much more complex to use than the web storage api. in this section, we'll really only scratch the surface of what it is capable of, but we will give you enough to get started. working through a note storage example here we'll run you through an example that al...
...And 6 more matches

Server-side web frameworks - Learn web development
an httpresponse object with the formatted output (in this case a string). # django view function from django.http import httpresponse def index(request): # get an httprequest (request) # perform operations using information from the request. # return httpresponse return httpresponse('output string to return') route requests to the appropriate handler most sites will provide a number of different resources, accessible through distinct urls. handling these all in one function would be hard to maintain, so web frameworks provide simple mechanisms to map url patterns to specific handler functions. this approach also has benefits in terms of maintenance, because you can change the url used to deliver a particular feature without having to change the underlying code. different fr...
...the mapping. for example, the flask (python) web framework adds routes to view functions using a decorator. @app.route("/") def hello(): return "hello world!" while django expects developers to define a list of url mappings between a url pattern and a view function. urlpatterns = [ url(r'^$', views.index), # example: /best/myteamname/5/ url(r'^best/(?p<team_name>\w.+?)/(?p<team_number>[0-9]+)/$', views.best), ] make it easy to access data in the request data can be encoded in an http request in a number of ways. an http get request to get files or data from the server may encode what data is required in url parameters or within the url structure. an http post request to update a resource on the server will instead include the update information as "post data" within the bod...
...ues, selection list options, help text for documentation, label text for forms etc. the model doesn't state any information about the underlying database as that is a configuration setting that may be changed separately of our code. the first code snippet below shows a very simple django model for a team object. this stores the team name and team level as character fields and specifies a maximum number of characters to be stored for each record. the team_level is a choice field, so we also provide a mapping between choices to be displayed and data to be stored, along with a default value. #best/models.py from django.db import models class team(models.model): team_name = models.charfield(max_length=40) team_levels = ( ('u09', 'under 09s'), ('u10', 'under 10s'), ...
...And 6 more matches

Handling common JavaScript problems - Learn web development
r browsers. we'll explore all these problems and more below. fixing general javascript problems as we said in the previous article on html/css, you should make sure your code is working generally, before going on to concentrate on the cross-browser issues. if you are not already familiar with the basics of troubleshooting javascript, you should study that article before moving on. there are a number of common javascript problems that you will want to be mindful of, such as: basic syntax and logic problems (again, check out troubleshooting javascript). making sure variables, etc. are defined in the correct scope, and you are not running into conflicts between items declared in different places (see function scope and conflicts). confusion about this, in terms of what scope it applies to,...
...te variable, then using that variable in nested functions so you can be sure you are applying functionality to the correct this scope. incorrectly using functions inside loops — for example, in bad-for-loop.html (see source code), we loop through 10 iterations, each time creating a paragraph and adding an onclick event handler to it. when clicked, each one should alert a message containing its number (the value of i at the time it was created), however each one reports i as 11, because for loops do all their iterating before nested functions are invoked. if you want this to work correctly, you need to define a function to add the handler separately, calling it on each iteration and passing it the current value of para and i each time (or something similar). see good-for-loop.html (see the sou...
...ing-related packages. you should see a package called lint at the top of the list. install this first (using the install button), as other linters rely on it to work. after that, install the linter-jshint plugin. after the packages have finished installing, try loading up a javascript file: you'll see any issues highlighted with green (for warnings) and red (for errors) circles next to the line numbers, and a separate panel at the bottom provides line numbers, error messages, and sometimes suggested values or other fixes. other popular editors have similar linting packages available. for example, see the "plugins for text editors and ides" section of the jshint install page. other uses there are other ways to use such linters; you can read about them on the jshint and eslint install pages...
...And 6 more matches

WebRequest.jsm
to listen if you want to cancel the request. opt_extrainfospec values name description "blocking" make the browser wait until the listener returns. use this if you want to cancel the request. see some examples of canceling requests. listener argument name type description url string target of the request. windowid number the id of the window making the request, as an outerwindowid. parentwindowid number type string the resource type. browser object the xul browser into which the resource will be loaded, or null if the resource will not be loaded into a xul browser. onbeforesendheaders this event is triggered before sending any http data, but after all http...
...f you want to redirect the request or modify request headers. see examples of redirecting and modifying request headers. "requestheaders" include request headers in the argument passed to the listener. see modifying headers for an example using this. listener argument name type description url string target of the request. windowid number the id of the window making the request, as an outerwindowid. parentwindowid number type string the resource type. browser object the xul browser into which the resource will be loaded, or null if the resource will not be loaded into a xul browser. method string the http method to be used (get, post, etc). requestheaders ...
...blocking" for this event, so you can't modify or cancel the request from this event: it's informational only. opt_extrainfospec values name description "requestheaders" include request headers in the argument passed to the listener. listener argument name type description url string target of the request. windowid number the id of the window making the request, as an outerwindowid. parentwindowid number type string the resource type. browser object the xul browser into which the resource will be loaded, or null if the resource will not be loaded into a xul browser. method string the http method to be used (get, post, etc). requestheaders ...
...And 6 more matches

JSAPI reference
compilefunctionforprincipals obsolete since jsapi 28 js_compileucfunction obsolete since jsapi 36 js_compileucfunctionforprincipals obsolete since jsapi 28 error handling struct jserrorformatstring added in spidermonkey 17 class jserrorreport class js::autosaveexceptionstate added in spidermonkey 31 enum jsexntype added in spidermonkey 17 js_reporterror js_reportwarning js_reporterrornumber js_reporterrornumberuc js_reporterrorflagsandnumber js_reporterrorflagsandnumberuc js_reporterrornumberucarray added in spidermonkey 24 js_reportoutofmemory js_reportallocationoverflow added in spidermonkey 1.8 js_geterrorreporter js_seterrorreporterobsolete since jsapi 52 js_errorfromexception js_geterrorprototype jsreport_is_exception jsreport_is_strict jsreport_is_warning jsrepor...
...versa: js_reportpendingexception js_errorfromexception js_throwreportederror obsolete since jsapi 29 values and types typedef jsval js::value js::value constructors: js::nullvalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::undefinedvalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::booleanvalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::truevalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::falsevalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::numbervalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::int32value added in spidermonkey 24 js::doublevalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::float32value added in spidermonkey 24 js::stringvalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::objectvalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::objectornullvalue added in spidermonkey 24 js::symbolvalue added in spidermonkey 38 js::value constants: js::nullhandlevalue added in spidermonkey 2...
...e obsolete since jsapi 42 jsval_zero obsolete since jsapi 42 jsval_one obsolete since jsapi 42 function and macros for checking the type of a jsval: enum jstype js_typeofvalue all of the following are deprecated. see js::value for their modern replacements. jsval_is_null obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_void obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_boolean obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_number obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_int obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_double obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_string obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_object obsolete since jsapi 15 jsval_is_primitive obsolete since jsapi 32 jsval_is_gcthing obsolete since jsapi 32 high-level type-conversion routines for packing and unpacking function arguments. js_convertarguments obsolete since jsapi...
...And 6 more matches

mozIStorageAggregateFunction
objects implementing this interface can be registered with mozistorageconnection.createaggregatefunction(). storage/public/mozistorageaggregatefunction.idlscriptable please add a summary to this article. ...
...ould be reentrant if any of the above applies to your use of the storage apis! nsivariant onfinal() return value an nsivariant this is the return value of the function. sample code both of the following code samples assume that the variable dbconn is an opened mozistorageconnection. javascript // first, create our object that will represent our function. ...
...e of the storage apis! nsivariant onfinal() return value an nsivariant this is the return value of the function. sample code both of the following code samples assume that the variable dbconn is an opened mozistorageconnection. javascript // first, create our object that will represent our function. ...
...And 6 more matches

nsISmsRequestManager
equest id. createrequest() create a new request object. long createrequest( in nsidommozsmsmanager amanager, out nsidommozsmsrequest arequest ); parameters amanager an smsmanager. arequest an smsrequest. return value the request id. notifycreatemessagelist() void notifycreatemessagelist( in long arequestid, in long alistid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. alistid a number representing the id of the list. amessage an smsmessage. notifygetsmsfailed() void notifygetsmsfailed( in long arequestid, in long aerror ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. aerror a number with an error code. see constants. notifygotnextmessage() void notifygotnextmessage( in long arequestid, in ns...
...presenting the id of the list. amessage an smsmessage. notifygetsmsfailed() void notifygetsmsfailed( in long arequestid, in long aerror ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. aerror a number with an error code. see constants. notifygotnextmessage() void notifygotnextmessage( in long arequestid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. amessage an smsmessage. notifygotsms() void notifygotsms( in long arequestid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. amessage an smsmessage. notifymarkedmessageread() requires gecko 15.0(firefox 15.0 / thunderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) void notifymarkedmessageread( in long arequ...
...smessage. notifygotsms() void notifygotsms( in long arequestid, in nsidommozsmsmessage amessage ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. amessage an smsmessage. notifymarkedmessageread() requires gecko 15.0(firefox 15.0 / thunderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) void notifymarkedmessageread( in long arequestid in bool aread ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. aread a boolean indicating whether a message is read or unread. notifymarkmessagereadfailed() requires gecko 15.0(firefox 15.0 / thunderbird 15.0 / seamonkey 2.12) void notifymarkmessagereadfailed( in long arequestid in long aerror ); parameters arequestid a number representing the id of the request. aerror a number with an error code. see cons...
...And 6 more matches

Toolkit version format
applications appversion flag in chrome manifests. you can use nsiversioncomparator to compare versions from your application. see older version formats below for description of the older version format used in firefox/thunderbird 1.0. version format a version string consists of one or more version parts, separated with dots. ...
...rsion flag in chrome manifests. you can use nsiversioncomparator to compare versions from your application. see older version formats below for description of the older version format used in firefox/thunderbird 1.0. version format a version string consists of one or more version parts, separated with dots. each version part is itself parsed as a sequence of four parts: <number-a><string-b><number-c><string-d>. ...
...sioncomparator to compare versions from your application. see older version formats below for description of the older version format used in firefox/thunderbird 1.0. version format a version string consists of one or more version parts, separated with dots. each version part is itself parsed as a sequence of four parts: <number-a><string-b><number-c><string-d>. each of the parts is optional. ...
...And 6 more matches

Examine and edit CSS - Firefox Developer Tools
that gives more information when clicked. filter rules containing this property: next to overridden declarations is an icon you can click to filter the rules list to show only those rules that include that property. see overridden declarations. enable/disable: if you hover over a declaration, a checkbox appears next to it: you can use this to toggle the declaration on or off. filename and line number: on the right-hand side is a link to the rule. see link to css file. if the element has a display: grid declaration, then it gets a grid icon next to it, like this: . click that icon to display the grid overlaid on the page, including grid lines and tracks. see examine grid layouts for more on this. to view user-agent styles (i.e., browser-default css rules), enable "inspector > show browser s...
...es and tracks. see examine grid layouts for more on this. to view user-agent styles (i.e., browser-default css rules), enable "inspector > show browser styles" under the developer tool settings panel. (note that this setting is independent of the "browser styles" checkbox in the computed view.) user-agent styles are displayed against a different background, and the link to the filename and line number contains the prefix (user agent): element {} rule the element {} rule at the top of the rules list isn't actually a css rule. it represents the css properties assigned to the element via its style attribute. this also gets the target icon: , giving you a convenient way to highlight the currently selected element in the page. filtering rules there's a box at the top of the rules view labe...
...to exact matches: expanding shorthand properties shorthand properties can be expanded to display their related longhand properties by clicking the arrow besides them. ...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepDown() - Web APIs
the htmlinputelement.stepdown([n]) method decrements the value of a numeric type of <input> element by the value of the step attribute or up to n multiples of the step attribute if a number is passed as the parameter. the method, when invoked, decrements the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified, and step defaults to the default value for step if not specified. valid on all numeric, date, and time input types that support the step attribute, includingdate, month, week, time, datetime-local, number, and range. given <input id="mytime" type="time" max="17:00" step="900" value="17:00">, invoking mytime.step(3) will change the value to 16:15, decrementing the time by 3 * 900, or 45 minutes. mytime.step(), with no parameter, would have resulted in 16:45, as n defaults to 1.
... types in the the table above), or if the step value is set to any, an invalidstateerror exception is thrown. htmlinputelement.stepdown() decrements the value by (step * n), where n defaults to 1 if not specified. throws an invalid_state_err exception: if the method is not applicable to for the current type value, if the element has no step value, if the value cannot be converted to a number, if the resulting value is above the max or below the min. syntax element.stepdown( [ stepdecrement ] ); parameters stepdecrement the optional stepdecrement paremeter is a numeric value. if no parameter is passed, stepdecrement defaults to 1. if the value is a float, the value will increment as if math.floor(stepdecrement) was passed. if the value is negative, the val...
...tepdecrement ] ); parameters stepdecrement the optional stepdecrement paremeter is a numeric value. if no parameter is passed, stepdecrement defaults to 1. if the value is a float, the value will increment as if math.floor(stepdecrement) was passed. if the value is negative, the value will be incremented instead of decremented. ...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLInputElement.stepUp() - Web APIs
the default value for the parameter, if no val...
...the default value for the parameter, if no value is passed, is 1. the method will not cause t...
...he list of supported input types in the the table above), or if the step value is set to any, an invalidstateerror exception is thrown. syntax element.stepup( [ stepincrement ] ); parameters stepincrement the optional stepincrement paremeter is a numeric value. if no parameter is passed, stepincrement defaults to 1. ...
...And 6 more matches

HTMLInputElement - Web APIs
contains a list of file objects representing the files selected for upload. webkitdirectory boolean: returns the webkitdirectory attribute; if true, the file system picker interface only accepts directories instead of files. webkitentries array of filesystementry objects: describes the currently selected files or directories. properties that apply only to text/number-containing or elements autocomplete string: returns / sets the element's autocomplete attribute, indicating whether the value of the control can be automatically completed by the browser. ignored if the value of the type attribute is hidden, checkbox, radio, file, or a button type (button, submit, reset, image). possible values are: on: the browser can autocomplete the value using p...
...n autocomplete the value using previously stored value off: the user must explicity enter a value max string: returns / sets the element's max attribute, containing the maximum (numeric or date-time) value for this item, which must not be less than its minimum (min attribute) value. maxlength long: returns / sets the element's maxlength attribute, containing the maximum number of characters (in unicode code points) that the value can have. (if you set this to a negative number, an exception will be thrown.) min string: returns / sets the element's min attribute, containing the minimum (numeric or date-time) value for this item, which must not be greater than its maximum (max attribute) value. minlength long: returns / sets the element's minlengt...
...ts) that the value can have. (if you set this to a negative number, an exception will be thrown.) min string: returns / sets the element's min attribute, containing the minimum (numeric or date-time) value for this item, which must not be greater than its maximum (max attribute) value. minlength long: returns / sets the element's minlength attribute, containing the minimum number of characters (in unicode code points) that the value can have. (if you set this to a negative number, an exception will be thrown.) pattern string: returns / sets the element's pattern attribute, containing a regular expression that the control's value is checked against. use the title attribute to describe the pattern to help the user. this attribute applies when the value of the ty...
...And 6 more matches

attr() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the type-or-unit parameter is sparse. the attr() css function is used to retrieve the value of an attribute of the selected element and use it in the stylesheet. it can also be used on pseudo-elements, in which case the value of the attribute on the pseudo-element's originating element is returned. /* simple usage */ attr(data-count); attr(title); /* with type */ attr(src url); attr(data-count number); attr(data-width px); /* with fallback */ attr(data-count number, 0); attr(src url, ""); attr(data-width px, inherit); attr(data-something, "default"); syntax values attribute-name is the name of an attribute on the html element referenced in the css. <type-or-unit> is a keyword representing either the type of the attribute's value, or its unit, as in html some attributes have implic...
...tent document with a generic error condition. integer <integer> the attribute value is parsed as a css <integer>. if it is not valid, that is not an integer or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the property, the property's minimum value. number <number> the attribute value is parsed as a css <number>. if it is not valid, that is not a number or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the property, the property's minimum value. length <length> the attribute value is parsed as a css <len...
...ed by the css property, the default value is used. if the given unit is a relative length, attr() computes it to an absolute length. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the property, the property's minimum value. em, ex, px, rem, vw, vh, vmin, vmax, mm, cm, in, pt, or pc <length> the attribute value is parsed as a css <number>, that is without the unit (e.g. 12.5), and interpreted as a <length> with the specified unit. if it is not valid, that is not a number or out of the range accepted by the css property, the default value is used. if the given unit is a relative length, attr() computes it to an absolute length. leading and trailing spaces are stripped. 0, or, if 0 is not a valid value for the propert...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="email"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
validated to ensure that they're formatted properly. ...
... addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, email inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid multiple whether or not to allow multiple, comma-separated, e-mail addresses to be entered pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute in...
...the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggesti...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="time"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
opening up an hour and minute picker with sliding reels. it, like chrome, uses a 12- or 24-hour format for inputting times, based on system locale: 12-hour 24-hour value a domstring representing a time, or empty. events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes value, valueasdate, valueasnumber, and list. methods select(), stepdown(), and stepup(). value a domstring containing the value of the time entered into the input. you can set a default value for the input by including a valid time in the value attribute when creating the <input> element, like so: <label for="appt-time">choose an appointment time: </label> <input id="appt-time" type="time" name="appt-time" v...
...value is set. readonly a boolean attribute which, if present, means this field cannot be edited by the user. its value can, however, still be changed by javascript code directly setting the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as...
...g (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. for time inputs, the value of step is given in seconds, with a scaling factor of 1000 (since the underlying numeric value is in milliseconds). the default value of step is 60, indicating 60 seconds (or 1 minute, or 60,000 milliseconds). at this time, it's unclear what a value of any means for step when used with time inputs. ...
...And 6 more matches

<input type="week"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the control's user interface varies from browser to browser; cross-browser support is currently a bit limited, with only chrome/opera and microsoft edge supporting it at this time. in non-supporting browsers, the control degrades gracefully to function identically to <input type="text">. ...
...lly, and an "x" button to clear the control's value. the edge week control is somewhat more elaborate, opening up week and year pickers with sliding reels. value a domstring representing a week and year, or empty events change and input supported common attributes autocomplete, list, readonly, and step idl attributes value, valueasdate, valueasnumber, and list. methods select(), stepdown(), and stepup() value a domstring representing the value of the week/year entered into the input. the format of the date and time value used by this input type is described in format of a valid week string in date and time formats used in html. you can set a default value for the input by including a value inside the value attribute, like...
...if the value entered into the element exceeds this, the element fails constraint validation. if the value of the max attribute isn't a valid week string, then the element has no maximum value. this value must be greater than or equal to the year and week specified by the min attribute. min the earliest year and week to acce...
...And 6 more matches

Array.prototype.length - JavaScript
the value is an unsigned, 32-bit integer that is always numerically greater than the highest index in the array. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. description the value of the length property is an integer with a positive sign and a value less than 2 to the 32nd power (232). ...
...lista.length); //rangeerror: invalid array length console.log(namelistc.length); //rangeerror: invalid array length var namelistb = []; namelistb.length = math.pow(2,32)-1; //set array length less than 2 to the 32nd power console.log(namelistb.length); //4294967295 you can set the length property to truncate an array at any time. when you extend an array by changing its length property, the number of actual elements increases; for example, if you set length to 3 when it is currently 2, the array now contains 3 elements, which causes the third element to be a non-iterable empty slot. const arr = [1, 2]; console.log(arr); // [ 1, 2 ] arr.length = 5; // set array length to 5 while currently 2. console.log(arr); // [ 1, 2, <3 empty items> ] arr.foreach(element => console.log(element)); // 1...
...currently 2, the array now contains 3 elements, which causes the third element to be a non-iterable empty slot. const arr = [1, 2]; console.log(arr); // [ 1, 2 ] arr.length = 5; // set array length to 5 while currently 2. console.log(arr); // [ 1, 2, <3 empty items> ] arr.foreach(element => console.log(element)); // 1 // 2 as you can see, the length property does not necessarily indicate the number of defined values in the array. see also relationship between length and numerical properties. property attributes of array.prototype.length writable yes enumerable no configurable no writable: if this attribute set to false, the value of the property cannot be changed. configurable: if this attr...
...And 6 more matches

Date - JavaScript
javascript date objects represent a single moment in time in a platform-independent format. date objects contain a number that represents milliseconds since 1 january 1970 utc. tc39 is working on temporal, a new date/time api. read more about it on the igalia blog and fill out the survey. it needs real-world feedback from web developers, but is not yet ready for production use! description the ecmascript epoch and timestamps a javascript date is fundamentally specified as the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since midnight on january 1, 1970, utc. this date and time is the same as the unix epoch, which is the predominant base value for computer-recorded date and time values. note: it's important to keep in mind that while the time value at the heart of a date object is utc, the ...
...h is the predominant base value for computer-recorded date and time values. note: it's important to keep in mind that while the time value at the heart of a date object is utc, the basic methods to fetch the date and time or its components all work in the local (i.e. host system) time zone and offset. ...
...particularly useful are the functions that output the date and time in coordinated universal time (utc), the global standard time defined by the world time standard. ...
...And 6 more matches

JSON - JavaScript
the json object contains methods for parsing javascript object notation (json) and converting values to json. it can't be called or constructed, and aside from its two method properties, it has no interesting functionality of its own. description javascript and json differences json is a syntax for serializing objects, arrays, numbers, strings, booleans, and null. it is based upon javascript syntax but is distinct from it: some javascript is not json. objects and arrays property names must be double-quoted strings; trailing commas are forbidden. numbers leading zeros are prohibited. a decimal point must be followed by at least one digit. nan and infinity are unsupported. any json text is a valid javascript expression... ...but only in javascript engines that have implemented the prop...
...axerror in old engines other differences include allowing only double-quoted strings and having no provisions for undefined or comments. for those who wish to use a more human-friendly configuration format based on json, there is json5, used by the babel compiler, and the more commonly used yaml. ...
...double-quoted strings and having no provisions for undefined or comments. for those who wish to use a more human-friendly configuration format based on json, there is json5, used by the babel compiler, and the more commonly used yaml. ...
...And 6 more matches

Math.clz32() - JavaScript
if the converted 32-bit unsigned integer is 0, then return 32, because all bits are 0. ...
... if the converted 32-bit unsigned integer is 0, then return 32, because all bits are 0. ...
... if the converted 32-bit unsigned integer is 0, then return 32, because all bits are 0. ...
...And 6 more matches

Equality (==) - JavaScript
=) use the abstract equality comparison algorithm to compare two operands. this can be roughly summarised as follows: if the operands are both objects, return true only if both operands reference the same object. if one operand is null and the other is undefined, return true. if the operands are of different types, try to convert them to the same type before comparing: when comparing a number to a string, try to convert the string to a numeric value. if one of the operands is boolean, convert the boolean operand to 1 if it is true and +0 if it is false. if one of the operands is an object and the other is a number or a string, try to convert the object to a primitive using the object's valueof() and tostring() methods. if the operands have the same type, they are compared ...
...+0 and -0 are treated as the same value. if either operand is nan, return false. boolean: return true only if operands are both true or both false. ...
...if you compare one of these with a string...
...And 6 more matches

Index - XPath
be able to better choose the right tool for the right job. 17 functions transforming_xml_with_xslt, xpath, xpath_reference, xslt, xslt_reference no summary! 18 boolean xslt, xslt_reference the boolean function evaluates an expression and returns true or false. 19 ceiling xslt, xslt_reference the ceiling function evaluates a decimal number and returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the decimal number. 20 choose function, xpath, xslt the choose function returns one of the specified objects based on a boolean parameter. 21 concat xslt, xslt_reference the concat function concatenates two or more strings and returns the resulting string. 22 contains xslt, xslt_...
...at xslt, xslt_reference the concat function concatenates two or more strings and returns the resulting string. 22 contains xslt, xslt_reference the contains function determines whether the first argument string contains the second argument string and returns boolean true or false. 23 count xslt, xslt_reference the count function counts the number of nodes in a node-set and returns an integer. 24 current xslt, xslt_reference the current function can be used to get the context node in an xslt instruction. 25 document xslt, xslt_reference the document finds a node-set in an external document, or multiple external documents, and returns the resulting node-set. 26 element-available xsl...
...rnal documents, and returns the resulting node-set. 26 element-available xslt, xslt_reference the element-available function determines if an element is available and returns true or false. 27 false xslt, xslt_reference the false function returns boolean false. 28 floor xslt, xslt_reference the floor function evaluates a decimal number and returns the largest integer less than or equal to the decimal number. 29 format-number xslt, xslt_reference the format-number function evaluates a number and returns a string representing the number in a given format. 30 function-available xslt, xslt_reference the function-available function determines if a given function is available and returns ...
...And 6 more matches

Adding Properties to XBL-defined Elements - Archive of obsolete content
binding> fields each field is defined using the field element. often, fields would correspond to an attribute placed on the element such as label or disabled, but they do not have to. the name attribute on the field element is used to indicate the name of the field. you can use the name from a script to get and set the value. the example below creates a button which generates and stores a random number. ...
...ned using the field element. often, fields would correspond to an attribute placed on the element such as label or disabled, but they do not have to. the name attribute on the field element is used to indicate the name of the field. you can use the name from a script to get and set the value. the example below creates a button which generates and stores a random number. ...
...ields would correspond to an attribute placed on the element such as label or disabled, but they do not have to. the name attribute on the field element is used to indicate the name of the field. you can use the name from a script to get and set the value. the example below creates a button which generates and stores a random number. you can retrieve this same number multiple times by getting the number property from the button. ...
...And 5 more matches

listbox - Archive of obsolete content
« xul reference home [ examples | attributes | properties | methods | related ] this element is used to create a list of items where one or more of the items may be selected. a listbox may contain multiple columns. there are numerous methods which allow the items in the listbox to be retrieved and modified. you may specify the number of rows to display in the list using the rows attribute. additional rows can be viewed using a scroll bar. a listbox is expected to contain listitem elements. all the rows in the listbox are the same height, which is the height of the tallest item in the list. if you wish to create a list with variable height rows, or with non-text content, you should instead use the richlistbox element. see list controls for more information. attributes d...
...ndex, value properties accessibletype, currentindex, currentitem, disabled, disablekeynavigation, itemcount, listboxobject, selectedcount, selectedindex, selecteditem, selecteditems, seltype, suppressonselect, tabindex, value methods additemtoselection, appenditem, clearselection, ensureelementisvisible, ensureindexisvisible, getindexoffirstvisiblerow, getindexofitem, getitematindex, getnumberofvisiblerows, getrowcount, getselecteditem, insertitemat, invertselection, movebyoffset, removeitemat, removeitemfromselection, scrolltoindex, selectall, selectitem, selectitemrange, timedselect, toggleitemselection examples <listbox id="thelist"> <listitem label="ruby"/> <listitem label="emerald"/> <listitem label="sapphire" selected="true"/> <listitem label="diamond"/> </listbox> ...
... done incrementally, so typing more letters with select more specific items. this feature may be disabled by setting this attribute to true. preference type: id connects the element to a corresponding preference. this attribute only has any effect when used inside a prefwindow. more information is available in the preferences system article. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether multiple selection is allowed. single only one row may be selected at a time.
...And 5 more matches

Function return values - Learn web development
basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, javascript first steps, functions — reusable blocks of code. objective: to understand function return values, and how to make use of them. what are return values? return values are just what they sound like — the values that a function returns when it has completed. you've already met return values a number of times, although you may not have thought about them explicitly. let's return to a familiar example (from a previous article in this series): let mytext = 'the weather is cold'; let newstring = mytext.replace('cold', 'warm'); console.log(newstring); // should print "the weather is warm" // the replace() string function takes a string, // replaces one substring with another, and returns // a n...
... i++) { ctx.beginpath(); ctx.fillstyle = 'rgba(255,0,0,0.5)'; ctx.arc(random(width), random(height), random(50), 0, 2 * math.pi); ctx.fill(); } } inside each loop iteration, three calls are made to the random() function, to generate a random value for the current circle's x-coordinate, y-coordinate, and radius, respectively. the random() function takes one parameter — a whole number — and it returns a whole random number between 0 and that number. it looks like this: function random(number) { return math.floor(math.random() * number); } this could be written as follows: function random(number) { const result = math.floor(math.random() * number); return result; } but the first version is quicker to write, and more compact. we are returning the result of the calcu...
...this return value appears at the point the function was called, and the code continues. ...
...And 5 more matches

Drawing graphics - Learn web development
you want for your stroke, you use the strokestyle property; drawing a stroke rectangle is done using strokerect. add the following to the previous example, again below the previous javascript lines: ctx.strokestyle = 'rgb(255, 255, 255)'; ctx.strokerect(25, 25, 175, 200); the default width of strokes is 1 pixel; you can adjust the linewidth property value to change this (it takes a number representing the number of pixels wide the stroke is). add the following line in between the previous two lines: ctx.linewidth = 5; now you should see that your white outline has become much thicker! that's it for now. at this point your example should look like this: note: the finished code is available on github as 2_canvas_rectangles.html. drawing paths if you want to draw anythi...
...xt. both of these take three properties in their basic usage: the text string to draw and the x and y coordinates of the point to start drawing the text at. this works out as the bottom left corner of the text box (literally, the box surrounding the text you draw), which might confuse you as other drawing operations tend to start from the top left corner — bear this in mind. there are also a number of properties to help control text rendering such as font, which lets you specify font family, size, etc. it takes as its value the same syntax as the css font property. try adding the following block to the bottom of your javascript: ctx.strokestyle = 'white'; ctx.linewidth = 1; ctx.font = '36px arial'; ctx.stroketext('canvas text', 50, 50); ctx.fillstyle = 'red'; ctx.font = '48px georgia'; c...
... the idea here is that we'll draw something on the canvas inside the for loop, and iterate on it each time so we can create something interesting. add the following code inside your for loop: ctx.fillstyle = 'rgba(' + (255-length) + ', 0, ' + (255-length) +...
...And 5 more matches

PerfMeasurement.jsm
alue of -1 (that is, 0xffffffffffffffff). note: these values are all zeroed (or set to -1, for events not being measured) when you initialize the perfmeasurement object, then they are not zeroed again unless you explicitly call the reset() method. this lets you accumulate measurements over multiple passes through code that you want to analyze. variable type description cpu_cycles uint64 the number of cpu cycles elapsed. instructions uint64 the number of instructions executed. cache_references uint64 the number of memory accesses that occurred. cache_misses uint64 the number of times memory accesses missed the cache. branch_instructions uint64 the number of branch instructions executed. branch_misses uint64 the number of times branch prediction guessed wrong. bus_cycle...
...elapsed. instructions uint64 the number of instructions executed. cache_references uint64 the number of memory accesses that occurred. cache_misses uint64 the number of times memory accesses missed the cache. branch_instructions uint64 the number of branch instructions executed. branch_misses uint64 the number of times branch prediction guessed wrong. bus_cycles uint64 the number of memory bus cycles that elapsed. page_faults uint64 the number of page exceptions the os handled. major_page_faults uint64 the number of times page faults required disk access. context_switches uint64 the number of context switches that occurred involving the thread being profiled. ...
... event types measured constant the eventsmeasured constant provides a mask indicating which event types were recorded. ...
...And 5 more matches

BloatView
xpcom_mem_leak_log this is similar to xpcom_mem_bloat_log, but restricts the log to only show data on leaks. you can set these environment variables to any of the following values. 1 - log to stdout. 2 - log to stderr. filename - write log to a file. reading individual bloat logs full bloatview output contains per-class statistics on allocations and refcounts, and provides gross numbers on the amount of memory being leaked broken down by class. here's a sample of the bloatview output. == bloatview: all (cumulative) leak and bloat statistics, tab process 1862 |<----------------class--------------->|<-----bytes------>|<----objects---->| | | per-inst leaked| total rem| 0 |total | 17 ...
... 412| 1 1| 308 |pimagebridgechild | 416 416| 1 1| the first line tells you the pid of the leaking process, along with the type of process. here's how you interpret the columns. the first, numerical column is the index of the leaking class. class - the name of the class in question (truncated to 20 characters). ...
... 416 416| 1 1| the first line tells you the pid of the leaking process, along with the type of process. here's how you interpret the columns. the first, numerical column is the index of the leaking class. class - the name of the class in question (truncated to 20 characters). bytes per-inst - the number of bytes returned if you were to write sizeof(class). note that this number does not reflect any memory held onto by the class, such as internal buffers, etc. (e.g. for nsstring you'll see the size of the header struct, not the size of the string contents!) bytes leaked - the number of bytes per instance times the number of objects leaked: (bytes per-inst) x (objects rem). use this number to look for the worst offenders. (should be zero!) objects total - the total coun...
...And 5 more matches

NSS API Guidelines
h jar provides support for reading and writing data in java archive (jar) format, including zlib compression. port lib/jar jar-ds.h, jar.h, jarfile.h nss provides high-level initialiazation and shutdown of security services. specifically, this library provides nss_init() for establishing default certificate, key, module databases, and initializing a default random number generator. nss_shutdown() closes these databases, to prevent further access by an application. above high cert, high key lib/nss nss.h pk11wrap provides access to pkcs #11 modules, through a unified interface. the pkcs11wrap library provides functions for selecting/finding pkcs #11 modules and slots. it also provides functions that invoke operations in selected modules and sl...
...s11f.h, pkcs11p.h, pkcs11t.h, pkcs11u.h ssl provides an implementation of the ssl protocol using nss and nspr. ssl lib/ssl ssl.h, sslerr.h, sslproto.h, preenc.h secutil provides utility functions and data types used by other libraries. the library supports base-64 encoding/decoding, reader-writer locks, the secitem data type, der encoding/decoding, error types and numbers, oid handling, and secure random number generation. utility for any layer lib/util base64.h, ciferfam.h, nssb64.h, nssb64t.h, nsslocks.h, nssrwlk.h, nssrwlkt.h, portreg.h, pqgutil.h, secasn1.h, secasn1t.h, seccomon.h, secder.h, secdert.h, secdig.h, secdigt.h, secitem.h, secoid.h, secoidt.h, secport.h, secrng.h, secrngt.h, secerr.h, watcomfx.h naming conventions this section desc...
...$ $name$"; #endif /* debug */ the difference, between this and id, is that id has some useless information (every file is "experimental"), and doesn't have name. name is the tag (if any) from which this file was pulled. if you're good with tagging your releases, and then checking out (or exporting!) from the tag for your build, this saves you from messing around with specific files revision numbers. header files we have a preferred naming system for include files. we had been moving towards one, for some time, but for the nss 3.0 project we finally wrote it down. data types function prototypes public nss____t.h nss____.h friend (only if required) nss____tf.h nss____f.h nss-private ____t.h ____.h module-private _...
...And 5 more matches

SpiderMonkey Internals
preter instance is passed through formal parameters to the interpreter entry point; most implicit state is collected in a type named jscontext. therefore, almost all functions in spidermonkey, api or not, take a jscontext pointer as their first argument. compiler the compiler consumes javascript source code and produces a script which contains bytecode, source annotations, and a pool of string, number, and identifier literals. the script also contains objects, including any functions defined in the source code, each of which has its own, nested script. the compiler consists of: a random-logic rather than table-driven lexical scanner, a recursive-descent parser that produces an ast, and a tree-walking code generator. semantic and lexical feedback are used to disambiguate hard cases such as mis...
...g), but not string bytes. it runs automatically only when maxbytes (as passed to js_newruntime) bytes of gc things have been allocated and another thing-allocation request is made. js api users should call js_gc or js_maybegc between script executions or from the operation callback, as often as necessary. because the gc is exact, c/c++ applications must ensure that all live objects, strings, and numbers are gc-reachable. javascript values the type js::value represents a javascript value. the representation is 64 bits and uses nan-boxing on all platforms, although the exact nan-boxing format depends on the platform. nan-boxing is a technique based on the fact that in ieee-754 there are 2**53-2 different bit patterns that all represent nan. hence, we can encode any floating-point value as a c+...
...strings uniquely with scanner/parser information such as keyword type, index in script or function literal pool, etc. atoms play three roles: as literals referred to by unaligned 16-bit immediate bytecode operands, as unique string descriptors for efficient property name hashing, and as members of the root gc set for exact gc. standard library the methods for arrays, booleans, dates, functions, numbers, and strings are implemented using the js api. most are jsfastnatives. most string methods are customized to accept a primitive string as the this argument. (otherwise, spidermonkey converts primitive values to objects before invoking their methods, per ecma 262-3 §11.2.1.) error handling spidermonkey has two interdependent error-handling systems: javascript exceptions (which are not implemen...
...And 5 more matches

JS_GetGCParameter
t. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. key jsgcparamkey specifies which garbage collection parameter to get or set. value uint32_t (js_setgcparameter only) the value to assign to the parameter. ...
...ollection, jsgc_pretenure_threshold, jsgc_pretenure_group_threshold, jsgc_nursery_free_threshold_for_idle_collection_percent, jsgc_min_nursery_bytes, jsgc_min_last_ditch_gc_period, } jsgcparamkey; value (c++/js shell) description jsgc_max_bytes / "maxbytes" maximum nominal heap before last ditch gc. ...
...includes both major and minor gc. jsgc_mode / "mode" select gc mode: jsgc_mode_global (0) the gc runs all objects are visited in a singleslice. jsgc_mode_zone (1) the gc runs only the objects that belong to somezones are visited in a singleslice. ...
...And 5 more matches

Parser API
default: true when loc is true, the parser includes source location information in the returned ast nodes. source string default: null a description of the input source; typically a filename, path, or url. this string is not meaningful to the parsing process, but is produced as part of the source location information in the returned ast nodes. line number default: 1 the initial line number to use for source location information. builder builder default: null a builder object, which can be used to produce ast nodes in custom data formats. the expected callback methods are described under builder objects. target string default: script a type of the parsing target, can be eithe...
...thods are described under builder objects. target string default: script a type of the parsing target, can be either script or module. if parsing fails due to a syntax error, an instance of syntaxerror is thrown. the syntax error object thrown by reflect.parse() has the same message property as the syntax error that would be thrown by eval(src). the linenumber and filename properties of the syntax error object indicate the source location of the syntax error. node objects by default, reflect.parse() produces node objects, which are plain javascript objects (i.e., their prototype derives from the standard object prototype). all node types implement the following interface: interface node { type: string; loc: sourcelocation | null; } the typ...
... functions interface function <: node { id: identifier | null; params: [ pattern ]; defaults: [ expression ]; rest: identifier | null; body:...
...And 5 more matches

IAccessibleTable2
data is only guaranteed to be valid while the thread notifying the event continues. once the handler has returned, the validity of the data depends on how the server manages the life cycle of its objects. also, note that the server may have different life cycle management strategies for controls depending on whether or not a control manages its children. lists, trees, and tables can have a large number of children and thus it's possible that the child objects for those controls would only be created as needed. servers should document their life cycle strategy as this will be of interest to assistive technology or script engines accessing data out of process or from other threads. servers only need to save the most recent row and column values associated with the change and a scope of the entire...
...ent row and column values associated with the change and a scope of the entire application is adequate. [propget] hresult modelchange( [out] ia2tablemodelchange modelchange ); parameters modelchange a struct of (type(insert, delete, update), firstrow, lastrow, firstcolumn, lastcolumn). return value s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. ...
...get] hresult modelchange( [out] ia2tablemodelchange modelchange ); parameters modelchange a struct of (type(insert, delete, update), firstrow, lastrow, firstcolumn, lastcolumn). return value s_false if there is nothing to return, [out] value is null. s_ok. ncolumns() returns the total number of columns in table. [propget] hresult ncolumns( [out] long columncount ); parameters columncount number of columns in table (including columns outside the current viewport) return value s_ok. nrows() returns the total number of rows in table. [propget] hresult nrows( [out] long rowcount ); parameters rowcount number of rows in table (including rows outside the current viewport) return value s_ok. nselectedcells() returns the total number of selected cells. [propget] hresult nselectedcells( ...
...And 5 more matches

mozIStorageBindingParams
ing aname, in astring avalue); native code only! void bindutf8stringbyname(in autf8string aname, in autf8string avalue); native code only! methods bindbyindex() binds a to the specified index. void bindbyindex( in unsigned long aindex, in nsivariant avalue ); parameters aindex the zero-based numerical index for the parameter to be bound. this will be one less than the number used in the sql (<code>?1</code> maps to <code>0</code>, and so on). avalue to be bound to the specified index. bindblobbyindex() binds a blob to the specified index. void bindblobbyindex( in unsigned long aindex, [array, const, size_is(avaluesize)] in octet avalue, in unsigned long avaluesize ); parameters aindex the zero-based numerical index for the parameter to be bound.
...> maps to <code>0</code>, and so on). avalue to be bound to the specified index. bindblobbyindex() binds a blob to the specified index. void bindblobbyindex( in unsigned long aindex, [array, const, size_is(avaluesize)] in octet avalue, in unsigned long avaluesize ); parameters aindex the zero-based numerical index for the parameter to be bound. this will be one less than the number used in the sql (<code>?1</code> maps to <code>0</code>, and so on). avalue to be bound to the specified index. avaluesize the size of avalue. native code only!binddoublebyindex binds a double to the specified index. void binddoublebyindex( in unsigned long aindex, in double avalue ); parameters aindex the zero-based numerical index for the parameter to be bound. this will be on...
... (<code>?1</code> maps to <code>0</code>, and so on). avalue to be bound to the specified index. avaluesize the size of avalue. native code only!binddoublebyindex binds a double to the specified index. void binddoublebyindex( in unsigned long aindex, in double avalue ); parameters aindex the zero-based numerical index for the parameter to be bound. ...
...And 5 more matches

nsIScriptError2
1.0 66 introduced gecko 2.0 obsolete gecko 12.0 inherits from: nsiscripterror last changed in gecko 9.0 (firefox 9.0 / thunderbird 9.0 / seamonkey 2.6) in gecko 12.0 this interface was merged into the nsiscripterror interface. method overview void initwithwindowid(in wstring message, in wstring sourcename, in wstring sourceline, in pruint32 linenumber, in pruint32 columnnumber, in pruint32 flags, in string category, in unsigned long long innerwindowid); attributes attribute type description innerwindowid unsigned long long the inner window id with which the error is associated. this is zero if the error was initialized by calling nsiscripterror.init() instead of initwithwindowid(). read only. out...
... is zero if the error was initialized by calling nsiscripterror.init() instead of initwithwindowid(). read only. timestamp long long elapsed time, in milliseconds, from a platform-specific zero time to the time the message was created. read only. ...
...itialized by calling nsiscripterror.init() instead of initwithwindowid(). read only. timestamp long long elapsed time, in milliseconds, from a platform-specific zero time to the time the message was created. read only. ...
...And 5 more matches

Working with data
_notnullterminated.tostring()); // outputs to browser console: `"ctypes.char16_t.array(5)(["r", "a", "w", "r"])"` this works fine as well. ...
...arraytype = mystruct.array(5); var myarray = mystructarraytype(); var somecfunction = library.declare("somecfunction", ctypes.default_abi, ctypes.void_t, mystruct.ptr); somecfunction(myarray); this shows how to pass a buffer containing 5 elements of mystruct, the elements in myarray are not pointers. 64-bit integers while most numeric types in js-ctypes are represented by standard javascript number objects, 64-bit integers cannot all be represented accurately by this type. for that reason, 64-bit and pointer-sized c values of numeric types don't get automatically converted to javascript numbers. instead, they're converted to javascript objects that you can manipulate using the methods provided by the int64 and uint64 objects. note: these 64-bit integer types are intentionally low on featur...
...represented accurately by this type. for that reason, 64-bit and pointer-sized c values of numeric types don't get automatically converted to javascript numbers. instead, they're converted to javascript objects that you can manipulate using the methods provided by the int64 and uint64 objects. note: these 64-bit integer types are intentionally low on features, so that when javascript adds a "big number" type, we can easily upgrade to support that properly. creating 64-bit integer objects to create a new 64-bit number object, use the ctypes.int64.int64() method to create a new 64-bit signed integer, or the ctypes.uint64.uint64() method to create a new unsigned 64-bit integer. for example: var num1 = ctypes.uint64(5000); var num2 = ctypes.int64(-42); if you need to create a 64-bit integer wh...
...And 5 more matches

console.assert() - Web APIs
t. msg a javascript string containing zero or more substitution strings. subst1 ... substn javascript objects with which to replace substitution strings within msg. this parameter gives you additional control over the format of the output. ...
...avascript string containing zero or more substitution strings. subst1 ... substn javascript objects with which to replace substitution strings within msg. this parameter gives you additional control over the format of the output. ...
...ing containing zero or more substitution strings. subst1 ... substn javascript objects with which to replace substitution strings within msg. this parameter gives you additional control over the format of the output. ...
...And 5 more matches

Key Values - Web APIs
a" [1] the meta key. allows issuing special command inputs. this is the windows logo key, or the command or ⌘ key on mac keyboards. vk_lwin (0x5b) vk_rwin (0x5c) kvk_command (0x37) kvk_rightcommand (0x36) gdk_key_meta_l (0xffe7) gdk_key_meta_r (0xffe8) qt::key_meta (0x01000022) keycode_meta_left (117) keycode_meta_right (118) "numlock" the numlock (number lock) key. toggles the numeric keypad between number entry some other mode (often directional arrows). vk_numlock (0x90) gdk_key_num_lock (0xff7f) qt::key_numlock (0x01000025) keycode_num_lock (143) "scrolllock" [2] the scroll lock key. toggles between scrolling and cursor movement modes. vk_scroll (0x91) gdk_key_scroll_lock (0xff14) qt::key_scrolllock (...
...e (0x0100113d) "alphanumeric" the alphanumeric key. vk_oem_attn (0xf0) gdk_key_eisu_shift (0xff2f) gdk_key_eisu_toggle (0xff30) qt::key_eisu_shift (0x0100112f) qt::key_eisu_toggle (0x01001130) "codeinput" the code input key, which enables code input mode, which lets the user enter characters by typing their code points (their unicode character numbers, typically). gdk_key_codeinput (0xff37) qt::key_codeinput (0x01001137) "compose" the compose key. gdk_key_multi_key (0xff20) [1] qt::key_multi_key (0x01001120) "convert" [4] the convert key, which instructs the ime to convert the current input method sequence into the resulting character. vk_convert (0x1c) gdk_key_henkan (0x...
... if more function keys are available, their names continue the pattern here by continuing to increment the numeric portion of each key's name, so that, for example, "f24" is a valid key value. keyboardevent.key value description virtual keyco...
...And 5 more matches

MSManipulationEvent.initMSManipulationEvent() - Web APIs
ilarg [in] type: integer specifies some detailed information depending upon the event. laststate [in] type: integer indicates the last state of the manipulation event. currentstate [in] type: integer indicates the current state of the manipulation event. return value this method does not return a value. ...
...detailed information depending upon the event. laststate [in] type: integer indicates the last state of the manipulation event. currentstate [in] type: integer indicates the current state of the manipulation event. return value this method does not return a value. ...
...ent. laststate [in] type: integer indicates the last state of the manipulation event. currentstate [in] type: integer indicates the current state of the manipulation event. return value this method does not return a value. ...
...And 5 more matches

MSManipulationEvent - Web APIs
only represents the predicted horizontal scroll offset after the inertia phase completes. inertiadestinationyread only represents the predicted vertical scroll offset after the inertia phase completes. laststateread only returns the last state after a manipulation change event. ...
...al scroll offset after the inertia phase completes. inertiadestinationyread only represents the predicted vertical scroll offset after the inertia phase completes. laststateread only returns the last state after a manipulation change event. ...
...ompletes. inertiadestinationyread only represents the predicted vertical scroll offset after the inertia phase completes. laststateread only returns the last state after a manipulation change event. ...
...And 5 more matches

WebGL model view projection - Web APIs
ous(point) let x = point[0]; let y = point[1]; let z = point[2]; return [x, y, z, 1]; } function homogeneoustocartesian(point) { let x = point[0]; let y = point[1]; let z = point[2]; let w = point[3]; return [x/w, y/w, z/w]; } as previously mentioned and shown in the functions above, the w component divides the x, y, and z components. when the w component is a non-zero real number then homogeneous coordinate easily translates back into a normal point in cartesian space. now what happens if the w component is zero? in javascript the value returned would be as follows. homogeneoustocartesian([10, 4, 5, 0]); this evaluates to: [infinity, infinity, infinity]. this homogeneous coordinate represents some point at infinity. this is a handy way to represent a ray shooting off ...
...infinity]. this homogeneous coordinate represents some point at infinity. this is a handy way to represent a ray shooting off from the origin in a specific direction. in addition to a ray, it could also be thought of as a representation of a directional vector. if this homogeneous coordinate is multiplied against a matrix with a translation then the translation is effectively stripped out. ...
...sentation of a directional vector. if this homogeneous coordinate is multiplied against a matrix with a translation then the translation is effectively stripped out. when numbers are extremely large (or extremely small) on computers they begin to become less and less precise because there are only so many ones and zeros that are used to represent them. the more operations that are done on larger numbers, the more and more errors accumulate into the result. when dividing by w, this can effectively increase the precision of very large numbers by operating on two potentially smaller, less error-prone numbers. the final benefit of using homogeneous coordinates is that they fit very nicely for multiplying against 4x4 matrices. a vertex must match at least one of the dimensions of a matrix in order ...
...And 5 more matches

Constraint validation - Developer guides
attribute input types supporting the attribute possible values constraint description associated violation pattern text, search, url, tel, email, password a javascript regular expression (compiled with the ecmascript 5 global, ignorecase, and multiline flags disabled) the value must match the pattern. ...
... types supporting the attribute possible values constraint description associated violation pattern text, search, url, tel, email, password a javascript regular expression (compiled with the ecmascript 5 global, ignorecase, and multiline flags disabled) the value must match the pattern. ...
...obal, ignorecase, and multiline flags disabled) the value must match the pattern. patternmismatch constraint violation min range, number a valid number the value must be greater than or equal to the value. ...
...And 5 more matches

HTML attribute: step - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
valid for the numeric input types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to or the keyword any. the step sets the stepping interval when clicking up and down spinner buttons, moving a slider left and right on a range, and validating the different date types. if not explicitly included, step defaults to 1 for number and range, and 1 unit type (minute, week, month, day) for the date/time input types. ...
...anularity that the value must adhere to or the keyword any. the step sets the stepping interval when clicking up and down spinner buttons, moving a slider left and right on a range, and validating the different date types. if not explicitly included, step defaults to 1 for number and range, and 1 unit type (minute, week, month, day) for the date/time input types. the value can must be a positive number - integer or float -- or the special value any, which means no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). the default stepping value for number inputs is 1, allowing only integers to be entered, unless the stepping base is not an integer. the default stepping value for time is 1 second, with 900 being equal to 15 minutes. default values for...
...for example, if we have <input type="num...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="month"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...adonly a boolean attribute which, if present, means this field cannot be edited by the user. its value can, however, still be changed from javascript code that directly sets the value of the htmlinputelement.value property. note: because a read-only field cannot have a value, required does not have any effect on inputs with the readonly attribute also specified. step the step attribute is a number that specifies the granularity that the value must adhere to, or the special value any, which is described below. only values which are equal to the basis for stepping (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as...
...g (min if specified, value otherwise, and an appropriate default value if neither of those is provided) are valid. a string value of any means that no stepping is implied, and any value is allowed (barring other constraints, such as min and max). note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the stepping configuration, the user agent may round to the nearest valid value, preferring numbers in the positive direction when there are two equally close options. for month inputs, the value of step is given in months, with a scaling factor of 1 (since the underlying numeric value is also in months). the default value of step is 1 month. using month inputs date-related inputs (including month) sound convenient at first glance; they promise an easy ui for choosing dates, and they norma...
...And 5 more matches

<input type="url"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
e validated to ensure that they're formatted properly. ...
...in addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, url inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether or not the contents of the input should be read-only size a number indicat...
...f a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the url input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the url input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is greater than ma...
...And 5 more matches

RangeError: precision is out of range - JavaScript
the javascript exception "precision is out of range" occurs when a number that's outside of the range of 0 and 20 (or 21) was passed into tofixed or toprecision. ...
... the javascript exception "precision is out of range" occurs when a number that's outside of the range of 0 and 20 (or 21) was passed into tofixed or toprecision. ...
...s out of range (edge) rangeerror: precision {0} out of range (firefox) rangeerror: toexponential() argument must be between 0 and 20 (chrome) rangeerror: tofixed() digits argument must be between 0 and 20 (chrome) rangeerror: toprecision() argument must be between 1 and 21 (chrome) error type rangeerror what went wrong? ...
...And 5 more matches

Array.prototype.concat() - JavaScript
re copied into the new array as follows: object references (and not the actual object): concat copies object references into the new array. both the original and new array refer to the same object. that is, if a referenced object is modified, the changes are visible to both the new and original arrays. this includes elements of array arguments that are also arrays. data types such as strings, numbers and booleans (not string, number, and boolean objects): concat copies the values of strings and numbers into the new array. note: concatenating array(s)/value(s) will leave the originals untouched. furthermore, any operation on the new array (except operations on elements which are object references) will have no effect on the original arrays, and vice versa. examples concatenating two arr...
...ings and numbers into the new array. note: concatenating array(s)/value(s) will leave the originals untouched. furthermore, any operation on the new array (except operations on elements which are object references) will have no effect on the original arrays, and vice versa. ...
... note: concatenating array(s)/value(s) will leave the originals untouched. furthermore, any operation on the new array (except operations on elements which are object references) will have no effect on the original arrays, and vice versa. ...
...And 5 more matches

viewBox - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
the viewbox attribute defines the position and dimension, in user space, of an svg viewport. the value of the viewbox attribute is a list of four numbers: min-x, min-y, width and height. the numbers separated by whitespace and/or a comma, which specify a rectangle in user space which is mapped to the bounds of the viewport established for the associated svg element (not the browser viewport). html,body,svg { height:100% } svg:not(:root) { display: inline-block; } <svg viewbox="0 0 100 100" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <!-- with relative unit such as percentage, the visual size of the square looks unchanged regardless of the viewbox --> <rect x="0" y="0" width="100%" height="100%"/> <!-- with a large viewbox the circle looks small as it is using user units for the ...
...g> the exact effect of this attribute is influenced by the preserveaspectratio attribute. note: values for width or height lower or equal to 0 disable rendering of the element. five elements are using this attribute: <marker>, <pattern>, <svg>, <symbol>, and <view>. marker for <marker>, viewbox defines the position and dimension for the content of the <marker> element. ...
...exact effect of this attribute is influenced by the preserveaspectratio attribute. note: values for width or height lower or equal to 0 disable rendering of the element. five elements are using this attribute: <marker>, <pattern>, <svg>, <symbol>, and <view>. marker for <marker>, viewbox defines the position and dimension for the content of the <marker> element. ...
...And 5 more matches

lang/functional - Archive of obsolete content
go to him and his contributors. globals functions method(lambda) takes a function and returns a method associated with an object. when the method is invoked on an instance of the object, the original function is called. it is passed the object instance (i.e. this) as the first parameter, followed by any parameters passed into the method. let { method } = require("sdk/lang/functional"); let mynumber = { times: method(times), add: method(add), number: 0 }; function times (target, x) { return target.number *= x; } function add (target, x) { return target.number += x; } console.log(mynumber.number); // 0 mynumber.add(10); // 10 mynumber.times(2); // 20 mynumber.add(3); // 23 parameters lambda : function the function to be wrapped and returned. returns function : the wrapped lam...
...he return value of the function that follows. in math terms, composing the functions f(), g(), and h() produces f(g(h())). let { compose } = require("sdk/lang/functional"); let welcome = compose(exclaim, greet); welcome('moe'); // "hi: moe!"; function greet (name) { return "hi: " + name; } function exclaim (statement) { return statement + "!"; } parameters fn... : function takes a variable number of functions as arguments and composes them from right to left. returns function : the composed function. wrap(fn, wrapper) returns the first function passed as an argument to the second, allowing you to adjust arguments, run code before and after, and conditionally execute the original function. let { wrap } = require("sdk/lang/functional"); let wrappedhello = wrap(hello, function (fn, nam...
...getlineage("lisa simpson"); // returns cached for "simpson" parameters fn : function the function that becomes memoized. hasher : function an optional function that takes the memoized function's parameter and returns a hash key for storing the result. returns function : the memoized version of fn. ...
...And 4 more matches

jspage - Archive of obsolete content
ction(b,c,a){if((!a||!b[c])&&typeof b.prototype[c]=="function"){b[c]=function(){var d=array.prototype.slice.call(arguments); return b.prototype[c].apply(d.shift(),d);};}};native.implement=function(d,c){for(var b=0,a=d.length;b<a;b++){d[b].implement(c);}};native.typize=function(a,b){if(!a.type){a.type=function(c){return($type(c)===b); };}};(function(){var a={array:array,date:date,function:function,number:number,regexp:regexp,string:string};for(var h in a){new native({name:h,initialize:a[h],protect:true}); }var d={"boolean":boolean,"native":native,object:object};for(var c in d){native.typize(d[c],c);}var f={array:["concat","indexof","join","lastindexof","pop","push","reverse","shift","slice","sort","splice","tostring","unshift","valueof"],string:["charat","charcodeat","concat","indexof","lastindex...
...l;}function $random(b,a){return math.floor(math.random()*(a-b+1)+b);}function $splat(b){var a=$type(b); return(a)?((a!="array"&&a!="arguments")?[b]:b):[];}var $time=date.now||function(){return +new date;};function $try(){for(var b=0,a=arguments.length;b<a; b++){try{return arguments[b]();}catch(c){}}return null;}function $type(a){if(a==undefined){return false;}if(a.$family){return(a.$family.name=="number"&&!isfinite(a))?false:a.$family.name; }if(a.nodename){switch(a.nodetype){case 1:return"element";case 3:return(/\s/).test(a.nodevalue)?"textnode":"whitespace";}}else{if(typeof a.length=="number"){if(a.callee){return"arguments"; }else{if(a.item){return"collection";}}}}return typeof a;}function $unlink(c){var b;switch($type(c)){case"object":b={};for(var e in c){b[e]=$unlink(c[e]); }break;case"hash":...
...ents:a});},bind:function(b,a){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a}); },bindwithevent:function(b,a){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a,event:true});},attempt:function(a,b){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a,attempt:true})(); },delay:function(b,c,a){return this.create({bind:c,arguments:a,delay:b})();},periodical:function(c,b,a){return this.create({bind:b,arguments:a,periodical:c})(); }});number.implement({limit:function(b,a){return math.min(a,math.max(b,this));},round:function(a){a=math.pow(10,a||0);return math.round(this*a)/a;},times:function(b,c){for(var a=0; a<this;a++){b.call(c,a,this);}},tofloat:function(){return parsefloat(this);},toint:function(a){return parseint(this,a||10);}});number.alias("times","each"); (function(b){var a={};b.each(function(c){if(!number[c]){a[c]=function(){...
...And 4 more matches

textbox (Toolkit autocomplete) - Archive of obsolete content
plete popup will not disappear. inputtooltiptext type: string the tooltip text for the textbox. label type: string the label that will appear on the element. if this is left out, no text appears. for an editable menuitem element the value of this attribute is copied to the menulist.value property upon user selection of the menuitem. ...
... textbox. label type: string the label that will appear on the element. if this is left out, no text appears. for an editable menuitem element the value of this attribute is copied to the menulist.value property upon user selection of the menuitem. maxlength type: integer the maximum number of characters that the textbox allows to be entered. maxrows type: integer the number of rows to show in the results list at a time. a scrollbar will appear so the user can scroll through the remaining items. minresultsforpopup new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 type: integer the minimum number of results that must be returned for the popup to be displayed. the default value is 1. new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 a zero value will always...
...with each url. if this attribute is not specified, the comment column doesn't appear. showimagecolumn type: boolean if true, an image column appears in the popup. there is no default styling of this image, but the class name returned by the results appears in the property list for the column. if this attribute is not specified, the image column doesn't appear. size type: integer the number of characters that can be displayed in the textbox. tabindex type: integer the tab order of the element. the tab order is the order in which the focus is moved when the user presses the "tab" key. elements with a higher tabindex are later in the tab sequence. tabscrolling new in thunderbird 3requires seamonkey 2.0 type: boolean if true, the user may cycle through the results lis...
...And 4 more matches

CSS values and units - Learn web development
wser. the page on mdn for each value will give you information about browser support. for example, if you look at the page for <color> you will see that the browser compatibility section lists different types of color value and support for them. let's have a look at some of the types of value and unit you may frequently encounter, with examples so that you can try out different possible values. ...
...em. let's have a look at some of the types of value and unit you may frequently encounter, with examples so that you can try out different possible values. numbers, lengths, and percentages there are various numeric data types that you might find yourself using in css. the following are all classed as numeric: data type description <integer> an <integer> is a whole number such as 1024 or -55. <number> a <number> represents a decimal number — it may or may not have a decimal point with a fractional component, for example 0.255, 128, or -1.2. <dimension> a <dimension> is a <number> with a unit attached to it, for example 45deg, 5s, or 10px. <dimension> is an umbrella category that includes the <length>, <angle>, <time>, and <resolution> typ...
...inherit their sizing from their parent. note that, while many values accept a length or a percentage, there are some that only accept length. you can see which values are accepted on the mdn property reference pages. if the allowed value includes <length-percentage> then you can use a length or a percentage. if the allowed value only includes <length>, it is not possible to use a percentage. numbers some values accept numbers, without any unit added to them. an example of a property which accepts a unitless number is the opacity property, which controls the opacity of an element (how transparent it is). this property accepts a number between 0 (fully transparent) and 1 (fully opaque). in the below example, try changing the value of opacity to various decimal values between 0 and 1 and see...
...And 4 more matches

Legacy layout methods - Learn web development
4, 6, or 12), and then fit your content columns inside these imaginary columns. in this article we'll explore how these older methods work, in order that you understand how they were used if you work on an older project. ...
...at: left; margin-left: 20px; width: 60px; background: rgb(255, 150, 150); } the top row of single columns will now lay out neatly as a grid. note: we've also given each column a light red color so you can see exactly how much space each one takes up. layout containers that we want to span more than one column need to be given special classes to adjust their width values to the required number of columns (plus gutters in between). we need to create an additional class to allow containers to span 2 to 12 columns. each width is the result of adding up the column width of that number of columns plus the gutter widths, which will always number one less than the number of columns. add the following at the bottom of your css: /* two column widths (120px) plus one gutter width (20px) */ .co...
...sion on github (see it running live also). try modifying the classes on your elements or even adding and removing some containers, to see how you can vary the layout. for example, you could make the second row look like this: <div class="row"> <div class="col span8">13</div> <div class="col span4">14</div> </div> now you've got a grid system working, you can simply define the rows and the number of columns in each row, then fill each container with your required content. great! creating a fluid grid our grid works nicely, but it has a fixed width. we really want a flexible (fluid) grid that will grow and shrink with the available space in the browser viewport. to achieve this we can turn the reference pixel widths into percentages. the equation that turns a fixed width into a flexible...
...And 4 more matches

JNI.jsm
pe, so if you need to run jni from the global scope, use a different variable name then jenv. jni.jsm contains all the js-ctypes needed to communicate with the jni libraries. the js-ctypes is abstracted away while all the underlying data is all ctype data. functions are declared similar to js-ctypes but in a very different syntax. unlike c from js-ctypes, defining constants is not a manual magic number method in jni, it is declared the same way we define functions, except in jni they are called fields. method overview cdata getforthread(); cdata loadclass(cdata ajenv, string aclassfullyqualifiedname, [optional] object adeclares); cdata newstring(cdata ajenv, string astr); string readstring(cdata ajenv, cdata ajavastring); void unloadclasses(); ...
...avastring a cdata object that is a java string. return value a javascript string. unloadclasses() blah blah void unloadclasses(); parameters this function takes no arguments. return value this function has no return value, if you try to store the return value in a variable, it will be undefined. working with arrays creating/preallocating a typed array methods cdata .get(number aindex); cdata .getelements(number astart, number alength); void .set(number aindex, cdata avalue); void .setelements(number astart, [array, size_is(arr.length > number anynumber > 0)] in cdata avalsarray); .get() gets the value of the element in the array at given aindex. cdata get(number aindex); parameters aindex the position in the array to obtain. ...
...number anynumber > 0)] in cdata avalsarray); .get() gets the value of the element in the array at given aindex. cdata get(number aindex); parameters aindex the position in the array to obtain. return value returns primitive cdata. .getelements() returns a new cdata object of the section of the array specified by astart and ending at position astart + alength. void setelements(number astart, number alength); parameters astart the position to start setting elements of the array in. alength the number of elements to copy from astart. if 0 is supplied, an empty cdata array is returned. return value a new cdata array object based on the array. .set() sets an element in the array at given aindex to the given aval. ...
...And 4 more matches

NSS tools : modutil
ptions -add modulename add the named pkcs #11 module to the database. use this option with the -libfile, -ciphers, and -mechanisms arguments. -changepw tokenname change the password on the named token. if the token has not been initialized, this option initializes the password. use this option with the -pwfile and -newpwfile arguments. a password is equivalent to a personal identification number (pin). -chkfips verify whether the module is in the given fips mode. true means to verify that the module is in fips mode, while false means to verify that the module is not in fips mode. -create create new certificate, key, and module databases. use the -dbdir directory argument to specify a directory. if any of these databases already exist in a specified directory, modutil returns an ...
...marks if it contains spaces. the module becomes a default provider for the listed mechanisms when those mechanisms are enabled. if more than one module claims to be a particular mechanism's default provider, that mechanism's default provider is undefined. modutil supports several mechanisms: rsa, dsa, rc2, rc4, rc5, aes, des, dh, sha1, sha256, sha512, ssl, tls, md5, md2, random (for random number generation), and friendly (meaning certificates are publicly readable). -newpwfile new-password-file specify a text file containing a token's new or replacement password so that a password can be entered automatically with the -changepw option. -nocertdb do not open the certificate or key databases. this has several effects: o with the -create command, only a module security file is cre...
...for example: modutil -list "nss internal pkcs #11 module" -dbdir sql:/home/my/sharednssdb ----------------------------------------------------------- name: nss internal pkcs #11 module library file: **internal only module** manufacturer: mozilla foundation description: nss internal crypto services pkcs...
...And 4 more matches

TLS Cipher Suite Discovery
l both use on the secured connection. ...
...an implementation that claimed to offer all defined cipher suites would only be able to make that claim for a short time until another new cipher suite was defined. ...
...an implementation that claimed to offer all defined cipher suites would only be able to make that claim for a short time until another new cipher suite was defined. ...
...And 4 more matches

NSS Tools crlutil
he private key used to sign a crl. authkeyid critical [key-id | dn cert-serial] where: authkeyident: identifies the name of an extension critical: value of 1 of 0. should be set to 1 if this extension is critical or 0 otherwise. key-id: key identifier represented in octet string. dn:: is a ca distinguished name cert-serial: authority certificate serial number. add issuer alternative name extension: the issuer alternative names extension allows additional identities to be associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. issueraltnames non-critical name-list where: subjaltnames: identifies the name of an extension ...
... associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. ...
... the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. ...
...And 4 more matches

NSS tools : modutil
to the database. use this option with the -libfile, -ciphers, and -mechanisms arguments. -changepw tokenname change the password on the named token. if the token has not been initialized, this option initializes the password. use this option with the -pwfile and -newpwfile arguments. a password is equivalent to a personal identification number (pin). -chkfips verify whether the module is in the given fips mode. true means to verify that the module is in fips mode, while false means to verify that the module is not in fips mode. -create create new certificate, key, and module databases. use the -dbdir directory argument to specify a directory. if any of these da...
...ovider for the listed mechanisms when those mechanisms are enabled. if more than one module claims to be a particular mechanism's default provider, that mechanism's default provider is undefined. modutil supports several mechanisms: rsa, dsa, rc2, rc4, rc5, aes, des, dh, sha1, sha256, sha512, ssl, tls, md5, md2, random (for random number generation), and friendly (meaning certificates are publicly readable). -newpwfile new-password-file specify a text file containing a token's new or replacement password so that a password can be entered automatically with the -changepw option. -nocertdb do not open the certificate or key databases. this has several effec...
...for example: modutil -list "nss internal pkcs #11 module" -dbdir sql:/home/my/sharednssdb ----------------------------------------------------------- name: nss internal pkcs #11 module library file: **internal only module** manufacturer: mozilla foundation description: nss internal crypto services ...
...And 4 more matches

JSAPI Cookbook
contains a few links to other libraries and programs that can make life easier when using spidermonkey and jsapi. basics working with values the basic, undifferentiated value type in the jsapi is js::value. ...
... other libraries and programs that can make life easier when using spidermonkey and jsapi. basics working with values the basic, undifferentiated value type in the jsapi is js::value. ...
...articular type, use a correspondingly named member testing function: // javascript var v = computesomevalue(); var isstring = typeof v === "string"; var isnumber = typeof v === "number"; var isnull = v === null; var isboolean = typeof v === "boolean"; var isobject = typeof v === "object" && v !== null; /* jsapi */ js::rootedvalue v(cx, computesomevalue()); bool isstring = v.isstring(); bool isnumber = v.isnumber(); bool isint32 = v.isint32(); // note: internal representation, not numeric value bool isnull = v.isnull(); bool isboolean = v.isboolean(); bool isobject = v.isobject(); // note: not broken like typeof === "object" is :-) to set a value use a correspondingly named member mutator function, or assign the result of the correspondingly named standalone function: // javascript var v; ...
...And 4 more matches

JSErrorReport
error that is used either by the internal error reporting mechanism or by a user-defined error-reporting mechanism. syntax jserrorreport(); properties name type description filename const char * indicates the source file or url that produced the error condition. if null, the error is local to the script in the current html page. lineno unsigned line number in the source that caused the error. column unsigned zero-based column index in line in the source that caused the error. ismuted bool the web platform allows scripts to be loaded from arbitrary cross-origin sources. this allows an attack by which a malicious website loads a sensitive file (say, a bank statement) cross-origin (using the user's cookies), and snif...
...rict mode code, a warning if js_has_strict_option(cx), and otherwise should not be reported at all. we check the strictness of the context's top frame's script; where that isn't appropriate, the caller should do the right checks itself instead of using this flag. the constant jsreport_error is 0 and can be used to indicate an error report without any of the above flags. errornumber unsigned the error number. ucmessage const char16_t * the default unicode error message. messageargs const char16_t ** arguments for the error message. exntype int16_t one of the jsexntype constants. description jserrorreport describes a single error that occurs in the execution of script. in the event of an error, filename will either cont...
... exntype int16_t one of the jsexntype constants. description jserrorreport describes a single error that occurs in the execution of script. in the event of an error, filename will either contain the name of the external source file or url containing the script (script src=) or null, indicating that a script embedded in the current html page caused the error. lineno indicates the line number of the script containing the error. in the case of an error in a script embedded in the html page, lineno indicates the html lineno where the script error is located. linebuf is a pointer to a user-defined buffer into which js copies the offending line of the script. tokenptr is a pointer into linebuf that identifies the precise location line of the problem within the offending line. uclinebuf is...
...And 4 more matches

Mozilla internal string guide
ss, ns[c]autostring, that additionally contains an internal 64-unit buffer (intended primarily for use on the stack), leading to a fourth ownership model: storage within an auto string's stack buffer auto strings will prefer reference counting an existing reference-counted buffer over their stack buffer, but will otherwise use their stack buffer for anything that will fit in it. there are a number of additional string classes: classes which exist primarily as constructors for the other types, particularly nsdependent[c]string and nsdependent[c]substring. these types are really just convenient notation for constructing an ns[c]s[ubs]tring with a non-default ownership mode; they should not be thought of as different types. nsliteral[c]string which should rarely be constructed explicitly ...
...nsastring by guaranteeing a null-terminated storage. this allows for a method (.get()) to access the underlying character buffer. the remainder of the string classes inherit from either nsastring or nsstring. thus, every string class is compatible with nsastring. since every string derives from nsastring (or nsacstring), they all share a simple api. common read-only methods: .length() - the number of code units (bytes for 8-bit string classes and char16_ts for 16-bit string classes) in the string. .isempty() - the fastest way of determining if the string has any value. use this instead of testing string.length == 0 .equals(string) - true if the given string has the same value as the current string. common methods that modify the string: .assign(string) - assigns a new value to the s...
...ocated on the heap. destroys its buffer when the string object goes away. nsautostring / nsautocstring- derived from nsstring, a string which owns a 64 code unit buffer in the same storage space as the string itself. if a string less than 64 code units is assigned to an nsautostring, then no extra storage will be allocated. for larger strings, a new buffer is allocated on the heap. if you want a number other than 64, use the templated types nsautostringn / nsautocstringn. (nsautostring and nsautocstring are just typedefs for nsautostringn<64> and nsautocstringn<64>, respectively.) nsdependentstring- derived from nsstring, this string does not own its buffer. it is useful for converting a raw string (const char16_t* or const char*) into a class of type nsastring. note that you must null-termina...
...And 4 more matches

Streams - Plugins
tion, such as by deleting the instance or initiating higher-priority network operations. npres_network_err: the stream failed because of problems with the network, disk i/o error, lack of memory, or some other problem. finding out how much data the plug-in can accept after a call to npp_newstream and before writing data to the plug-in, the browser calls npp_writeready to determine the maximum number of bytes that the plug-in can consume. this function allows the browser to send only as much data to the instance as it can handle at one time, and it helps both the browser and the plug-in to use their resources efficiently. after a call to npp_newstream, in which the plug-in requested a normal-mode stream, the browser delivers the data in the stream progressively in a series of calls to npp_wr...
...sted a normal-mode stream, the browser delivers the data in the stream progressively in a series of calls to npp_writeready and npp_write. the browser calls npp_writeready before each call to npp_write. the value returned by npp_writeready indicates how many bytes the plug-in instance can accept for this stream. if the plug-in allocates memory for the entire stream at once, it can return a large number. this number tells the browser that it can pass as much data to the instance as possible in a single call to npp_write. the browser can write a smaller amount of data if desired or necessary (for example, if only 8k of data is available in a network buffer). for instance, suppose the plug-in allocates, in npp_newstream, an 8k buffer to hold the data written from that stream. in the first call, n...
...opied from the browser's buffer to the plug-in's buffer, the plug-in begins to process the data asynchronously. at the next npp_writeready call, only half of the data has been processed. to avoid allocating additional buffers, the plug-in could return 4096, resulting in a call to npp_write with a buffer of up to 4k bytes. the buffer passed to npp_write may accommodate more bytes than the maximum number returned from npp_writeready . this maximum is only a promise to consume a certain amount of data from the buffer, not an upper limit on the buffer size. in the example above, suppose that the plug-in allocates an 8k buffer and returns 8192 from npp_writeready. if the plug-in gets 10000 bytes from the browser in a subsequent call to npp_write, the plug-in should copy the first 8192 bytes from the...
...And 4 more matches

Debugger.Script - Firefox Developer Tools
g with a valid url and followed by information tracking how the code was introduced into the system; the entire string is not a valid url. for function.prototype’s script, this is null. if this debugger.script’s source property is non-null, then this is equal to source.url. if the instance refers to webassembly code, throw a typeerror. startline if the instance refers to a jsscript, the number of the line at which this script’s code starts, within the file or document named by url. linecount if the instance refers to a jsscript, the number of lines this script’s code occupies, within the file or document named by url. source if the instance refers to a jsscript, the debugger.source instance representing the source code from which this script was produced. this is null if the ...
...e object the functions described below may only be called with a this value referring to a debugger.script instance; they may not be used as methods of other kinds of objects. getalloffsets() if the instance refers to a jsscript, return an arrayl describing the relationship between bytecode instruction offsets and source code positions in this script.l is sparse, and indexed by source line number. if a source line numberline has no code, thenl has noline property. if there is code forline, then l[line] is an array of offsets of byte code instructions that are entry points to that line. for example, suppose we have a script for the following source code: a=[] for (i=1; i < 10; i++) // it's hip to be square. a[i] = i*i; calling getalloffsets() on that code might yield an array...
... between bytecode instruction offsets and source code positions in this script. unlike getalloffsets(), which returns all offsets that are entry points for each line, getallcolumnoffsets() returns all offsets that are entry points for each (line, column) pair. the elements of the array are objects, each of which describes a single entry point, and contains the following properties: linenumber: the line number for which offset is an entry point columnnumber: the column number for which offset is an entry point offset: the bytecode instruction offset of the entry point for example, suppose we have a script for the following source code: a=[] for (i=1; i < 10; i++) // it's hip to be square. a[i] = i*i; calling getallcolumnoffsets() on that code might ...
...And 4 more matches

AudioWorkletProcessor() - Web APIs
instead, they are created only internally by the creation of an associated audioworkletnodes. var processor = new audioworkletprocessor(options); parameters options an object that is passed as options parameter to audioworkletnode constructor and passed through the structured clone algorithm. the object is based on audioworkletnodeoptions dictionary. ...
...ation of an associated audioworkletnodes. var processor = new audioworkletprocessor(options); parameters options an object that is passed as options parameter to audioworkletnode constructor and passed through the structured clone algorithm. the object is based on audioworkletnodeoptions dictionary. available properties are as follows: numberofinputs optional the value to initialize the numberofinputs property to. defaults to 1. ...
...ar processor = new audioworkletprocessor(options); parameters options an object that is passed as options parameter to audioworkletnode constructor and passed through the structured clone algorithm. the object is based on audioworkletnodeoptions dictionary. available properties are as follows: numberofinputs optional the value to initialize the numberofinputs property to. defaults to 1. numberofoutputs optional the value to initialize the numberofoutputs property to. defaults to 1. outputchannelcount optional an array defining the number of channels for each output. for example, outputchannelcount: [n, m] specifies the number of channels in the first output to be n and the second output to be m. the array length must match numberofoutputs. parameterdata optional an object containi...
...And 4 more matches

Applying styles and colors - Web APIs
sets the width of lines drawn in the future. linecap = type sets the appearance of the ends of lines. linejoin = type sets the appearance of the "corners" where lines meet. miterlimit = value establishes a limit on the miter when two lines join at a sharp angle, to let you control how thick the junction becomes. getlinedash() returns the current line dash pattern array containing an even number of non-negative numbers. setlinedash(segments) sets the current line dash pattern. linedashoffset = value specifies where to start a dash array on a line. you'll get a better understanding of what these do by looking at the examples below. a linewidth example this property sets the current line thickness. values must be positive numbers. by default this value is set to 1.0 units. the lin...
...25 : -25; ctx.lineto(math.pow(i, 1.5) * 2, 75 + dy); } ctx.stroke(); return false; } <table> <tr> <td><canvas id="canvas" width="150" height="150"></canvas></td> <td>change the <code>miterlimit</code> by entering a new value below and clicking the redraw ...
...the setlinedash method accepts ...
...And 4 more matches

Crypto.getRandomValues() - Web APIs
implementations are required to use a seed with enough entropy, like a system-level entropy source. ...
...implementations are required to use a seed with enough entropy, like a system-level entropy source. ...
...implementations are required to use a seed with enough entropy, like a system-level entropy source. ...
...And 4 more matches

SVGLengthList - Web APIs
methods name & arguments return description clear(...
...h replaceitem(in svglength newitem, in unsigned long index) svglength removeitem(in unsigned long index) svglength appenditem(in svglength newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems readonly unsigned long length normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitems unsigned long the number of items in the list. length unsigned long the number of items in the list. methods name & arguments return description clear() void clears all existing current items from the list, with the result being an empty list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err ...
...mexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long index) svglength returns the specified item from the list. the returned item is the item itself and not a copy. any changes made to the item are immediately reflected in the list. the first item is number 0. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svglength newitem, in unsigned long index) svglength inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in a li...
...And 4 more matches

SVGPathSegList - Web APIs
...
... properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitemsread only unsigned long the number of items in the list. methods clear() void clears all existing current items from the list, with the result being an empty list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modificat...
...o_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list cannot be modified. getitem(in unsigned long index) svgpathseg returns the specified item from the list. the returned item is the item itself and not a copy. any changes made to the item are immediately reflected in the list. the first item is number 0. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list cannot be modified. insertitembefore(in svgpathseg newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpathseg inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first it...
...And 4 more matches

SVGPointList - Web APIs
methods ...
... svgpoint newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitems unsigned long the number of items in the list. methods name & arguments return description clear() void clears all existing current items from the list, with the result being an empty list. exceptions: ...
...r is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long index) svgpoint returns the specified item from the list. the returned item is the item itself and not a copy. any changes made to the item are immediately reflected in the list. the first item is number 0. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svgpoint newitem, in unsigned long index) svgpoint inserts a new item into the list at the specified pos...
...And 4 more matches

SVGStringList - Web APIs
methods name & argument...
...aceitem(in domstring newitem, in unsigned long index) domstring removeitem(in unsigned long index) domstring appenditem(in domstring newitem) properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems readonly unsigned long length normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitems unsigned long the number of items in the list. length unsigned long a mirror of the value in numberofitems, for consistency with other interfaces. methods name & arguments return description clear() void clears all existing current items from the list, with the result being an empty list. exceptions: a do...
...xception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long index) domstring returns the specified item from the list. the returned item is the item itself and not a copy. any changes made to the item are immediately reflected in the list. the first item is number 0. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in domstring newitem, in unsigned long index) domstring inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is already in...
...And 4 more matches

SVGTransformList - Web APIs
methods name & arguments return description clea...
...ex) svgtransform appenditem(in svgtransform newitem) svgtransform createsvgtransformfrommatrix(in svgmatrix) svgtransform consolidate() properties readonly unsigned long numberofitems readonly unsigned long length normative document svg 1.1 (2nd edition) properties name type description numberofitems unsigned long the number of items in the list. length unsigned long the number of items in the list. methods name & arguments return description clear() void clears all existing current items from the list, with the result being an empty list. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_...
...ption with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. getitem(in unsigned long index) svgtransform returns the specified item from the list. the returned item is the item itself and not a copy. any changes made to the item are immediately reflected in the list. the first item is number 0. exceptions: a domexception with code no_modification_allowed_err is raised when the list corresponds to a read only attribute or when the object itself is read only. insertitembefore(in svgtransform newitem, in unsigned long index) svgtransform inserts a new item into the list at the specified position. the first item is number 0. if newitem is alre...
...And 4 more matches

Implementing a Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) Server - Accessibility
cessible events are being generated by a given piece of software. the accessible explorer and inspect object tools show the tree of data nodes the accessible object is exposing through com, and what the screen boundaries of each object are. in addition, msdn has improved their msaa documentation. when to use msaa, and when not to it's a common mistake to say that msaa is not worth using, for a number of reasons. myths for not using msaa myth: msaa doesn't really work reality: msaa works really well for dialogs and ui. true, it's not great for documents, but it's the only existing widely-used standard for exposing accessibility. myth: msaa is too slow reality: assistive technology vendors have found ways around most of the performance problems related to out-of-process com method calls. j...
...kely to be a painful road even if you are a major player, in terms of getting the cooperation of at vendors. it may be a good enough solution; however, if what you need is jaws, dragon and zoomtext support. zoomtext and dragon can get by with your msaa support., and jaws can be scripted (even by external developers) to support alternative interfaces. don't use msaa if you're working with a small number of at vendors, you can get everyone to agree on a different solution, and you're sure that you won't be needing to support other assistive technologies later. deciding which msaa features to support msaa methods - cheat sheet for developers the iaccessible interface is used in a tree of iaccessible's, each one representing a data node, similar to a dom. here are the methods supported in iacc...
...g which msaa features to support msaa methods - cheat sheet for developers the iaccessible interface is used in a tree of iaccessible's, each one representing a data node, similar to a dom. here are the methods supported in iaccessible - a minimal implementation would contain those marked "[important]": get_accparent: get the parent of an iaccessible. [important] get_accchildcount: get the number of children of an iaccessible. [important] get_accchild: get the child of an iaccessible. [important] get_accname: get the "name" of the iaccessible, for example the name of a button, checkbox or menu item. try to use unique names for each item in a dialog so that voice dictation software doesn't have to deal with extra ambiguity.[important] get_accvalue: get the "value" of the iaccessible, fo...
...And 4 more matches

Line-based placement with CSS Grid - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
note that grid is indexed according to the writing mode of the document. in a left to right language such as english line 1 is on the left-hand side of the grid. ...
...note that grid is indexed according to the writing mode of the document. in a left to right language such as english line 1 is on the left-hand side of the grid. ...
...note that grid is indexed according to the writing mode of the document. in a left to right language such as english line 1 is on the left-hand side of the grid. ...
...And 4 more matches

<color> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
f). a is optional. the three-digit notation (#rgb) is a shorter version of the six-digit form (#rrggbb). for example, #f09 is the same color as #ff0099. likewise, the four-digit rgb notation (#rgba) is a shorter version of the eight-digit form (#rrggbbaa). for example, #0f38 is the same color as #00ff3388. functional notation: rgb[a](r, g, b[, a]) r (red), g (green), and b (blue) can be either <number>s or <percentage>s, where the number 255 corresponds to 100%. a (alpha) can be a <number> between 0 and 1, or a <percentage>, where the number 1 corresponds to 100% (full opacity). functional notation: rgb[a](r g b[ / a]) css colors level 4 adds support for space-separated values in the functional notation. hsl colors the hsl color model defines a given color according to its hue, saturation...
...ugh the functional hsl() and hsla() notations. note: as of css colors level 4, hsla() is an alias for hsl(). in browsers that implement the level 4 standard, they accept the same parameters and behave the same way. functional notation: hsl[a](h, s, l[, a]) h (hue) is an <angle> of the color circle given in degs, rads, grads, or turns in css color module level 4. when written as a unitless <number>, it is interpreted as degrees, as specified in css color module level 3. by definition, red=0deg=360deg, with the other colors spread around the circle, so green=120deg, blue=240deg, etc. as an <angle>, it implicitly wraps around such that -120deg=240deg, 480deg=120deg, -1turn=1turn, etc. s (saturation) and l (lightness) are percentages. 100% saturation is completely saturated, while 0% is comp...
...read around the circle, so green=120deg, blue=240deg, etc. as an <angle>, it implicitly wraps around such that -120deg=240deg, 480deg=120deg, -1turn=1turn, etc. s (saturation) and l (lightness) are percentages. 100% saturation is completely saturated, while 0% is completely unsaturated (gray). 100% lightness is white, 0% lightness is black, and 50% lightness is “normal.” a (alpha) can be a <number> between 0 and 1, or a <percentage>, where the number 1 corresponds to 100% (full opacity). functional notation: hsl[a](h s l[ / a]) css colors level 4 adds support for space-separated values in the functional notation. system colors in forced colors mode (detectable with the forced-colors media query), most colors are restricted into a user- and browser-defined palette. these system colors ...
...And 4 more matches

filter - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
background: none repeat scroll 0% 0% rgb(238, 238, 238); text-align: left; font-weight: bold; } table.standard-table td { padding: 5px; border: 1px solid rgb(204, 204, 204); text-align: left; vertical-align: top; width:25%; height:auto; } #img3 { height:100%; } hue-rotate() the hue-rotate() function applies a hue rotation on the input image. the value of angle defines the number of degrees around the color circle the input samples will be adjusted. a value of 0deg leaves the input unchanged. the lacuna value for interpolation is 0. though there is no maximum value; the effect of values above 360deg wraps around. filter: hue-rotate(90deg) <table class="standard-table"> <thead> <tr> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">original image</th> <th styl...
...the following example enhances the contrast and brightness of the image: filter: contrast(175%) brightness(103%) <table class="standard-table"> <thead> <tr> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">original image</th> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">live example</th> <th style="text-align: left;" scope="col">static ex...
...puted valueas specifiedanimation typea filter function list formal syntax none | <filter-function-list>where <filter-function-list> = [ <filter-function> | <url> ]+where <filter-function> = <blur()> | <brightness()> | <contrast()> | <drop-shadow()> | <grayscale()> | <hue-rotate()> | <invert()> | <opacity()> | <saturate()> | <sepia()>where <blur()> = blur( <length> )<brightness()> = brightness( <number-percentage> )<contrast()> = contrast( [ <number-percentage> ] )<drop-shadow()> = drop-shadow( <length>{2,3} <color>? )<grayscale()> = grayscale( <number-percentage> )<hue-rotate()> = hue-rotate( <angle> )<invert()> = invert( <number-percentage> )<opacity()> = opacity( [ <number-percentage> ] )<saturate()> = saturate( <number-percentage> )<sepia()> = sepia( <number-percentage> )where <number-perce...
...And 4 more matches

flex - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
tored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. ...
...: 30%; flex: min-content; /* two values: flex-grow | flex-basis */ flex: 1 30px; /* two values: flex-grow | flex-shrink */ flex: 2 2; /* three values: flex-grow | flex-shrink | flex-basis */ flex: 2 2 10%; /* global values */ flex: inherit; flex: initial; flex: unset; the flex property may be specified using one, two, or three values. one-value syntax: the value must be one of: a <number>: in this case it is interpreted as flex: <number> 1 0; the <flex-shrink> value is assumed to be 1 and the <flex-basis> value is assumed to be 0. one of the keywords: none, auto, or initial. two-value syntax: the first value must be a <number> and it is interpreted as <flex-grow>. the second value must be one of: a <number>: then it is interpreted as <flex-shrink>. a valid value...
... a valid value for width for <flex-basis>. values initial the item is sized according to its width and height properties. ...
...And 4 more matches

list-style-type - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
<custom-ident> a identifier matching the value of a @counter-style or one of the predefined styles: symbols() defines an anonymous style of the list. <string> the specified string will be used as the item's marker. none no item marker is shown. disc a filled circle (default value) circle a hollow circle square a filled square decimal decimal numbers beginning with 1 cjk-decimal han decimal numbers e.g. 一, 二, 三, ..., 九八, 九九, 一〇〇 decimal-leading-zero decimal numbers padded by initial zeros e.g. 01, 02, 03, … 98, 99 lower-roman lowercase roman numerals e.g. i, ii, iii, iv, v… upper-roman uppercase roman numerals e.g. i, ii, iii, iv, v… lower-greek lo...
... β, γ… lower-alpha lower-latin lowercase ascii letters e.g. a, b, c, … z lower-latin is unsupported in ie7 and earlier see browser compatibility section. upper-alpha upper-latin uppercase ascii letters e.g. a, b, c, … z upper-latin is unsupported in ie7 and earlier arabic-indic -moz-arabic-indic example armenian traditional armenian numbering (ayb/ayp, ben/pen, gim/keem… bengali -moz-bengali example cambodian * example is a synonym for khmer cjk-earthly-branch -moz-cjk-earthly-branch example cjk-heavenly-stem -moz-cjk-heavenly-stem example cjk-ideographic identical to trad-chinese-informal e.g. 一萬一千一百一十一 devanagari -moz-devanagari exam...
...cambodian * example is a synonym for khmer cjk-earthly-branch -moz-cjk-earthly-branch example cjk-heavenly-stem -moz-cjk-heavenly-stem example cjk-ideographic identical to trad-chinese-informal e.g. 一萬一千一百一十一 devanagari -moz-devanagari example ethiopic-numeric example georgian traditional georgian numbering e.g. an, ban, gan, … he, tan, in… gujarati -moz-gujarati example gurmukhi -moz-gurmukhi example hebrew traditional hebrew numbering hiragana e.g. あ, い, う, え, お, か, き… (japanese) hiragana-iroha e.g. い, ろ, は, に, ほ, へ, と… iroha is the old japanese ordering of syllabs. japanese-formal ...
...And 4 more matches

<input type="password"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the password field has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input wil...
...valid pattern a regular expression the value must match in order to be valid placeholder an example value to display in the field when the field is empty readonly a boolean attribute which, if present, indicates that the field's contents should not be editable size the number of characters wide the input field should be maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the password field. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the password field has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text entered into the field is g...
...word field. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the password field has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text entered into the field is greater than maxlength utf-16 code units long. minlength the minimum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the password entry field. this must be an non-negative integer value smaller than or equal to the value specified by maxlength. if no minlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the password input has no minimum length. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text entered into the field is fewer tha...
...And 4 more matches

Firefox user agent string reference - HTTP
e. when firefox runs on a device that has the phone form factor, there is a mobile; token in the platform part of the ua string. when firefox runs on a tablet device, there is a tablet; token in the platform part of the ua string instead. for example: mozilla/5.0 (android 4.4; mobile; rv:41.0) gecko/41.0 firefox/41.0 mozilla/5.0 (android 4.4; tablet; rv:41.0) gecko/41.0 firefox/41.0 the version numbers are not relevant. avoid inferring materials based on these. the preferred way to target content to a device form factor is to use css media queries. however, if you use ua sniffing to target content to a device form factor, please look for mobi (to include opera mobile, which uses "mobi") for the phone form factor and do not assume any correlation between "android" and the device form factor. t...
...g space is also discouraged). we provide this information to assist with your ua detection logic, but mozilla discourages the detection of a device id in ua strings. here is a javascript regular expression that will detect all mobile devices, including devices with a device id in their ua string: /mobi/i the i makes it case-insensitive, and mobi matches all mobile browsers. ...
...d). we provide this information to assist with your ua detection logic, but mozilla discourages the detection of a device id in ua strings. here is a javascript regular expression that will detect all mobile devices, including devices with a device id in their ua string: /mobi/i the i makes it case-insensitive, and mobi matches all mobile browsers. ...
...And 4 more matches

Working with objects - JavaScript
ties of the mycar object as follows: mycar['make'] = 'ford'; mycar['model'] = 'mustang'; mycar['year'] = 1969; an object property name can be any valid javascript string, or anything that can be converted to a string, including the empty string. however, any property name that is not a valid javascript identifier (for example, a property name that has a space or a hyphen, or that starts with a number) can only be accessed using the square bracket notation. this notation is also very useful when property names are to be dynamically determined (when the property name is not determined until runtime). examples are as follows: // four variables are created and assigned in a single go, // separated by commas var myobj = new object(), str = 'mystring', rand = math.random(), obj = new o...
...ot determined until runtime). ...
...tynames(objecttoinspect) ); } return result; } this can be useful to reveal "hidden" properties (properties in the prototype chain which are not accessible through the object, because another property has the same name earlier in the prototype chain). listing accessible properties only can easily be done by removing duplicates in the array. creating new objects javascript has a number of predefined objects. in addition, you can create your own objects. you can create an object using an object initializer. alternatively, you can first create a constructor function and then instantiate an object invoking that function in conjunction with the new operator. using object initializers in addition to creating objects using a constructor function, you can create objects using an obj...
...And 4 more matches

Function.prototype.apply() - JavaScript
th - 1). for example, you could use a nodelist, or a custom object like { 'length': 2, '0': 'eat', '1': 'bananas' }. note: many older browsers—including chrome <17 and internet explorer <9—don't accept array-like objects, and will throw an exception. examples using apply to append an array to another you can use push to append an element to an array. and, because push accepts a variable number of arguments, you can also push multiple elements at once. but, if you pass an array to push, it will actually add that array as a single element, instead of adding the elements individually. so you end up with an array inside an array. what if that is not what you want? concat does have the desired behaviour in this case, but it does not append to the existing array—it instead creates and re...
...s = [0, 1, 2]; array.push.apply(array, elements); console.info(array); // ["a", "b", 0, 1, 2] using apply and built-in functions clever usage of apply allows you to use built-in functions for some tasks that would probably have otherwise been written by looping over the array values. as an example, here are math.max/math.min, used to find out the maximum/minimum value in an array. ...
....apply(array, elements); console.info(array); // ["a", "b", 0, 1, 2] using apply and built-in functions clever usage of apply allows you to use built-in functions for some tasks that would probably have otherwise been written by looping over the array values. as an example, here are math.max/math.min, used to find out the maximum/minimum value in an array. ...
...And 4 more matches

JSON.stringify() - JavaScript
n a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax json.stringify(value[, replacer[, space]]) parameters value the value to convert to a json string. ...
...to a json string. replacer optional a function that alters the behavior of the stringification process, or an array of string and number that serve as an allowlist for selecting/filtering the properties of the value object to be included in the json string. if this value is null or not provided, all properties of the object are included in the resulting json string. space optional a string or number object that's used to insert white space into the output json string for readability purposes. if this is a number, it indicates the number of space characters to use as white space; this number is capped at 10 (if it is greater, the value is just 10). values less than 1 indicate that no space should be used. if this is a string, the string (or the first 10 characters of the string, if it's lo...
... exceptions throws a typeerror ("cyclic object value") exception when a circular reference is found. throws a typeerror ("bigint value can't be serialized in json") when trying to stringify a bigint value. description json.stringify() converts a value to json notation representing it: if the value has a tojson() method, it's responsible to define what data will be serialized. boolean, number, and string objects are converted to the corresponding primitive values during stringification, in accord with the traditional conversion semantics. undefined, functions, and symbols are not valid json values. if any such values are encountered during conversion they are either omitted (when found in an object) or changed to null (when found in an array). json.stringify() can return undefined wh...
...And 4 more matches

Math.floor() - JavaScript
description because floor() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.floor(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). note: math.floor(null) returns 0, not a nan. ...
... description because floor() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.floor(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). note: math.floor(null) returns 0, not a nan. ...
... description because floor() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.floor(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). note: math.floor(null) returns 0, not a nan. ...
...And 4 more matches

Inequality (!=) - JavaScript
...
... ...
... ...
...And 4 more matches

lang/type - Archive of obsolete content
ses typeof operator to check type, and will only properly detect string primitives: for example, a string created with new string() will always return false. let { isstring } = require('sdk/lang/type'); isstring('my string'); // true isstring(100); // false isstring('100'); // true parameters value : mixed the variable to check. returns boolean : boolean indicating if value is a string. isnumber(value) returns true if value is a number, false otherwise. uses typeof operator to check type, and will only properly detect number primitives: for example, a number created with new number() will always return false. let { isnumber } = require('sdk/lang/type'); isnumber(3.1415); // true isnumber(100); // true isnumber('100'); // false parameters value : mixed the variable to check. return...
... isregexp(value) returns true if value is a regexp, false otherwise. let { isregexp } = require('sdk/lang/type'); isregexp(/[^\.]*\.js$/); // true isregexp(new regexp('substring')); // true isregexp(1000); // false parameters value : mixed the variable to check. ...
...nts } = require('sdk/lang/type'); function run () { isarguments(arguments); // true isarguments([]); // false isarguments(array.slice(arguments)); // false } run(1, 2, 3); parameters value : mixed the variable to check. returns boolean : boolean indicating if value is an arguments object. isprimitive(value) returns true if value is a primitive value: that is, any of null, undefined, number, boolean, or string. returns false if value is not a primitive value. let { isprimitive } = require('sdk/lang/type'); isprimitive(3); // true isprimitive('foo'); // true isprimitive({}); // false parameters value : mixed the variable to check. returns boolean : boolean indicating if value is a primitive. isflat(value) returns true if value is a direct descendant of object.prototype or nu...
...And 3 more matches

Chapter 5: Let's build a Firefox extension - Archive of obsolete content
.org/2004/em-rdf#"> <description about="urn:mozilla:install-manifest"> <!-- unique id for extension. can be in e-mail address format or guid format --> <em:id>helloworld@xuldev.org</em:id> <!-- indicates that this add-on is an extension --> <em:type>2</em:type> <!-- extension name displayed in add-on manager --> <em:name>hello, world!</em:name> <!-- extension version number. there is a version numbering scheme you must follow --> <em:version>0.1</em:version> <!-- brief description displayed in add-on manager --> <em:description>my first extension.</em:description> <!-- name of extension's primary developer. change to your name --> <em:creator>gomita</em:creator> <!-- web page address through which extension is distributed --> <em:homepage...
...overlay instruction) line 2, beginning overlay, contains the code used to invoke the cross-package overlay, overlaying the firefox browser window, at chrome://browser/content/browser.xul with chrome://helloworld/content/overlay.xul. finding overlay merge points the next step is to find the “merge points” where the overlay document will insert its content into the base document. there are a number of ways to go about this; here, we’ll use the dom inspector (figure 5). open the dom inspector by selecting the tools > dom inspector menu item. firefox 31 open the dom inspector by open menu>developer>dom inspector menu item. type chrome://browser/content/browser.xul into the url input field at the top, then click the inspect button. a browser pane will appear in the lower part of the wi...
...is; here, we’ll use the dom inspector (figure 5). open the dom inspector by selecting the tools > dom inspector menu item. firefox 31 open the dom inspector by open menu>developer>dom inspector menu item. type chrome://browser/content/browser.xul into the url input field at the top, then click the inspect button. a browser pane will appear in the lower part of the window. click the spots numbered 1 and 2 in figure 5, in that order; the menu element (3) will then be selected. expand spot 3; this will disclose the area numbered 4, with several menuitem elements. the menupop element 4 contains the merge point where you’re going to be adding a new menu item; you can see that it has the id menu_toolspopup. look through the menuitem elements within this menupop element and determine where...
...And 3 more matches

Manipulating Lists - Archive of obsolete content
list manipulation the listbox element provides numerous methods to retrieve and manipulate its items. although listboxes may be manipulated using the standard dom functions as well, it is recommended that the specialized listbox functions be used instead when possible. these functions are bit simpler and will do the right thing. the appenditem() function is used to append a new item to the end a list. similar to the dom appendchild() function except that it takes a string label, and you do not have to worry about where to add it in the list structure. ...
...e selection. in the next example, the selectedindex property of a radiogroup element is changed based on the value entered in a textbox. this code isn't foolproof though; for example it doesn't check if the value entered is out of range. you will want to make sure that you add this kind of error checking. ...
... example, the selectedindex property of a radiogroup element is changed based on the value entered in a textbox. this code isn't foolproof though; for example it doesn't check if the value entered is out of range. you will want to make sure that you add this kind of error checking. ...
...And 3 more matches

Numeric Controls - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » xul has two elements used for the entry of numeric values or ranges, and well as two elements for entering dates and times. these elements are only available in firefox 3 and later. number fields a textbox may be used for entering numbers by setting the value of the type attribute to the value number. this type of textbox may only be used to enter numbers. other characters are not allowed and are just ignored if typed. in addition, arrow buttons appear beside the textbox to allow the user to cycle through the values. as with other textboxes, the default value can be specified with the value attribute. naturally, this value should be a number. however, the minimum and maximum values can also be specified using the min and max attributes. if these are set, yo...
...mber. however, the minimum and maximum values can also be specified using the min and max attributes. if these are set, you can control the range of values that the textbox may be set to. if the user enters a value less or greater than this value, it will be reset to the minimum or maximum value as necessary. for instance, the following numeric textbox has a range between 1 and 20. <textbox type="number" min="1" max="20"/> as the default value isn't specified, it will default to 1, the minimum value. the min attribute is set to 1 to indicate a minimum possible value of 1 and the max attribute is set to 20 to indiciate a maximum possible value of 20. if the minimum value is not specified, it has a default value of 0. the maximum value defaults to the special value infinity which means that there...
...a maximum possible value of 20. if the minimum value is not specified, it has a default value of 0. the maximum value defaults to the special value infinity which means that there is no limit. other numeric textbox attributes the increment attribute may be used to specify by how much the value changes when the arrows are pressed. the default value is 1, but specifying a different value allows the number to change by a larger amount. for instance, the following example steps in multiples of 10. <textbox type="number" increment="10" max="100"/> this textbox steps in multiples of 10 from 0 to 100. since the min attribute was not specified, it defaults to 0. note that the user can still enter other values if they are typed in. the increment attribute only affects the arrow buttons. the user may als...
...And 3 more matches

Tree Box Objects - Archive of obsolete content
her box objects using the boxobject (fixme: deallink)property, however we need to call queryinterface() to cast the box object to the more specific tree box object. the functions of the more general box object are also available to trees. additional scroll methods include the scrollbylines(), scrollbypages() and ensurerowisvisible() functions. the scrollbylines() scrolls up or down by a certain number of rows. use a positive number to go down and a negative number to go up. the scrollbypages() function scrolls by a number of pages and is called automatically when the user presses the page up or page down keys while the tree is focused. a page is equal to the number of visible rows. for example if the tree shows 10 rows at a time, a page will be equivalent to 10 rows. this is a convenient metho...
... visible rows. for example if the tree shows 10 rows at a time, a page will be equivalent to 10 rows. this is a convenient method since when the user resizes a flexible tree, the page size will grow and shrink, so you don't need to calculate the page size manually. ...
... the ensurerowisvisible() function will scroll to a row just as scrolltorow() does, but does not scroll if the row is already visible. ...
...And 3 more matches

XBL Example - Archive of obsolete content
ine what elements need to go in the xbl content. because we want page flipping, a deck element would be the most suitable to hold the page content. the content of the pages will be specified in the xul file, not in xbl, but we'll need to add it inside the deck. the children tag will need to be used. along the bottom, we'll need a button to go the previous page, a label to display the current page number, and a button to go to the next page. example 1 : source <binding id="slideshow"> <content> <xul:vbox flex="1"> <xul:deck xbl:inherits="selectedindex" selectedindex="0" flex="1"> <children/> </xul:deck> <xul:hbox> <xul:button xbl:inherits="label=previoustext"/> <xul:label flex="1"/> <xul:button xbl:inherits="label=nexttext"/> </xul:h...
...rits="selectedindex" selectedindex="0" flex="1"> <children/> </xul:deck> <xul:hbox> <xul:button xbl:inherits="label=previoustext"/> <xul:label flex="1"/> <xul:button xbl:inherits="label=nexttext"/> </xul:hbox> </xul:vbox> </content> </binding> this binding creates the slideshow structure that we want. the flex attribute has been added to a number of elements so that it stretches in the right way. the label attributes on the two buttons inherit their values from the bound element. here, they inherit from two custom attributes, previoustext and nexttext. this makes it easy to change the labels on the buttons. the children of the element that the xbl is bound to will be placed inside the deck. the selectedindex is inherited by the deck, so w...
...utton, button 1 has been used as the first page of the deck. the label widget has not appeared as no value has been specified for it. we could set a value, but instead it will calculated later. page property next, a property that holds the current page will be added. when getting this custom property, it will need to retrieve the value of the selectedindex attribute of the deck, which holds the number of the currently displayed page. similarly, when setting this property, it will need to change the selectedindex attribute of the deck. in addition, the text widget will need to be updated to display which page is the current one. <property name="page" onget="return parseint(document.getanonymousnodes(this)[0].childnodes[0].getattribute('selectedindex'));" onset="return this.setpage(val)...
...And 3 more matches

The Implementation of the Application Object Model - Archive of obsolete content
on who you ask. rdf stands for resource description framework, a rather intimidating name that doesn't do much to help the layman understand exactly what it does. rdf provides a very general mechanism for representing relationships between different disparate types of data. the relationships between data are represented as a directed labeled graph structure. the data itself can be fed in from any number of different sources (e.g., from a local file system, from your bookmarks file, or from some remote downloadable rdf file), and can then be combined into a single graph. ok, so after that paragraph many of you probably still don't understand what rdf does, so here's the short and sweet version. rdf can suck up data from different places (like your bookmarks and history or another web site), and i...
...he personal toolbar. the personal toolbar must show up in a tree widget (in which case it has to be faking a tree content model, complete with <tt><treeitem></tt> and <tt><treecell></tt> nodes), or it must be able to show up on a toolbar (complete with <tt><button></tt> nodes and popup trees attached to folder buttons). in our current architecture, we have a set of content nodes obtained from any number of data sources. we've solved our aggregation of data problem, but we have no efficient way of taking the data and representing it in different ways, since we'd have to go back to the data sources to re-aggregate everything into a new tree. "aha!" some of you might be saying. "couldn't you just perform a tree transformation on whatever representation you have in memory?" the answer is "yes, provi...
...antee that for whatever content model you happen to have built that the transformation could be applied. if there is a common intermediate representation of the data in question, then we need only implement n translators, one for each content model representation that can hold our aggregate data. yet another example of this problem arises from the need to perform fast sorts on a potentially large number of content items. using the dom apis to walk the content nodes and reorder them would be an act of madness. futhermore, the original natural order of the items (e.g., in the case of bookmarks) would be lost. when performing the sort, it would be advantageous to be able to form the new sorted content model without losing or disrupting the natural sort. statement #3 the fact that the same hunk o...
...And 3 more matches

richlistbox - Archive of obsolete content
ex, value properties accessibletype, currentindex, currentitem, disabled, disablekeynavigation, itemcount, scrollboxobject, selectedcount, selectedindex, selecteditem, selecteditems, seltype, suppressonselect, tabindex, value methods additemtoselection, appenditem, clearselection, ensureelementisvisible, ensureindexisvisible, getindexoffirstvisiblerow, getindexofitem, getitematindex, getnumberofvisiblerows, getrowcount, getselecteditem, insertitemat, invertselection, movebyoffset, removeitemat, removeitemfromselection, scrolltoindex, selectall, selectitem, selectitemrange, timedselect, toggleitemselection examples <richlistbox> <richlistitem> <description>a xul description!</description> </richlistitem> <richlistitem> <button label="a xul button"/> </richlistitem> </...
...ype: listitem element returns the currently focused item in the list box, which is only useful in a multiple selection list box. disabled type: boolean gets and sets the value of the disabled attribute. disablekeynavigation type: boolean gets or sets the value of the disablekeynavigation attribute. itemcount type: integer read only property holding the number of child items. scrollboxobject type: nsiscrollboxobject the scroll box object implements the nsiscrollboxobject interface, which may be used to retrieve and adjust the scroll position of the list box. selectedcount type: integer returns the number of items that are currently selected. selectedindex type: integer returns the index of the currently selected i...
... occurs. getindexoffirstvisiblerow() return type: integer returns the index of the first displayed row. note that this is not the same as the first row -- if the displayed items have been scrolled down, this function will retrieve the index of the first row that the user can see. getindexofitem( item ) return type: integer returns the zero-based position of the specified item. ...
...And 3 more matches

Introduction to Public-Key Cryptography - Archive of obsolete content
). certificates help prevent the use of fake public keys for impersonation. only the public key certified by the certificate will work with the corresponding private key possessed by the entity identified by the certificate. in addition to a public key, a certificate always includes the name of the entity it identifies, an expiration date, the name of the ca that issued the certificate, a serial number, and other information. most importantly, a certificate always includes the digital signature of the issuing ca. the ca's digital signature allows the certificate to function as a "letter of introduction" for users who know and trust the ca but don't know the entity identified by the certificate. for more information about the role of cas, see "how ca certificates are used to establish trust". ...
...th. ssl protocol signed and encrypted email single sign-on object signing ssl protocol the secure sockets layer (ssl) protocol is a set of rules governing server authentication, client authentication, and encrypted communication between servers and clients. ssl is widely used on the internet, especially for interactions that involve exchanging confidential information such as credit card numbers. ssl requires a server ssl certificate, at a minimum. as part of the initial "handshake" process, the server presents its certificate to the client to authenticate the server's identity. the authentication process uses public-key encryption and digital signatures to confirm that the server is in fact the server it claims to be. once the server has been authenticated, the client and server use t...
...ample: internet sites that engage in electronic commerce (commonly known as e-commerce) usually support certificate-based server authentication, at a minimum, to establish an encrypted ssl session and to assure customers that they are dealing with a web site identified with a particular company. the encrypted ssl session ensures that personal information sent over the network, such as credit card numbers, cannot easily be intercepted. s/mime certificates. used for signed and encrypted email. as with client ssl certificates, the identity of the client is typically assumed to be the same as the identity of a human being, such as an employee in an enterprise. a single certificate may be used as both an s/mime certificate and an ssl certificate (see "signed and encrypted email"). s/mime certific...
...And 3 more matches

-moz-border-bottom-colors - Archive of obsolete content
ors: #f0f0f0 #a0a0a0 #505050 #000000; /* global values */ -moz-border-bottom-colors: inherit; -moz-border-bottom-colors: initial; -moz-border-bottom-colors: unset; when an element has a border that is larger than a single css pixel, each line of pixels uses the next color specified in this property, from the outside in. this eliminates the need for nested boxes. if the border is wider than the number of specified colors, the remaining part of the border is the innermost color specified. initial valuenoneapplies toall elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete it does not apply if border-style is dashed or dotted. to tables with border-collapse: collapse. syntax values accepts a white-space separated list of color values. <color> specifies the color of a ...
...ine of pixels of the bottom border. transparent is valid. see <color> values for possible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...ible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...And 3 more matches

-moz-border-left-colors - Archive of obsolete content
ft-colors: #f0f0f0 #a0a0a0 #505050 #000000; /* global values */ -moz-border-left-colors: inherit; -moz-border-left-colors: initial; -moz-border-left-colors: unset; when an element has a border that is larger than a single css pixel, each line of pixels uses the next color specified in this property, from the outside in. this eliminates the need for nested boxes. if the border is wider than the number of specified colors, the remaining part of the border is the innermost color specified. initial valuenoneapplies toall elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete it does not apply if border-style is dashed or dotted. to tables with border-collapse: collapse. syntax values accepts a white-space separated list of color values. <color> specifies the color of a ...
... line of pixels of the left border. transparent is valid. see <color> values for possible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...ible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...And 3 more matches

-moz-border-right-colors - Archive of obsolete content
colors: #f0f0f0 #a0a0a0 #505050 #000000; /* global values */ -moz-border-right-colors: inherit; -moz-border-right-colors: initial; -moz-border-right-colors: unset; when an element has a border that is larger than a single css pixel, each line of pixels uses the next color specified in this property, from the outside in. this eliminates the need for nested boxes. if the border is wider than the number of specified colors, the remaining part of the border is the innermost color specified. initial valuenoneapplies toall elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete it does not apply if border-style is dashed or dotted. to tables with border-collapse: collapse. syntax values accepts a white-space separated list of color values. <color> specifies the color of a ...
...line of pixels of the right border. transparent is valid. see <color> values for possible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...ible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...And 3 more matches

-moz-border-top-colors - Archive of obsolete content
r-top-colors: #f0f0f0 #a0a0a0 #505050 #000000; /* global values */ -moz-border-top-colors: inherit; -moz-border-top-colors: initial; -moz-border-top-colors: unset; when an element has a border that is larger than a single css pixel, each line of pixels uses the next color specified in this property, from the outside in. this eliminates the need for nested boxes. if the border is wider than the number of specified colors, the remaining part of the border is the innermost color specified. initial valuenoneapplies toall elementsinheritednocomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete it does not apply if border-style is dashed or dotted. to tables with border-collapse: collapse. syntax values accepts a white-space separated list of color values. <color> specifies the color of a ...
...a line of pixels of the top border. transparent is valid. see <color> values for possible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...ible units. none default, no colors are drawn or border-color is used, if specified. ...
...And 3 more matches

Array comprehensions - Archive of obsolete content
component. multiple for-of iterations or if statements are allowed. array comprehension was previously proposed to be standardized in ecmascript 2016, it provide a useful shortcut for constructing a new array based on the contents of another. comprehensions can often be used in place of calls to map() and filter(), or as a way of combining the two. the following comprehension takes an array of numbers and creates a new array of the double of each of those numbers. var numbers = [1, 2, 3, 4]; var doubled = [for (i of numbers) i * 2]; console.log(doubled); // logs 2,4,6,8 this is equivalent to the following map() operation: var doubled = numbers.map(i => i * 2); comprehensions can also be used to select items that match a particular expression. here is a comprehension which selects only e...
...d creates a new array of the double of each of those numbers. var numbers = [1, 2, 3, 4]; var doubled = [for (i of numbers) i * 2]; console.log(doubled); // logs 2,4,6,8 this is equivalent to the following map() operation: var doubled = numbers.map(i => i * 2); comprehensions can also be used to select items that match a particular expression. here is a comprehension which selects only even numbers: var numbers = [1, 2, 3, 21, 22, 30]; var evens = [for (i of numbers) if (i % 2 === 0) i]; console.log(evens); // logs 2,22,30 filter() can be used for the same purpose: var evens = numbers.filter(i => i % 2 === 0); map() and filter() style operations can be combined into a single array comprehension. ...
... is a comprehension which selects only even numbers: var numbers = [1, 2, 3, 21, 22, 30]; var evens = [for (i of numbers) if (i % 2 === 0) i]; console.log(evens); // logs 2,22,30 filter() can be used for the same purpose: var evens = numbers.filter(i => i % 2 === 0); map() and filter() style operations can be combined into a single array comprehension. here is one that filters just the even numbers, then creates an array containing their doubles: var numbers = [1, 2, 3, 21, 22, 30]; var doubledevens = [for (i of numbers) if (i % 2 === 0) i * 2]; console.log(doubledevens); // logs 4,44,60 the square brackets of an array comprehension introduce an implicit block for scoping purposes. new variables (such as i in the example) are treated as if they had been declared using let. this means th...
...And 3 more matches

WAI-ARIA basics - Learn web development
with wai-aria, and how it can be used to provide useful additional semantics to enhance accessibility where required. what is wai-aria? let's start by looking at what wai-aria is, and what it can do for us. a whole new set of problems as web apps started to get more complex and dynamic, a new set of accessibility features and problems started to appear. for example, html5 introduced a number of semantic elements to define common page features (<nav>, <footer>, etc.) before these were available, developers would simply use <div>s with ids or classes, e.g. <div class="nav">, but these were problematic, as there was no easy way to easily find a specific page feature such as the main navigation programmatically. the initial solution was to add one or more hidden links at the top of the ...
... an aria-relevant value of all instructs the screenreader to read out the contents of the error list when any changes are made to it — i.e. when errors are added or removed. this is useful because the user will want to know what errors are left, not just what has been added or removed from the list. we could go further with our aria usa...
...ked with an asterisk (*) are required.</p> this makes visual sense, but it isn't as easy to understand for screenreader users. fortunately, wai-aria provides the aria-required attribute to give screenreaders hints that they should tell users that form inputs need to be filled in. update the <input> elements like so: <input type="text" name="name" id="name" aria-required="true"> <input type="number" name="age" id="age" aria-required="true"> if you save the example now and test it with a screenreader, you should hear something like "enter your name star, required, edit text". it might also be useful if we give screenreader users and sighted users an idea of what the age value should be. this is often presented as a tooltip, or placeholder inside the form field perhaps. wai-aria does incl...
...And 3 more matches

Pseudo-classes and pseudo-elements - Learn web development
once you know how to use them, you can look at the list to see if there is something which works for the task you are trying to achieve. once again the relevant mdn page for each selector is helpful in explaining browser support. ...
... note: some early pseudo-elements used the single colon syntax, so you may sometimes see this in code or examples. modern browsers support the early pseudo-elements with single- or double-colon syntax for backwards compatibility. ...
... it acts as if a <span> was magically wrapped around that first formatted line, and updated each time the line length changed. you can see that this selects the first line of both paragraphs. ...
...And 3 more matches

Tips for authoring fast-loading HTML pages - Learn web development
pt and css into external files, can improve download performance with minimal need for other changes in the page structure. tools such as html tidy can automatically strip leading whitespace and extra blank lines from valid html source. other tools can "compress" javascript by reformatting the source or by obfuscating the source and replacing long identifiers with shorter versions. minimize the number of files reducing the number of files referenced in a web page lowers the number of http connections required to download a page, thereby reducing the time for these requests to be sent, and for their responses to be received. depending on a browser's cache settings, it may send a request with the if-modified-since header for each referenced file, asking whether the file has been modified since...
...or each referenced file, asking whether the file has been modified since the last time it was downloaded. too much time spent querying the last modified time of the referenced files can delay the initial display of the web page, since the browser must check the modification time for each of these files, before rendering the page. if you use background images a lot in your css, you can reduce the number of http lookups needed by combining the images into one, known as an image sprite. then you just apply the same image each time you need it for a background and adjust the x/y coordinates appropriately. this technique works best with elements that will have limited dimensions, and will not work for every use of a background image. however, the fewer http requests and single image caching can help...
... network of servers that work together to shorten the distance between the user and your website. cdns store cached versions of your website and serve them to visitors via the network node closest to the user, thereby reducing latency. further reading: understanding cdns reduce domain lookups since each separate domain costs time in a dns lookup, the page load time will grow along with the number of separate domains appearing in css link(s) and javascript and image src(es). this may not always be practical; however, you should always take care to use only the minimum necessary number of different domains in your pages. cache reused content make sure that any content that can be cached, is cached, and with appropriate expiration times. in particular, pay attention to the last-modified ...
...And 3 more matches

Functions — reusable blocks of code - Learn web development
the javascript language has many built-in functions to allow you to do use...
... the javascript language has many built-in functions to allow you to do useful things with...
... the javascript language has many built-in functions to allow you to do useful things without having to write all that code yourself. in fact, some of the cod...
...And 3 more matches

Useful string methods - Learn web development
javascript is. objective: to understand that strings are objects, and learn how to use some of the basic methods available on those objects to manipulate strings. strings as objects most things are objects in javascript. when you create a string, for example by using let string = 'this is my string'; your variable becomes a string object instance, and as a result has a large number of properties and methods available to it. you can see this if you go to the string object page and look down the list on the side of the page! now, before your brain starts melting, don't worry! you really don't need to know about most of these early on in your learning journey. but there are a few that you'll potentially use quite often that we'll look at here. let's enter some examples into...
...w about most of these early on in your learning journey. but there are a few that you'll potentially use quite often that we'll look at here. let's enter some examples into the browser developer console. finding the length of a string this is easy — you simply use the length property. try entering the following lines: let browsertype = 'mozilla'; browsertype.length; this should return the number 7, because "mozilla" is 7 characters long. this is useful for many reasons; for example, you might want to find the lengths of a series of names so you can display them in order of length, or let a user know that a username they have entered into a form field is too long if it is over a certain length. retrieving a specific string character on a related note, you can return any character inside...
...m in order of length, or let a user know that a username they have entered into a form field is too long if it is over a certain length. retrieving a specific string character on a related note, you can return any character inside a string by using square bracket notation — this means you include square brackets ([]) on the end of your variable name. inside the square brackets you include the number of the character you want to return, so for example to retrieve the first letter you'd do this: browsertype[0]; remember: computers count from 0, not 1! you could use this to, for example, find the first letter of a series of strings and order them alphabetically. to retrieve the last character of any string, we could use the following line, combining this technique with the length property we...
...And 3 more matches

Object building practice - Learn web development
on — this can be gotten from the window.innerwidth and window.innerheight properties). note that we are chaining multiple assignments together, to get the variables all set quicker — this is perfectly ok. the last bit of the initial script looks as follows: function random(min, max) { const num = math.floor(math.random() * (max - min + 1)) + min; return num; } this function takes two numbers as arguments, and returns a random number in the range between the two. modeling a ball in our program our program will feature lots of balls bouncing around the screen. since these balls will all behave in the same way, it makes sense to represent them with an object. let's start by adding the following constructor to the bottom of our code. function ball(x, y, velx, vely, color, size) { t...
...e to define what color we want the shape to be — we set it to our ball's color property. next, we use the arc() method to trace an arc shape on the paper. its parameters are: the x and y position of the arc's center — we are specifying the ball's x and y properties. the radius of the arc — in this case, the ball's size property. the last two parameters specify the start and end number of degrees around the circle that the arc is drawn between. here we specify 0 degrees, and 2 * pi, which is the equivalent of 360 degrees in radians (annoyingly, you have to specify this in radians). that gives us a complete circle. if you had specified only 1 * pi, you'd get a semi-circle (180 degrees). last of all, we use the fill() method, which basically states "finish drawing the path ...
...depending on how much processing power your computer/browser has, specifying several thousand balls might slow down the animation rather a lot! add the following to the bottom of your code now: function loop...
...And 3 more matches

Introducing a complete toolchain - Learn web development
developers — revision control provides many advantages, such as a way to backup your work in a remote place, and a mechanism to work in a team on the same project without fear of overwriting each other's code. it might be obvious to some, but it bears repeating: git is not the same thing as github. git is the revision control tool, whereas github is an online store for git repositories (plus a number of useful tools for working with them). note that, although we're using github in this chapter, there are several alternatives including gitlab and bitbucket, and you could even host your own git repositories. using revision control in your projects and including it as part of the toolchain will help manage the evolution of your code. it offers a way to "commit" blocks of work as you progress, a...
... back to a time "when it was working" if a mistake has been introduced somewhere and you are having trouble fixing it — something all developers need to do once in a while! git can be downloaded and installed via the git-scm website — download the relevant installer for your system, run it, and follow the on-screen prompts. this is all you need to do for now. you can interact with git in a number of different ways, from using the command line to issue commands, to using a git gui app to issue the same commands by pushing buttons, or even from directly inside your code editor, as seen in the visual studio code example below: anyway, installing git is all we need to do for now. let's move on. code tidying tools we'll be using prettier, which we first met in chapter 2, to tidy our code ...
...met in chapter 2, to tidy our code in this project. if you followed the directions in the installing prettier section then you might already have prettier installed. if not, we'll get you to install prettier as a global utility using the terminal right now. you can check whether you've already got it installed globally using the following command: prettier -v if installed, you'll get a version number returned like 2.0.2; if not, it'll return something along the lines of "command not found". if this is the case, install it using the following command: npm install prettier -g now that prettier is installed, running and tidying your code can be done on the command line on an individual file basis from anywhere on your computer, for example: prettier --write ./src/index.html note: in the com...
...And 3 more matches

Refcount tracing and balancing
e tree allows addref and release calls that we know are matched to be eliminated from the tree, so it makes it much easier to debug reference count leaks of objects that have a large amount of reference counting traffic. xpcom_mem_alloc_log for platforms that don't have stack-crawl support, xpcom supports logging at the call site to addref/release using the usual cpp __file__ and __line__ number macro expansion hackery. this results in slower code, but at least you get some data about where the leaks might be occurring from. you must also set one or two additional environment variables, xpcom_mem_log_classes and xpcom_mem_log_objects, to reduce the set of objects being logged, in order to improve performance to something vaguely tolerable. xpcom_mem_log_classes this variable sho...
... list of names which will be used to compare against the types of the objects being logged. for example: env xpcom_mem_log_classes=nsdocshell xpcom_mem_refcnt_log=./refcounts.log ./mach run this will log the addref and release calls only for instances of nsdocshell while running the browser using mach, to a file refcounts.log. ...
...un this will log the addref and release calls only for instances of nsdocshell while running the browser using mach, to a file refcounts.log. note that setting xpcom_mem_log_classes will also list the serial number of each object that leaked in the "bloat log" (that is, the file specified by the xpcom_mem_bloat_log variable; see the bloatview documentation for more details). an object's serial number is simply a unique number, starting at one, that is assigned to the object when it is allocated. you may use an object's serial number with the following variable to further restrict the reference count tracing: xpcom_mem_log_objects set this variable to a comma-separated list of object serial number or ranges of serial number, e.g., 1,37-42,73,165 (serial numbers start from 1, not 0). w...
...And 3 more matches

nss tech note1
sn1template *t, secitem *item); secstatus sec_quickderdecodeitem(prarenapool* arena, void* dest, const sec_asn1template* templateentry, secitem* src); here is a description of the arguments : secitem* src† is a structure containing a pointer to the binary data to be decoded, as well as its size. const sec_asn1template* templateentry is a pointer to one or more decoder templates. the number of required templates is determined by the type of the first template.when multiple templates are required, the pointer must point to a null-terminated array of templates. the syntax of these templates is identical for both decoders, except where noted. a "null template" is a template that is all zeros, having a zero kind.† the term "null-terminated array", as used throughout this document, mea...
... the goal here is to explain what type of tags the decoder supports and which macros should be used when defining tags in decoder templates. it should be noted that we only support an older specification of asn.1; multibyte tags are not currently supported. the 8-bit asn.1 tags that we support are made of three parts : the asn.1 component class type. it is specified in the upper 2 tag bits (number 6 and 7). there are four classes of asn.1 tags : universal, application-specific, context-specific, and private. you can specify the class of the tag using the macros sec_asn1_universal, sec_asn1_application, sec_asn1_context_specific and sec_asn1_private. universal is the default tag class and does not have to be specified, as the value of the class type is zero. the method type : whether the...
... and private. you can specify the class of the tag using the macros sec_asn1_universal, sec_asn1_application, sec_asn1_context_specific and sec_asn1_private. universal is the default tag class and does not have to be specified, as the value of the class type is zero. the method type : whether the component type is constructed or primitive. this information is stored in the next lowest tag bit (number 5). you can use the macro sec_asn1_constructed for a constructed component type. a sec_asn1_primitive macro is also provided, but does not need to be included as it is zero. the tag number. it is stored in the lower 5 tag bits (number 0 through 4). the asn.1 standard only defines tag numbers in the universal class. if you you are using a tag of a different classes, you can define your own tag ...
...And 3 more matches

FC_GetTokenInfo
s to has the following information: label: the label of the token, assigned during token initialization, padded with spaces to 32 bytes and not null-terminated. manufacturerid: id of the device manufacturer, "mozilla foundation", padded with spaces to 32 characters and not null-terminated. model: model of the device, "nss 3", padded with spaces to 16 characters and not null-terminated. ...
...mation: label: the label of the token, assigned during token initialization, padded with spaces to 32 bytes and not null-terminated. manufacturerid: id of the device manufacturer, "mozilla foundation", padded with spaces to 32 characters and not null-terminated. model: model of the device, "nss 3", padded with spaces to 16 characters and not null-terminated. ...
...ndation", padded with spaces to 32 characters and not null-terminated. model: model of the device, "nss 3", padded with spaces to 16 characters and not null-terminated. serialnumber: the device's serial number as a string, "0000000000000000", 16 characters and not null-terminated. flags: bit flags indicating capabilities and status of the device. ...
...And 3 more matches

NSS Tools certutil
cify a specific certificate, or a certificate-request file. -k rsa|dsa|all specify the type of a key: rsa, dsa or both. the default value is rsa. by specifying the type of key you can avoid mistakes caused by duplicate nicknames. -l display detailed information when validating a certificate with the -v option. -m serial-number assign a unique serial number to a certificate being created. this operation should be performed by a ca. the default serial number is 0 (zero). serial numbers are limited to integers. -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string with quotation marks if it con...
...string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -o output-file specify the output file name for new certificates or binary certificate requests. bracket theoutput-file string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -p phone specify a contact telephone number to include in new certificates or certificate requests. bracket this string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -q pqgfile read an alternate pqg value from the specified file when generating dsa key pairs. if this argument is not used, the key database tool generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa utility. -r ...
... of the current certificates and trust attributes in a certificate database. -u certusage specify a usage context to apply when validating a certificate with the -v option. the contexts are the following: c (as an ssl client) v (as an ssl server) s (as an email signer) r (as an email recipient) -v valid-months set the number of months a new certificate will be valid. the validity period begins at the current system time unless an offset is added or subtracted with the -w option. if this argument is not used, the default validity period is three months. when this argument is used, the default three-month period is automatically added to any value given in thevalid-month argument. for example, using this option to set ...
...And 3 more matches

Hacking Tips
ts of this function such as js::dumpscript etc are convenient for debugging. printing the js stack (from gdb) in jsobj.cpp, a function named js::dumpbacktrace prints a backtrace à la gdb for the js stack. the backtrace contains in the following order, the stack depth, the interpreter frame pointer (see js/src/vm/stack.h, stackframe class) or (nil) if compiled with ionmonkey, the file and line number of the call location and under parentheses, the jsscript pointer and the jsbytecode pointer (pc) executed. $ gdb --args js […] (gdb) b js::reportoverrecursed (gdb) r js> function f(i) { if (i % 2) f(i + 1); else f(i + 3); } js> f(0) breakpoint 1, js::reportoverrecursed (maybecx=0xfdca70) at /home/nicolas/mozilla/ionmonkey/js/src/jscntxt.cpp:495 495 if (maybecx) (gdb) call js::dump...
...ated assembly code (from gdb) if you want to look at the assembly code generated by ionmonkey, you can follow this procedure: place a breakpoint at codegenerator.cpp on the codegenerator::link method. step next a few times, so that the "code" variable gets generated print code->code_, which is the address of the code disassembly code read at this address (using x/ni address, where n is the number of instructions you would like to see) here is an example. it might be simpler to use the codegenerator::link lineno instead of the full qualified name to put the breakpoint. let's say that the line number of this function is 4780, for instance: (gdb) b codegenerator.cpp:4780 breakpoint 1 at 0x84cade0: file /home/code/mozilla-central/js/src/ion/codegenerator.cpp, line 4780. (gdb) r starting pr...
...if you want to know at which lir the code is failing at, the js::ion::codegenerator::generatebody function can be intrumented to dump the lir id before each instruction. for (; iter != current->end(); iter++) { ionspew(ionspew_codegen, "instruction %s", iter->opname()); […] masm.store16(imm32(iter->id()), address(stackpointer, -8)); // adde...
...And 3 more matches

Bytecode Descriptions
y. constants undefined stack: ⇒ undefined push undefined. null stack: ⇒ null push null. false, true stack: ⇒ true/false push a boolean constant. int32 operands: (int32_t val) stack: ⇒ val push the int32_t immediate operand as an int32value. jsop::zero, jsop::one, jsop::int8, jsop::uint16, and jsop::uint24 are all compact encodings for jsop::int32. zero stack: ⇒ 0 push the number 0. one stack: ⇒ 1 push the number 1. int8 operands: (int8_t val) stack: ⇒ val push the int8_t immediate operand as an int32value. uint16 operands: (uint16_t val) stack: ⇒ val push the uint16_t immediate operand as an int32value. uint24 operands: (uint24_t val) stack: ⇒ val push the uint24_t immediate operand as an int32value. double operands: (double val) stack: ⇒ val pus...
...tead of throwing a referenceerror. in a global scope: typeof x compiles to getgname "x"; typeof. typeof (0, x) compiles to getgname "x"; typeofexpr. emitting the same bytecode for these two expressions would be a bug. per spec, the latter throws a referenceerror if x doesn't exist. format: jof_ic pos stack: val ⇒ (+val) the unary + operator. +val doesn't do any actual math. it just calls tonumber(val). the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always a number. (per spec, unary - supports bigints, but unary + does not.) format: jof_ic neg stack: val ⇒ (-val) the unary - operator. convert val to a numeric value, then push -val. the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. the result on success is always numer...
... used for code like ++obj[index], which must do both a jsop::getelem and a jsop::setelem with the same property key. both instructions would convert index to a property key for us, but the spec says to convert it only once. the conversion can call .tostring()/.valueof() methods and can throw. format: jof_ic tonumeric, tostring stack: val ⇒ tonumeric(val) convert a value to a numeric value (a number or bigint). implements: tonumeric(val). note: this is used to implement ++ and --. surprisingly, it's not possible to get the right behavior using jsop::add and jsop::sub alone. for one thing, jsop::add sometimes does string concatenation, while ++ always does numeric addition. more fundamentally, the result of evaluating x-- is tonumeric(old value of x), a value that the sequence getlocal "x"; o...
...And 3 more matches

TPS Tests
le (in javascript format), setup one or more firefox profiles with the necessary extensions and preferences, then launch firefox and pass the test file to the extension. the extension will read the test file and perform a series of actions specified therein, such as populating a set of bookmarks, syncing to the sync server, making bookmark modifications, etc. a test file may contain an arbitrary number of sections, each involving the same or different profiles, so that one test file may be used to test the effect of syncing and modifying a common set of data (from a single sync account) over a series of different events and clients. set up an environment and run a test to run tps, you should create a new firefox account using a restmail.net email address (strictly speaking, restmail isn't req...
...account confirmation steps for you. even if you opt not to use restmail, do not use your personal firefox account, as tps will delete and replace the data in it many times, not to mention the first run is very likely to fail, since it expects a clean start). note: be prepared not to use your computer for 15 or so minutes after starting a full run of tps, as it will open and close a fairly large number of firefox windows. steps get the source code clone mozilla-central (choose your flavor): hg clone hg.mozilla.org/mozilla-central or git clone github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev cd into the tps folder cd testing/tps create the environment i suggest the path to be outside of the mc source tree python create_venv.py --username=%email% --passw...
...ed" preferences, e.g. "_identity.fxaccounts.autoconfig.uri": "...". writing tps tests each tps test is run as a series of "phases". a phase runs in some firefox profile, and contains some set of actions to perform or check on that profile. phases have an n to m relationship with profiles, where n >= m (there can never be more phases than profiles). typically there are two profiles used, but any number of profiles could be used in theory (other than 0). after the phases run, two additional "cleanup" phases are run, to unregister the devices with fxa. this is an implementation detail, but if you work with tps for any amount of time you will almost certainly see cleanup-profile1 or similar in the logs. that's what that phase is doing, it does any necessary cleanup for the phase, primarially unre...
...And 3 more matches

An Overview of XPCOM
ed programming are component lifetime, also called object ownership, and interface querying, or being able to identify which interfaces a component supports at runtime. this section introduces the base interface-the mother of all interfaces in xpcom - nsisupports, which provides solutions to both of these issues for xpcom developers. object ownership in xpcom, since components may implement any number of different interfaces, components must be reference counted. when a component gets created, an integer inside the component tracks the number of clients who have an interface to the components -- also known as the reference count. the reference count is incremented automatically when the client instantiates the component; over the course of the component's life, the reference count goes up and ...
...or codes). these error code results become the "exceptions" that xpcom handles. instead of leveraging c++ rtti, xpcom uses the special queryinterface method that casts the object to the right interface if that interface is supported. every interface is assigned an identifier that gets generated from a tool commonly named "uuidgen". this universally unique identifier (uuid) is a unique, 128-bit number. used in the context of an interface (as opposed to a component, which is what the contract id is for), this number is called an iid. when a client wants to discover if an object supports a given interface, the client passes the iid assigned to that interface into the queryinterface method of that object. if the object supports the requested interface, it adds a reference to itself and passes ba...
.... xpcom identifier classes the nsiid class is actually a typedef for the nsid class. the other typedefs of nsid, cid and iid, refer to specific implementations of a concrete class and to a specific interface, respectively. the nsid class provides methods like equals for comparing identifiers in the code. see identifiers in xpcom for more discussion of the nsid class. cid a cid is a 128-bit number that uniquely identifies a class or component in much the same way that an iid uniquely identifies an interface. the cid for nsisupports looks like this: 00000000-0000-0000-c000-000000000046 the length of a cid can make it cumbersome to deal with in the code, so very often you see #defines for cids and other identifiers being used, as in this example: #define sample_cid \ { 0x777f7150, 0x4a2b,...
...And 3 more matches

Starting WebLock
nts that want to have startup notification. the nsicategoryservice maintains sets of name-value pairs like the one below. the category manager every category is identified by a string that represents the name of the category. each category contains a set of name-value pairs. for example, you might have a category named "important people" in which the name-value pairs would be names and phone numbers. the format of the name-value pair is left up to you. this data structure is more than enough to support the persisting of components that want to be started up. the category name also maps nicely onto the notion of a notification "topic." the topic name could be something like "xpcom-startup", for instance, and the name-value pair could contain the contract ids required to create the component...
...een here). interface nsisimpleenumerator; see the xpcom resources for more information about the xpidl syntax. scriptable interfaces the third line in iweblock is more complex. the first thing it says is that iweblock will bescriptable. [scriptable, uuid(ea54eee4-9548-4b63-b94d-c519ffc91d09)] the rest of the line provides a uuid for this interface. recall that every interface has a unique number that is assigned to it. in the case of interfaces, the identifier is an iid. in the case of the components, which also require unique identifiers, the identifier is the cid. subclassing nsisupports the next line in iweblock names the interface and defines its base interface. iweblock derives from nsisupports. xpidl has no way to define multiple inheritance - something that all scriptable object...
...le interfaces available in xpcom. file interfaces files and directories are abstracted and encapsulated by interfaces. there are a few reasons for not using strings to represent file locations, but the most important one is that not all file systems can be represented by a series of characters separated by a slash. on the macintosh platform, for example, files are represented as a triplet - two numbers and one string - so using a string on the macintosh does not adequately identify files on that operating system. nsifile, the file interface in xpcom, provides most of the functionally that file handling requires. that interface includes members representing the file name, file attributes, permissions, existence, and others. a related interface called nsilocalfile provides access to operations ...
...And 3 more matches

mozIStorageConnection
nd more details. if you use your connection on multiple threads, your function needs to be threadsafe, or it should only be called on one thread. void createaggregatefunction( in autf8string afunctionname, in long anumarguments, in mozistorageaggregatefunction afunction ); parameters afunctionname the name of the aggregate function to create, as seen in sql. anumarguments the number of arguments the function takes. pass -1 for variable-argument functions. afunction the instance of mozistorageaggregatefunction that implements the function. createasyncstatement() creates a mozistorageasyncstatement for the given sql expression. an asynchronous statement can only be used to dispatch asynchronous requests to the asynchronous execution thread and cannot be used to take any s...
... instance of mozistorageaggregatefunction that implements the function. createasyncstatement() creates a mozistorageasyncstatement for the given sql expression. an asynchronous statement can only be used to dispatch asynchronous requests to the asynchronous execution thread and cannot be used to take any synchronous actions on the database. the expression may use "?#" to indicate sequentially numbered parameters (?1, ?2, etc) or ":name" to indicate named parameters. javascript callers should use named parameters. mozistorageasyncstatement createasyncstatement( in autf8string asqlstatement ); parameters asqlstatement the sql statement to execute. return value returns a new mozistorageasyncstatement to be used to execute the specified statement. createfunction() creates a new f...
...toragefunction for sample code and more details. if you use your connection on multiple threads, your function needs to be threadsafe, or it should only be called on one thread. void createfunction( in autf8string afunctionname, in long anumarguments, in mozistoragefunction afunction ); parameters afunctionname the name of function to create, as seen in sql. anumarguments the number of arguments the function takes. pass -1 for variable-argument functions. afunction the instance of mozistoragefunction that implements the function. createstatement() creates a mozistoragestatement for the given sql expression. the expression may use "?#" to indicate sequentially numbered parameters (?1, ?2, etc) or ":name" to indicate named parameters. javascript callers should use named p...
...And 3 more matches

nsIConsoleService
obsolete since gecko 19 (firefox 19 / thunderbird 19 / seamonkey 2.16)this feature is obsolete. although it may still work in some browsers, its use is discouraged since it could be removed at any time. try to avoid using it. void getmessagearray( [array, size_is(count)] out nsiconsolemessage messages, out pruint32 count ); parameters messages an array of logged messages. count the number of messages in the array. if no messages are logged, this function will return a count of 0, but allocating a placeholder word for messages, showing as a 0-length array when called from the script. void getmessagearray( [optional] out pruint32 count, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsiconsolemessage messages ); parameters count the number of messages in the array. if no messages...
...nterfaces.nsiconsoleservice); consoleservice.logstringmessage(msg); } alternative logging methods include components.utils.reporterror and dump(). logging a message with additional information to include other information an nsiconsolemessage object must be used. ...
...ogging methods include components.utils.reporterror and dump(). logging a message with additional information to include other information an nsiconsolemessage object must be used. in this example nsiscripterror, which implements nsiconsolemessage, is used to include information about the source file and line number of the error. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIFile
attributes attribute type description directoryentries nsisimpleenumerator returns an enumeration of the elements in a directory. each element in the enumeration is an nsifile. read only. exceptions thrown ns_error_file_not_directory indicates that this nsifile does not reference a directory. diskspaceavailable print64 the number of bytes available to non-superuser on the disk volume containing the nsifile. read only. filesize print64 the value of this attribute is the number of bytes corresponding to the data represented by the file. on the mac, getting/setting the file size with nsifile only deals with the size of the data fork. if you need to know the size of the combined data and resource fork...
...ing file to specified size. filesizeoflink print64 this attribute exposes the size of the symbolic link referenced by this nsifile. unlike filesize, this attribute corresponds to the size of the symbolic link referenced by this nsifile. if this nsifile does not reference a symbolic link, then the value of this attribute is undefined. the value of this attribute is the number of bytes corresponding to the data represented by the symbolic link. any meta data, such as a resource fork on the mac, is not included in the measurement of the file size. read only. followlinks prbool determines whether or not the nsifile will automatically resolve symbolic links. by default, this value is false on all non-unix systems. as of mozilla 1.7, this attribute ...
...e will be updated to point to the new file. if the current file path corresponds to a regular file (for storage of bytes), and if the new leaf name identifies a regular file that already exists, then this method will overwrite the destination file. usually, "move" means to relocate the file to a different directory without changing the file's contents or properties, or in fact the file's serial number (inode). that is a very fast operation because it just changes directory information. the actual data doesn't move. unfortunately, an actual "move" is impossible between different volumes (disks or partitions). this method attempts to do the "right thing" when moving files across volumes. that is, it will copy the old file to the new location, try to assign the file attributes as the old file ha...
...And 3 more matches

nsILoginManager
ls it directly. it should not be used for any other purpose. nsiautocompleteresult autocompletesearch( in astring asearchstring, in nsiautocompleteresult apreviousresult, in nsidomhtmlinputelement aelement ); parameters asearchstring missing description apreviousresult missing description aelement missing description return value missing description countlogins() returns the number of logins matching the specified criteria. called when only the number of logins is needed, and not the actual logins (which avoids prompting the user for a master password, as the logins don't need to be decrypted). unsigned long countlogins( in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm ); parameters ahostname the hostname to which to restrict searches, formatt...
...gins (for example when interested in protocol logins only), specify null. ahttprealm for protocol logins, specify the http realm for which the login applies; this is obtained from the www-authenticate header (see rfc 2617). to match any protocol login, specify "" (empty string). to not match any protocol logins (for example when interested in form logins only), specify null. return value the number of logins matching the parameters passed. fillform() fills out a form with login information, if appropriate information is available. note: this method will attempt to fill out the form regardless of the setting of the signon.autofillforms preference. boolean fillform( in nsidomhtmlformelement aform ); parameters aform the htmlform to attempt to fill out. return value true if the ...
...led out; otherwise false. findlogins() searches for logins matching the specified criteria. called when looking for logins that might be applicable to a given form or authentication request. void findlogins( out unsigned long count, in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsilogininfo logins ); parameters count the number of elements in the returned array. javascript callers can simply use the array's length property and supply a dummy argument for this parameter. ahostname the hostname to restrict searches to, formatted as a url. for example, "http://www.bar.com". aactionurl for form logins, this parameter should specify the url to which the form will be submitted. for protocol logins, specify null. an empty ...
...And 3 more matches

nsILoginManagerStorage
ompt is being shown. read only. methods addlogin() called by the login manager to store a new login. gecko 1.9.1 note default values for the nsiloginmetainfo properties are created if the specified login doesn't explicitly specify them. void addlogin( in nsilogininfo alogin ); parameters alogin the login to add to the login storage. countlogins() implement this method to return the number of logins matching the specified criteria. this method is called, for example, to check to see if there is a login that will match the criteria without having to ask the user for their master password in order to decrypt the logins. unsigned long countlogins( in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm ); parameters ahostname the hostname to which to restrict the se...
...sts. passing null should not match any logins, and should return 0. aactionurl the url of the form to which the login will be submitted. to match any form login, specify an empty string. to not match to any form login, specify null. ahttprealm the http realm for which the login applies. to match logins for any realm, specify an empty string. to not match any realm, specify null. return value the number of logins that match the specified criteria. findlogins() implement this method to search the login store for logins matching the specified criteria. this method is called by the login manager when looking for saved logins that might apply to a form or authentication request. void findlogins( out unsigned long count, in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm, [r...
...e for logins matching the specified criteria. this method is called by the login manager when looking for saved logins that might apply to a form or authentication request. void findlogins( out unsigned long count, in astring ahostname, in astring aactionurl, in astring ahttprealm, [retval, array, size_is(count)] out nsilogininfo logins ); parameters count return in this parameter the number of matching logins found by the search. ahostname the hostname to which to restrict the search. for example: "http://www.site.com". specify an empty string to match all hosts. passing null should not match any logins, and should return a count of 0. aactionurl the url of the form to which the login will be submitted. to match any form login, specify an empty string. to not match to any form login...
...And 3 more matches

nsISmsDatabaseService
e( in domstring a receiver, in domstring abody, in unsigned long long adate ); parameters areceiver a domstring with the receiver of the text message. abody a domstring containing the body text of the message. adate the timestamp of the message. ...
...n unsigned long long adate ); parameters areceiver a domstring with the receiver of the text message. abody a domstring containing the body text of the message. adate the timestamp of the message. getmessage() void getmessage( in long messageid, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid ); parameters messageid a number representing the id of the message. requestid a number representing the id of the request. ...
... with the receiver of the text message. abody a domstring containing the body text of the message. adate the timestamp of the message. getmessage() void getmessage( in long messageid, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid ); parameters messageid a number representing the id of the message. requestid a number representing the id of the request. processid optional a number representing the id of the process. deletemessage() void deletemessage( in long messageid, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid ); parameters messageid a number representing the id of the message. requestid a number representing the id of the request. processid optional a number representing the id of the process. createmessagelist() void createmessagelist( in...
...And 3 more matches

nsIXPConnect
void addjsholder(in voidptr aholder, in nsscriptobjecttracerptr atracer); native code only! void clearallwrappednativesecuritypolicies(); nsixpconnectjsobjectholder createsandbox(in jscontextptr cx, in nsiprincipal principal); native code only! ...
...typolicies(); nsixpconnectjsobjectholder createsandbox(in jscontextptr cx, in nsiprincipal principal); native code only! ...
...hen creating the sandbox object. principal the principal (or null to use the null principal) to use when evaluating code in this sandbox. ...
...And 3 more matches

nsIAbCard/Thunderbird3
y supported on the card: names: firstname, lastname phoneticfirstname, phoneticlastname displayname, nickname spousename, familyname primaryemail, secondemail home contact: homeaddress, homeaddress2, homecity, homestate, homezipcode, homecountry homephone, homephonetype work contact. ...
... on the card: names: firstname, lastname phoneticfirstname, phoneticlastname displayname, nickname spousename, familyname primaryemail, secondemail home contact: homeaddress, homeaddress2, homecity, homestate, homezipcode, homecountry homephone, homephonetype work contact. ...
...mes: firstname, lastname phoneticfirstname, phoneticlastname displayname, nickname spousename, familyname primaryemail, secondemail home contact: homeaddress, homeaddress2, homecity, homestate, homezipcode, homecountry homephone, homephonetype work contact. ...
...And 3 more matches

Add to iPhoto
nload an installable version of this extension on amo. once installed, when you right-click on an image, you'll see among the options in the contextual menu an option to "add image to iphoto". choose it, and iphoto will start up (if it's not already running) and import the image. declaring the apis the first thing we have to do is declare the mac os x apis we'll be using. this extension uses a number of methods and data types, as well as constants, from three system frameworks. since a lot of this stuff is repetitive, we'll only look at selected parts of the code to get an idea how things work. you can download the extension and poke through the code inside it if you'd like to see all of it. for the sake of organization, i chose to implement each system framework (and, mind you, i only decl...
...we do need to close the library we opened using the js-ctypes api; that's where the shutdown() method comes in: shutdown: function() { this.lib.close(); } select api declarations let's take a look at a few of the key apis we declare for core foundation, to see how it's done. cfrange cfrange is a structure that identifies a range; that is, it identifies an offset to an item in a list and a number of items. in c, the declaration looks like this: typedef struct { cfindex location; cfindex length; } cfrange; to declare this for use with js-ctypes, we use the following code: this.cfrange = new ctypes.structtype("cfrange", [ {'location': ctypes.int32_t}, {'length': ctypes.int32_t}]); this defines corefoundation.cfrange to represent this d...
...ngth': ctypes.int32_t}]); this defines corefoundation.cfrange to represent this data type, comprised of two 32-bit integer fields called location and length. generic cftype routines all core foundation data types are based upon a core cftype data type. basic cftype routines handle memory management, dumping cftype objects to the console, comparing cftype values, and so forth. we'll be using a number of these methods, but for brevity's sake, since these are generally simple declarations, let's look at only the cfrelease() and cfretain() declarations. in c, these are declared thusly: void cfrelease(cftyperef cf); void cfretain(cftyperef cf); in javascript, this translates to: this.cfrelease = this.lib.declare("cfrelease", ctypes.default_abi, ...
...And 3 more matches

ArrayType
arraytype represents c arrays syntax returns a new ctype representing an array data type. ctype arraytype() type[ length] ); parameters type: it represents the type of the elements or variable which is going to be present in an array length optional it denotes the number of entries present in an array or the number of elements that an array should contain. if you don't specify this parameter, the array's length is unspecified. return value a ctype represents the newly declared array type. exceptions thrown typeerror type is not a ctype, or type.size is undefined.if the length is specifed but if it is not a valid one,then it is also thrown rangeerror the size of the resulting array can't be represented as both a size_t and as a javascript number. properties ...
...read only. ...
...read only. ...
...And 3 more matches

UInt64
creates and returns a new 64-bit unsigned integer. uint64 uint64( value ); parameters value the value to assign the new 64-bit unsigned integer object. this may be specified as an integer (if the value can be represented as a 32-bit value), another 64-bit integer object (either signed or unsigned), or as a string, which may consist of an optional minus sign, followed by either a decimal number or "0x" or "0x" followed by a hexadecimal number. the string is then converted into the corresponding 64-bit integer value. you can therefore use a string to represent a 64-bit value that is too large to represent as a 32-bit javascript number. return value a new object representing the specified value. exceptions thrown typeerror the specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit inte...
...ed by a hexadecimal number. the string is then converted into the corresponding 64-bit integer value. you can therefore use a string to represent a 64-bit value that is too large to represent as a 32-bit javascript number. return value a new object representing the specified value. exceptions thrown typeerror the specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit integer. either it's not a number, string, or 64-bit integer object, or it's a string that is incorrectly formatted or contains a value outside the range that can be represented in 64 bits. this will also be thrown if the source value is a floating-point number that can't be precisely represented as a 64-bit integer. ...
...he specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit integer. either it's not a number, string, or 64-bit integer object, or it's a string that is incorrectly formatted or contains a value outside the range that can be represented in 64 bits. this will also be thrown if the source value is a floating-point number that can't be precisely represented as a 64-bit integer. method overview number compare(a, b); number hi(a); uint64 join(high, low); number lo(a); string tosource(); string tostring([radix]); methods compare() compares two 64-bit integer values. number compare( a, b ); parameters a the first value to compare. b the second value to compare. return value the returned value is -1 if a < b, 0 if a == b, and 1 ...
...And 3 more matches

Using the CSS Typed Object Model - Web APIs
ue is a keyword, the object returned is a csskeywordvalue. if the value is numeric, a cssunitvalue is returned. csskeywordvalue is a class that defines keywords like inherit, initial, unset, and other strings you don't quote, such as auto and grid. this subclass gives you a value property via csskeywordvalue.value. cssunitvalue is returned if the value is a unit type. it is a class that defines numbers with units of measurement like 20px, 40%, 200ms, or 7. it is returned with two properties: a value and a unit. with this type we can access the numeric value — cssunitvalue.value — and its unit — cssunitvalue.unit. let's write a plain paragraph, apply no styles, and inspect a few of its css properties by returning a table with the unit and value: <p> this is a paragraph with some cont...
... we didn't declare a width or a height for the paragraph, both of which default to auto and therefore return a csskeywordvalue instead of a cssunitvalue...
... we didn't declare a width or a height for the paragraph, both of which default to auto and therefore return a csskeywordvalue instead of a cssunitvalue. ...
...And 3 more matches

HTMLTextAreaElement - Web APIs
at the control is not available for interaction. form read only object: returns a reference to the parent form element. if this element is not contained in a form element, it can be the id attribute of any <form> element in the same document or the value null. inputmode maxlength long: returns / sets the element's maxlength attribute, indicating the maximum number of characters the user can enter. this constraint is evaluated only when the value changes. minlength long: returns / sets the element's minlength attribute, indicating the minimum number of characters the user can enter. this constraint is evaluated only when the value changes. name string: returns / sets the element's name attribute, containing the name of the control. ...
...e control. readonly boolean: returns / sets the element's readonly attribute, indicating that the user cannot modify the value of the control. required boolean: returns / sets the element's required attribute, indicating that the user must specify a value before submitting the form. rows unsigned long: returns / sets the element's rows attribute, indicating the number of visible text lines for the control. selectiondirection string: returns / sets the direction in which selection occurred. this is "forward" if selection was performed in the start-to-end direction of the current locale, or "backward" for the opposite direction. this can also be "none" if the direction is unknown. selectionend unsigned long: returns / sets the index of th...
... nisi pulvinar commodo tempus at odio. ut consectetur eros porttitor nunc mollis ultrices. aenean porttitor, purus sollicitudin viverra auctor, neque erat blandit sapien, sit amet tincidunt massa mi ac nibh. proin nibh sem, bibendum ut placerat nec, cursus et lacus. phasellus vel augue turpis. nunc eu mauris eu leo blandit mollis interdum eget lorem. </textarea></p> </form> maximum length and number of lines example create a textarea with a maximum number of characters per line and a maximum number of lines: first, create a function that takes the text field and a key event as input and determines if any of the limits have been reached. if the limit has not been reached, it will return the key. function checkrows(ofield, okeyevent) { var nkey = (okeyevent || /* old ie */ window.event ||...
...And 3 more matches

MediaConfiguration - Web APIs
iguration includes a valid encoding configuration type or decoding configuration type and a valid audio configuration or video configuration. if you plan on querying encoding information, set the media type to record or transmission. for decoding, set the type to file or media-source. if the media is an audio file, the audio configuration must include a valid audio mime type as contenttype, the number of channels, the bitrate, and the sample rate. video configurations mush include a valid video mime type as contenttype, the bitrate, and framerate, along with the width and the height of the video file. all of these must be present, as in the examples below, or a typeerror will occur. a valid media decoding configuration, to be submitted as the parameter for mediacapabilities.decodinginfo() met...
... playback file. media-source: for media source files. a valid media encoding configuration, to be submitted as the parameter for mediacapabilities.encodinginfo() method, has it's `type` set as: record: for recording media. transmission: for media to be electronically transmitted. a valid audio configuration includes: contenttype: valid audio mime type. ...
... a valid media encoding configuration, to be submitted as the parameter for mediacapabilities.encodinginfo() method, has it's `type` set as: record: for recording media. transmission: for media to be electronically transmitted. a valid audio configuration includes: contenttype: valid audio mime type. channels: number of channels used by the audio track. bitrate: number of bits used to encode one second of the audio file. ...
...And 3 more matches

RTCOutboundRtpStreamStats - Web APIs
m being sent by an rtcrtpsender. properties the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats dictionary includes the following properties in addition to those it inherits from rtcsentrtpstreamstats, rtcrtpstreamstats, and rtcstats. averagertcpinterval a floating-point value indicating the average rtcp interval between two consecutive compound rtcp packets. fircount an integer value which indicates the total number of full intra request (fir) packets which this rtcrtpsender has sent to the remote rtcrtpreceiver. this is an indicator of how often the stream has lagged, requiring frames to be skipped in order to catch up. valid only for video streams. framesencoded the number of frames that have been successfully encoded so far for sending on this rtp stream. only valid for video streams. lastpacketsenttim...
...ames that have been successfully encoded so far for sending on this rtp stream. only valid for video streams. lastpacketsenttimestamp a domhighrestimestamp indicating the time at which the last packet was sent for this ssrc. the timestamp property, on the other hand, indicates the time at which the rtcoutboundrtpstreamstats object was generated. nackcount an integer value indicating the total number of negative acknolwedgement (nack) packets this rtcrtpsender has received from the remote rtcrtpreceiver. perdscppacketssent a record of key-value pairs with strings as the keys mapped to 32-bit integer values, each indicating the total number of packets this rtcrtpsender has transmitted for this source for each differentiated services code point (dscp). plicount an integer specifying the num...
...een lost, using picture loss indication (pli) packets. only available for video streams. qpsum a 64-bit value containing the sum of the qp values for every frame encoded by this rtcrtpsender. valid only for video streams. qualitylimitationdurations a record mapping each of the quality limitation reasons in the rtcremoteinboundrtpstreamstats enumeration to a floating-point value indicating the number of seconds the stream has spent with its quality limited for that reason. qualitylimitationreason a value from the rtcqualitylimitationreason enumerated type explaining why the resolution and/or frame rate is being limited for this rtp stream. valid only for video streams. remoteid a string which identifies the rtcremoteinboundrtpstreamstats object that provides statistics for the remote peer...
...And 3 more matches

WebGLRenderingContext.getFramebufferAttachmentParameter() - Web APIs
ext.framebuffer_attachment_texture_base_view_index_ovr: the base view index of the framebuffer object attachment. return value depends on the requested information (as specified with pname). either a glint, a glenum, a webglrenderbuffer, or a webgltexture. pname parameter return value gl.framebuffer_attach...
... gl.texture_cube_map_positive_y: image for the positive y face of the cube. gl.texture_cube_map_negative_y: image for the negative y face of the cube. gl.texture_cube_map_positive_z: image for the positive z face of the cube. gl.texture_cube_map_negative_z: image for the negative z face of the cube. gl.framebuffer_attachment_alpha_size a glint indicating the number of bits in the alpha component of the attachment. gl.framebuffer_attachment_blue_size a glint indicating the number of bits in the blue component of the attachment. gl.framebuffer_attachment_color_encoding a glenum indicating the encoding of components of the specified attachment. either gl.linear or gl.srgb. gl.framebuffer_attachment_component_type a glenum in...
... a glenum indicating the encoding of components of the specified attachment. either gl.linear or gl.srgb. gl.framebuffer_attachment_component_type a glenum indicating the format of the components of the specified attachment. either gl.float, gl.int, gl.unsigned_int, gl.signed_normalized, or gl.unsigned_normalized. ...
...And 3 more matches

ARIA Test Cases - Accessibility
voiceover (leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes - - - - nvda - n/a - - zoom (leopard) pass n/a pass pass zoomtext - - - - orca - - - - list simple list expected at behavior: (mz) screen reader should indicate an aria list like any other static html list. normally, the number of items contained within the list, and the nesting level (if this is not the outermost list) is announced upon entering. upon leaving the list, screen reader should give an indication. list items should be read as they appear. as the user navigates, any level changes should be read. markup used: notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a...
... expected at behavior: (mz) when focus first lands on the textbox, its label and role should be indicated. if it also contains content, an indication should be given as for regular textboxes. if the text is automatically selected on focus, this should be indicated. arrow keys should read by character or line as usual. (al) i think we need more here. ...
...state includes whether it is expandable and expanded/open. as focus is moved, output should be identical to desktop tree widgets like in e.g. windows explorer: the tree item should be read as described above, and the level should be announced if it changes. as expandable items are opened and closed, the state change should be announced immediately. optionally, when opening an item, announce the number of sub items that just became available. markup used: role="tree", "treeitem", "group", "presentation" aria-level, aria-setsize, aria-posinset aria-expanded notes: results: at firefox ie opera safari jaws 9 - - n/a n/a jaws 10 - - - - voiceover (leopard) n/a n/a - fail window-eyes - - ...
...And 3 more matches

OpenType font features guide - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
font features or variants refer to different glyphs or character styles contained within an opentype font. these include things like ligatures (special glyphs that combine characters like 'fi' or 'ffl'), kerning (adjustments to the spacing between specific letterform pairings), fractions, numeral styles, and a number of others. these are all referred to as opentype features, and are made available to use on the web via specific properties and a low-level control property — font-feature-settings. this article provides you with all you need to know about using opentype font features in css. some fonts will have one or more of these features enabled by default (kerning and default ligatures are common examples), while others are left to the designer or developer to choose to enable in specific ...
...in the specific features that will make a site more useful, readable, and polished: ligatures like 'ff' or 'fi' make letter spacing and reading more even and smooth. fractions can make home improvement and recipe sites much easier to read and understand. numerals within paragraphs of text set as 'oldstyle' sit more comfortably between lower-case letters, and likewise setting them as 'tabular numbers' will make them line up better when setting a list of costs in a table say. 'lining' figures on the other hand sit more uniformly on their own or in front of capitalized words. while none of these features individually will render a site useless due to their absence, each of them in turn can make a site easier to use and more memorable for its attention to detail. opentype features are like ...
... head of typography at adobe. sometimes it's substance, not just style there are some cases — like with font-variant-east-asian — that opentype features are directly tied to using different forms of certain glyphs, which can impact meaning and readability. in cases such as these it's more than just a nicety, but rather an integral part of the content itself. the font features there are a number of different features to consider. they are grouped and explained here according to the main attributes and options covered in the w3c specifications. note: the examples below show the properties and some example combinations, along with the lower-level syntax equivalents. they may not match exactly due to browser implementation inconsistencies, but in many cases the first example will match th...
...And 3 more matches

font-weight - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
lighter one relative font weight lighter than the parent element. note that only four font weights are considered for relative weight calculation; see the meaning of relative weights section below. bolder one relative font weight heavier than the parent element. note that only four font weights are considered for relative weight calculation; see the meaning of relative weights section below. <number> a <number> value between 1 and 1000, inclusive. higher numbers represent weights that are bolder than (or as bold as) lower numbers. certain commonly used values correspond to common weight names, as described in the common weight name mapping section below. in earlier versions of the font-weight specification, the property accepts only keyword values and the numeric values 100, 200, 300, 400...
...he font-weight specification, the property accepts only keyword values and the numeric values 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, and 900; non-variable fonts can only really make use of these set values, although fine-grained values (e.g. 451) will be translated to one of these values for non-variable fonts using the fallback weights system. css fonts level 4 extends the syntax to accept any number between 1 and 1000 and introduces variable fonts, which can make use of this much finer-grained range of font weights. fallback weights if the exact weight given is unavailable, then the following rule is used to determine the weight actually rendered: if the target weight given is between 400 and 500 inclusive: look for available weights between the target and 500, in ascending order...
...however some fonts, called variable fonts, can support a range of weights with a more or less fine granularity, and this can give the designer a much closer degree of control over the chosen weight. for truetype or opentype variable fonts, the "wght" variation is used to implement varying widths. for the example below to work, you'll need a browser that supports ...
...And 3 more matches

line-height - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
replaced inline elements, it specifies the height that is used to calculate line box height. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax /* keyword value */ line-height: normal; /* unitless values: use this number multiplied by the element's font size */ line-height: 3.5; /* <length> values */ line-height: 3em; /* <percentage> values */ line-height: 34%; /* global values */ line-height: inherit; line-height: initial; line-height: unset; the line-height property is specified as any one of the following: a <number> a <length> a <percentage> the keyword normal. values normal depends on the us...
...*/ line-height: 34%; /* global values */ line-height: inherit; line-height: initial; line-height: unset; the line-height property is specified as any one of the following: a <number> a <length> a <percentage> the keyword normal. values normal depends on the user agent. desktop browsers (including firefox) use a default value of roughly 1.2, depending on the element's font-family. <number> (unitless) the used value is this unitless <number> multiplied by the element's own font size. the computed value is the same as the specified <number>. in most cases, this is the preferred way to set line-height and avoid unexpected results due to inheritance. <length> the specified <length> is used in the calculation of the line box height. values given in em units may produce unexpected re...
...sing a unitless value ensures that the line height will scale proportionately. w3c understanding wcag 2.1 formal definition initial valuenormalapplies toall elements. ...
...And 3 more matches

Cross-browser audio basics - Developer guides
he media api (see below). however, that can be a good approach, because the default controls look different among various browsers. so creating your own controls ensures a consistent look for the controls across all browsers. html5 audio in detail now we've looked at a basic example, let's now explore the different aspects of html5 audio in more detail. audio html attributes we can specify a number of attributes with the audio tag to further determine the way audio is initialized. autoplay specifying autoplay will cause the audio to start playing as soon as possible and without any user interaction — in short, the audio will autoplay. <audio autoplay> ... </audio> note: this value is often ignored on mobile platforms, and its use is not recommended unless really necessary. auto-pla...
... as a parameter. if (myaudio.canplaytype('audio/mpeg')) { // it's supported. // do something here! } canplaytype() returns one of three values: probably maybe "" (an empty string) in practice, we usually check if the result is true or false. non-empty strings are true. ...
... // set the volume at 50% myaudio.volume = 0.5; creating your own custom audio player the javascript media api allows you to create your own custom player. ...
...And 3 more matches

HTML attribute reference - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
l of the directory where applets' .class files referenced by the code attribute are stored. color <basefont>, <font>, <hr> this attribute sets the text color using either a named color or a color specified in the hexadecimal #rrggbb format. note: this is a legacy attribute. please use the css color property instead. cols <textarea> defines the number of columns in a textarea. colspan <td>, <th> the colspan attribute defines the number of columns a cell should span. content <meta> a value associated with http-equiv or name depending on the context. contenteditable global attribute indicates whether the element's content is editable. contextmenu global attribute defines the id of a <me...
...n it's finished. low <meter> indicates the upper bound of the lower range. manifest <html> specifies the url of the document's cache manifest. note: this attribute is obsolete, use <link rel="manifest"> instead. max <input>, <meter>, <progress> indicates the maximum value allowed. maxlength <input>, <textarea> defines the maximum number of characters allowed in the element. minlength <input>, <textarea> defines the minimum number of characters allowed in the element. media <a>, <area>, <link>, <source>, <style> specifies a hint of the media for which the linked resource was designed. method <form> defines which http method to use when submitting the form. can be get (default) or post.
... resource. rel <a>, <area>, <link> specifies the relationship of the target object to the link object. required <input>, <select>, <textarea> indicates whether this element is required to fill out or not. reversed <ol> indicates whether the list should be displayed in a descending order instead of a ascending. rows <textarea> defines the number of rows in a text area. rowspan <td>, <th> defines the number of rows a table cell should span over. sandbox <iframe> stops a document loaded in an iframe from using certain features (such as submitting forms or opening new windows). scope <th> defines the cells that the header test (defined in the th element) relates to. scoped <style> ...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="file"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
choose more than one file accept the accept attribute value is a string that defines the file types the file input should accept. this string is a comma-separated list of unique file type specifiers. because a given file type may be identified in more than one manner, it's useful to provide a thorough set of type specifiers when you need files of a given format. ...
... shift or control, and then clicking). if you only want the user to choose a single file per <input>, omit the multiple attribute. getting information on selected files the selected files' are returned by the element's htmlinputelement.files property, which is a filelist object containing a list of file objects. the filelist behaves like an array, so you can check its length property to get the number of selected files. each file object contains the following information: name the file's name. lastmodified a number specifying the date and time at which the file was last modified, in milliseconds since the unix epoch (january 1, 1970 at midnight). lastmodifieddate a date object representing the date and time at which the file was last modified. this is deprecated and should not be us...
...atch is found, it returns false. ...
...And 3 more matches

<input type="text"> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
more details), the value may be an empty string (""). ...
...n addition to the attributes that operate on all <input> elements regardless of their type, text inputs support the following attributes: attribute description list the id of the <datalist> element that contains the optional pre-defined autocomplete options maxlength the maximum number of characters the input should accept minlength the minimum number of characters long the input can be and still be considered valid pattern a regular expression the input's contents must match in order to be valid placeholder an exemplar value to display in the input field whenever it is empty readonly a boolean attribute indicating whether or not the contents of the input should be read-only size a number indicat...
...f a <datalist> element located in the same document. the <datalist> provides a list of predefined values to suggest to the user for this input. any values in the list that are not compatible with the type are not included in the suggested options. the values provided are suggestions, not requirements: users can select from this predefined list or provide a different value. maxlength the maximum number of characters (as utf-16 code units) the user can enter into the text input. this must be an integer value 0 or higher. if no maxlength is specified, or an invalid value is specified, the text input has no maximum length. this value must also be greater than or equal to the value of minlength. the input will fail constraint validation if the length of the text value of the field is greater than ...
...And 3 more matches

Proxy Auto-Configuration (PAC) file - HTTP
ard, there is no way to disable path-stripping; as of chrome 81, path-stripping does not apply to http urls, but there is interest in changing this behavior to match https); in firefox, the preference is network.proxy.autoconfig_url.include_path. host the hostname extracted from the url. this is only for convenience; it is the same string as between :// and the first : or / after that. ...
...t : or / after that. the port number is not included in this parameter. it can be extracted from the url when necessary. description returns a string describing the configuration. the format of this string is defined in return value format below. ...
... the pacparser package) was used to test the following syntax examples. the pac file is named proxy.pac command line: pactester -p ~/pacparser-master/tests/proxy.pac -u http://www.mozilla.org (passes the host parameter www.mozilla.org and the url parameter http://www.mozilla.org) isplainhostname() syntax isplainhostname(host) parameters host the hostname from the url (excluding port number). description true if and only if there is no domain name in the hostname (no dots). examples isplainhostname("www.mozilla.org") // false isplainhostname("www") // true dnsdomainis() syntax dnsdomainis(host, domain) parameters host is the hostname from the url. domain is the domain name to test the hostname against. description returns true if and only if the domain of hostname...
...And 3 more matches

Regular expression syntax cheatsheet - JavaScript
g doesn't change the dot behavior. so to match a pattern across multiple lines, the character set [^] can be used — it will match any character including newlines. es2018 added the s "dotall" flag, which allows the dot to also match line terminators. \d matches any digit (arabic numeral). equivalent to [0-9]. for example, /\d/ or /[0-9]/ matches "2" in "b2 is the suite number". \d matches any character that is not a digit (arabic numeral). equivalent to [^0-9]. for example, /\d/ or /[^0-9]/ matches "b" in "b2 is the suite number". \w matches any alphanumeric character from the basic latin alphabet, including the underscore. equivalent to [a-za-z0-9_]. for example, /\w/ matches "a" in "apple", "5" in "$5.28", and "3" in "3d". ...
... "x" is followed by "y". for example, /jack(?=sprat)/ matches "jack" only if it is followed by "sprat". /jack(?=sprat|frost)/ matches "jack" only if it is followed by "sprat" or "frost". however, neither "sprat" nor "frost" is part of the match results. x(?!y) negative lookahead assertion: matches "x" only if "x" is not followed by "y". for example, /\d+(?!\.)/ matches a number only if it is not followed by a decimal point. /\d+(?!\.)/.exec('3.141') matches "141" but not "3". (?<=y)x lookbehind assertion: matches "x" only if "x" is preceded by "y". for example, /(?<=jack)sprat/ matches "sprat" only if it is preceded by "jack". /(?<=jack|tom)sprat/ matches "sprat" only if it is preceded by "jack" or "tom". however, neither "jack" nor "tom" is part of...
... only if "x" is preceded by "y". for example, /(?<=jack)sprat/ matches "sprat" only if it is preceded by "jack". /(?<=jack|tom)sprat/ matches "sprat" only if it is preceded by "jack" or "tom". however, neither "jack" nor "tom" is part of the match results. (?<!y)x negative lookbehind assertion: matches "x" only if "x" is not preceded by "y". for example, /(?<!-)\d+/ matches a number only if it is not preceded by a minus sign. /(?<!-)\d+/.exec('3') matches "3". /(?<!-)\d+/.exec('-3') match is not found because the number is preceded by the minus sign. groups and ranges if you are looking to contribute to this document, please also edit the original article characters meaning x|y matches either "x" or "y". for example, /green|red/...
...And 3 more matches

Warning: 08/09 is not a legal ECMA-262 octal constant - JavaScript
because this is not the case with 08 and 09, javascript warns about it. ...
...because this is not the case with 08 and 09, javascript warns about it. ...
...because this is not the case with 08 and 09, javascript warns about it. note that octal literals and octal escape sequences are deprecated and will present an additional deprecation warning. with ecmascript 6 and later, the syntax uses a leading zero followed by a lowercase or uppercase latin letter "o" (0o or 0o). ...
...And 3 more matches

Intl.PluralRules() constructor - JavaScript
nterpretation of the locales argument, see the intl page. options optional. an object with some or all of the following properties: localematcher the locale matching algorithm to use. possible values are "lookup" and "best fit"; the default is "best fit". for information about this option, see the intl page. type the type to use. possible values are: "cardinal" for cardinal numbers (refering to the quantity of things). this is the default value. "ordinal" for ordinal number (refering to the ordering or ranking of things, e.g. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" in english). the following properties fall into two groups: minimumintegerdigits, minimumfractiondigits, and maximumfractiondigits in one group, minimumsignificantdigits and maximumsignificantdigits in the other. if at...
... of things, e.g. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" in english). the following properties fall into two groups: minimumintegerdigits, minimumfractiondigits, and maximumfractiondigits in one group, minimumsignificantdigits and maximumsignificantdigits in the other. if at least one property from the second group is defined, then the first group is ignored. ...
...gits, minimumfractiondigits, and maximumfractiondigits in one group, minimumsignificantdigits and maximumsignificantdigits in the other. if at least one property from the second group is defined, then the first group is ignored. minimumintegerdigits the minimum number of integer digits to use. possible values are from 1 to 21; the default is 1. minimumfractiondigits the minimum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the default for plain number and percent formatting is 0; the default for currency formatting is the number of minor unit digits provided by the iso 4217 currency code list (2 if the list doesn't provide that information). maximumfractiondigits the maximum number of fraction digits to use. possible values are from 0 to 20; the defau...
...And 3 more matches

Intl - JavaScript
the intl object provides access to several constructors as well as functionality common to the internationalization constructors and other language sensitive functions. constructor properties intl.collator() constructor for collators, which are objects that enable language-sensitive string comparison. intl.datetimeformat() constructor for objects that enable language-sensitive date and time formatting. ...
...t() constructor for objects that enable language-sensitive date and time formatting. intl.displaynames() constructor for objects that enable the consistent translation of language, region and script display names. intl.listformat() constructor for objects that enable language-sensitive list formatting. intl.locale() constructor for objects that represents a unicode locale identifier. intl.numberformat() constructor for objects that enable language-sensitive number formatting. intl.pluralrules() constructor for objects that enable plural-sensitive formatting and language-specific rules for plurals. intl.relativetimeformat() constructor for objects that enable language-sensitive relative time formatting. static methods intl.getcanonicallocales() returns canonical locale names. ...
...p to date, so be careful not to rely too much on tags being universally supported. bcp 47 also allows for extensions, each consisting of a single digit or letter (other than "x") and one or more two- to eight-letter or digit tags, all separated by hyphens. javascript internationalization functions use the "u" (unicode) extension, which can be used to request additional customization of collator, numberformat, or datetimeformat objects. examples: "de-de-u-co-phonebk": use the phonebook variant of the german sort order, which interprets umlauted vowels as corresponding character pairs: ä → ae, ö → oe, ü → ue. "th-th-u-nu-thai": use thai digits (๐, ๑, ๒, ๓, ๔, ๕, ๖, ๗, ๘, ๙) in number formatting. "ja-jp-u-ca-japanese": use the japanese calendar in date and time fo...
...And 3 more matches

Map - JavaScript
ing over it, a map object returns keys in order of insertion. the keys of an object are not ordered. note: since ecmascript 2015, objects do preserve creation order for string and symbol keys. in javascript engines that comply with the ecmascript 2015 spec, iterating over an object with only string keys will yield the keys in order of insertion. size the number of items in a map is easily retrieved from its size property. the number of items in an object must be determined manually. iteration a map is an iterable, so it can be directly iterated. iterating over an object requires obtaining its keys in some fashion and iterating over them. performance performs better in scenarios involving frequent additions and removals...
...st"}) contacts.get('jessie') // {phone: "213-555-1234", address: "123 n 1st ave"} contacts.delete('raymond') // false contacts.delete('jessie') // true console.log(contacts.size) // 1 constructor map() creates a new map object. static properties get map[@@species] the constructor function that is used to create derived objects. instance properties map.prototype.size returns the number of key/value pairs in the map object. instance methods map.prototype.clear() removes all key-value pairs from the map object. map.prototype.delete(key) returns true if an element in the map object existed and has been removed, or false if the element does not exist. map.prototype.has(key) will return false afterwards. map.prototype.get(key) returns the value associated to the key, or un...
... === 'a string' mymap.get({}) // undefined, because keyobj !== {} mymap.get(function() {}) // undefined, because keyfunc !== function () {} using nan as map keys nan can also be used as a key. ...
...And 3 more matches

Math.ceil() - JavaScript
description because ceil() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.ceil(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). ...
... description because ceil() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.ceil(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). examples using math.ceil() the following example shows example usage of math.ceil(). ...
...) returns integer 0 and does not give a nan error. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax math.ceil(x) parameters x a number. return value the smallest integer greater than or equal to the given number. description because ceil() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.ceil(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). examples using math.ceil() the following example shows example usage of math.ceil(). math.ceil(.95); // 1 math.ceil(4); // 4 math.ceil(7.004); // 8 math.ceil(-0.95); // -0 math.ceil(-4); // -4 math.ceil(-7.0...
...And 3 more matches

Math.fround() - JavaScript
the math.fround() function returns the nearest 32-bit single precision float representation of a number. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax var singlefloat = math.fround(doublefloat); parameters doublefloat a number. if the parameter is of a different type, it will get converted to a number or to nan if it cannot be converted. return value the nearest 32-bit single precision float representation of the given number. description javascript uses 64-bit double floating-point numbers internally, which offer a very high precision. however, sometimes you may be working with 32-bit floating-poi...
...oat a number. if the parameter is of a different type, it will get converted to a number or to nan if it cannot be converted. return value the nearest 32-bit single precision float representation of the given number. description javascript uses 64-bit double floating-point numbers internally, which offer a very high precision. however, sometimes you may be working with 32-bit floating-point numbers, for example if you are reading values from a float32array. this can create confusion: checking a 64-bit float and a 32-bit float for equality may fail even though the numbers are seemingly identical. to solve this, math.fround() can be used to cast the 64-bit float to a 32-bit float. ...
...r, sometimes you may be working with 32-bit floating-point numbers, for example if you are reading values from a float32array. this can create confusion: checking a 64-bit float and a 32-bit float for equality may fail even though the numbers are seemingly identical. to solve this, math.fround() can be used to cast the 64-bit float to a 32-bit float. internally, javascript continues to treat the number as a 64-bit float, it just performs a "round to even" on the 23rd bit of the mantissa, and sets all following mantissa bits to 0. if the number is outside the range of a 32-bit float, infinity or -infinity is returned. because fround() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.fround(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). polyfill this ...
...And 3 more matches

Math.hypot() - JavaScript
v_1, v_2, \dots, v_n)} = \sqrt{\sum_{i=1}^n v_i^2} = \sqrt{v_1^2 + v_2^2 + \dots + v_n^2} the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax math.hypot([value1[, value2[, ...]]]) parameters value1, value2, ... ...
... a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax math.hypot([value1[, value2[, ...]]]) parameters value1, value2, ... numbers. return value the square root of the sum of squares of the given arguments. if at least one of the arguments cannot be converted to a number, nan is returned. description calculating the hypotenuse of a right triangle, or the magnitude of a complex number, uses the formula math.sqrt(v1*v1 + v2*v2), where v1 and v2 are the lengths of the triangle's legs, or the complex number's real and complex components. the corresponding distance in 2 or more dimensions can be calculated by adding more squares under the square root: math.sqrt(v1*...
...r's real and complex components. the corresponding distance in 2 or more dimensions can be calculated by adding more squares under the square root: math.sqrt(v1*v1 + v2*v2 + v3*v3 + v4*v4). this function makes this calculation easier and faster; you simply call math.hypot(v1, v2) , or math.hypot(v1, v2, v3, v4, ...). ...
...And 3 more matches

String - JavaScript
nction similar to this: function isequal(str1, str2) { return str1.touppercase() === str2.touppercase() } // isequal upper case is used instead of lower case in this function, due to problems with certain utf-8 character conversions. string primitives and string objects note that javascript distinguishes between string objects and primitive string values. (the same is true of boolean and numbers.) string literals (denoted by double or single quotes) and strings returned from string calls in a non-constructor context (that is, called without using the new keyword) are primitive strings. javascript automatically converts primitives to string objects, so that it's possible to use string object methods for primitive strings. in contexts where a method is to be invoked on a primitive string...
...ject" string primitives and string objects also give different results when using eval(). primitives passed to eval are treated as source code; string objects are treated as all other objects are, by returning the object. ...
... number 4 console.log(eval(s2)) // returns the string "2 + 2" for these reasons, the code may break when it encounters string objects when it expects a primitive string instead, although generally, authors need not worry about the distinction. a string object can always be converted to its primitive counterpart with the valueof() method. ...
...And 3 more matches

SyntaxError() constructor - JavaScript
the syntaxerror constructor creates a new error object that represents an error when trying to interpret syntactically invalid code. ...
... the syntaxerror constructor creates a new error object that represents an error when trying to interpret syntactically invalid code. ...
... the syntaxerror constructor creates a new error object that represents an error when trying to interpret syntactically invalid code. ...
...And 3 more matches

TypeError() constructor - JavaScript
the typeerror() constructor creates a new error when an operation could not be performed, typically (but not exclusively) when a value is not of the expected type. syntax new typeerror([message[, filename[, linenumber]]]) parameters message optional optional. human-readable description of the error filename optional optional. the name of the file containing the code that caused the exception linenumber optional optional. ...
...or when an operation could not be performed, typically (but not exclusively) when a value is not of the expected type. syntax new typeerror([message[, filename[, linenumber]]]) parameters message optional optional. human-readable description of the error filename optional optional. the name of the file containing the code that caused the exception linenumber optional optional. ...
...ion linenumber optional optional. ...
...And 3 more matches

baseFrequency - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
negative values are forbidden. example <svg width="20...
... negative values are forbidden. example <svg width="200" height="200" ...
... negative values are forbidden. example <svg width="200" height="200" viewbox="0 0 220 220" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <filter ...
...And 3 more matches

kernelUnitLength - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
kernelmatrix. by specifying value(s) for kernelunitlength, the kernel becomes defined in a scalable, abstract coordinate system. if the attribute is not specified, the default value is one pixel in the offscreen bitmap, which is a pixel-based coordinate system, and thus potentially not scalable. if a negative or zero value is specified the default value will be used instead. value <number-optional-number> default value pixel in offscreen bitmap animatable yes <number-optional-number> the first number is the x value. the second number is the y value. if the x value is not specified, it defaults to the same value as x. fediffuselighting for the <fediffuselighting>, kernelunitlength indicates the intended distance in current filter units (i.e., un...
...if the y value is not specified, it defaults to the same value as x. by specifying value(s) for kernelunitlength, the kernel becomes defined in a scalable, abstract coordinate system. ...
... value. if the x value is not specified, it defaults to the same value as x. fediffuselighting for the <fediffuselighting>, kernelunitlength indicates the intended distance in current filter units (i.e., units as determined by the value of attribute primitiveunits) for the x and y coordinate, respectively, in the surface normal calculation formulas. the first number is the x value. the second number is the y value. if the y value is not specified, it defaults to the same value as x. by specifying value(s) for kernelunitlength, the kernel becomes defined in a scalable, abstract coordinate system. if the attribute is not specified, the x and y values represent very small deltas relative to a given position, which might be implemented in some cases as one pixel in the intermediate image offscre...
...And 3 more matches

Understanding WebAssembly text format - WebAssembly
if it looks different because it is an s-expression. signatures and parameters the signature is a sequence of parameter type declarations followed by a list of return type declarations. it is worth noting here that: the absence of a (result) means the function doesn’t return anything. in the current iteration, there can be at most 1 return type, but later this will be relaxed to any number. ...
...ture is a sequence of parameter type declarations followed by a list of return type declarations. it is worth noting here that: the absence of a (result) means the function doesn’t return anything. in the current iteration, there can be at most 1 return type, but later this will be relaxed to any number. each parameter has a type explicitly declared; wasm currently has four available number types (plus reference types; see the reference types) section below): i32: 32-bit integer i64: 64-bit integer f32: 32-bit float f64: 64-bit float a single parameter is written (param i32) and the return type is written (result i32), hence a binary function that takes two 32-bit integers and returns a 64-bit float would be written like this: (func (param i32) (param i32) (result f64) ... ...
...when this text gets converted to binary, though, the binary will contain only the integer.) stack machines before we can write a function body, we have to talk about one more thing: stack machines. although the browser compiles it to something more efficient, wasm execution is defined in terms of a stack machine where the basic idea is that every type of instruction pushes and/or pops a certain number of i32/i64/f32/f64 values to/from a stack. for example, local.get is defined to push the value of the local it read onto the stack, and i32.add pops two i32 values (it implicitly grabs the previous two values pushed onto the stack), computes their sum (modulo 2^32) and pushes the resulting i32 value. when a function is called, it starts with an empty stack which is gradually filled up and empti...
...And 3 more matches

page-mod - Archive of obsolete content
in a separate file and load it using contentscriptfile. this makes your code easier to maintain, secure, debug and review. a page-mod only attaches scripts to documents loaded in tabs. it will not attach scripts to add-on panels, page-workers, sidebars, or firefox hidden windows. to stop a page-mod from making any more modifications, call its destroy() method. the pagemod constructor takes a number of other options to control its behavior: contentstyle lists stylesheets to attach, supplied as strings. contentstylefile lists stylesheets to attach, supplied in separate files. contentscriptoptions defines read-only values accessible to content scripts. attachto controls whether to attach scripts to tabs that were already open when the page-mod w...
...xp) a match pattern string or an array of match pattern strings. these define the documents to which the page-mod applies. at least one match pattern must be supplied. you can specify a url exactly: var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); pagemod.pagemod({ include: "http://www.iana.org/domains/example/", contentscript: 'window.alert("page matches ruleset");' }); you can specify a number of wildcard forms, for example: var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); pagemod.pagemod({ include: "*.mozilla.org", contentscript: 'window.alert("matched!");' }); you can specify a set of urls using a regular expression. the pattern must match the entire url, not just a subset, and has global, ignorecase, and multiline disabled. var pagemod = require("sdk/page-mod"); pagemod.p...
... define some read-only values for your content scripts. the option consists of an object literal listing name:value pairs for the values you want to provide to the content script. ...
...And 2 more matches

util/list - Archive of obsolete content
removelistitem(list, item) function removes an item from a list list an ordered collection (also known as a sequence) disallowing duplicate elements. ...
... removelistitem(list, item) function removes an item from a list list an ordered collection (also known as a sequence) disallowing duplicate elements. ...
... removelistitem(list, item) function removes an item from a list list an ordered collection (also known as a sequence) disallowing duplicate elements. ...
...And 2 more matches

cfx - Archive of obsolete content
mmands. there are four supported cfx commands: cfx init create a skeleton add-on as a starting point for your own add-on. cfx run launch an instance of firefox with your add-on installed. cfx test runs your add-on's unit tests. cfx xpi package your add-on as an xpi file, which is the install file format for firefox add-ons. there are also a number of internal commands, which are more likely to be useful to sdk developers than to add-on developers. cfx init create a new directory called "my-addon", change into it, and run cfx init. this command will create an skeleton add-on, as a starting point for your own add-on development, with the following file structure: my-addon data docs main.md lib m...
...s a full path or as a path relative to the current directory. see "using --profiledir" for more information. --package-path=packagepath extra directories for package search. --pkgdir=pkgdir use an add-on located in pkgdir. pkgdir may be specified as a full path or as a path relative to the current directory. --times=iterations execute tests iterations number of times. experimental options -a app, --app=app by default, cfx test uses firefox as the host application. this option enables you to select a different host. you can specify "firefox", "xulrunner", "fennec", or "thunderbird". but note that at present only firefox is supported. --check-memory attempts to detect leaked compartments after a test run. --no-r...
... use the --templatedir option to specify a different template. templatedir may be specified as a full path or as a path relative to the current directory. internal options --keydir=keydir supply a different location for signing keys. keydir may be specified as a full path or as a path relative to the current directory. ...
...And 2 more matches

Chapter 4: Using XPCOM—Implementing advanced processes - Archive of obsolete content
rivilege this functionality can not be used in web pages. enableprivilege is disabled in firefox 15 and will be removed in firefox 17. about xpcom xpcom is a framework for developing platform-independent components. components developed in line with that framework are referred to as xpcom components, and sometimes the components are simply referred to as xpcoms. firefox itself includes a great number of xpcom components, and they can be used in extensions as well. sometimes an extension will be packaged with a special xpcom component developed specifically for it. note: if you're developing components in c++ or other compiled languages, be sure to include binaries for every platform. reference materials to get an idea of what kinds of functions embedded xpcom can handle, take a look at the...
...nt trunk of firefox, choose "mozilla central" and for thunderbird, choose "comm. central". calling xpcom from xpconnect use the xpconnect technology to use xpcom in javascript. listing 1 shows how you can use xpconnect to acquire references to xpcom services and create new xpcom objects. each component is identified with a contract id in the form @domain_name/module_name/component_name;version_number, and implements one or more interfaces that determine what functions can be called on these components. interfaces names usually have the forms nsixxx. in order to have access to the corresponding functions, it is necessary to use the component with the interface you want to use. some xpcom components are services, that means only one instance in memory. for instance, this is the case for the boo...
...nfirmation, add the contents of listing 3 to the prefs.js file in the user profile folder. opening test.xul will show the local file url in the location bar. copy and paste this into the appropriate spot in listing 3. note: the location of the user profile will vary depending on your system. on windows vista, it will be located at c:\users\username\appdata\roaming\mozilla\firefox\profiles\random number.default\ ; on windows xp or 2000, it will be c:\documents and settings\username\application data\mozilla\firefox\profiles\random number.default\ ; on linux, it will be ~/.mozilla/firefox/random number.default/ ; on mac os x, it will be ~/library/application support/firefox/profiles/random number.default/ in the interests of security, delete these lines from prefs.js after finishing these tests. ...
...And 2 more matches

Appendix D: Loading Scripts - Archive of obsolete content
each of these means has its own advantages and disadvantages, as well as its own quirks which may trap the unwary. ...
...equest. this is the method used by jetpack's securable module system to load nearly all executable code. advantages namespacing: since scripts executed via evalinsandbox run in a defined namespace, global namespace contamination and the resultant extension compatibility issues are not usually a problem. flexibility: the evalinsandbox method accepts several parameters, including the url, line number, and javascript version of the file from which the code being evaluated was extracted. this information is invaluable for debugging, and the flexibility with which it can be specified makes this method useful for extracting javascript from a number of file formats other than raw javascript scripts. additionally, as sandbox objects can be created with an arbitrary prototype object, the evaluated c...
...lexity to all property accesses and method calls. javascript compartments: as noted above, each sandbox executes in its own javascript compartment. in addition to the possible performance concerns, passing data between these compartments is not entirely transparent. some known issues include: e4x xml objects cannot be wrapped for passage between compartments: bug 613142 there are a number of type detection issues, including: string.replace does not recognize regexp objects from foreign compartments: bug 633830 debugging: support for sandbox evaluation in development tools is uneven. chromebug supports firebug based sandboxes. examples the following code will execute a simple script in a sandbox with the privilege level of the current content page. the g...
...And 2 more matches

MCD, Mission Control Desktop, AKA AutoConfig - Archive of obsolete content
lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.auth.savepassword", true); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.description", "ldap int"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.filename", "abook-1.mab"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.uri", "ldap://ldap1.int-evry.fr:389/ou=people,dc=int-evry,dc=fr??sub"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.history.filename", "history.mab"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.history.replication.lastchangenumber", 0); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.pab.filename", "abook.mab"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.pab.replication.lastchangenumber", 0); //account lockpref("mail.account.account1.server", "server1"); lockpref("mail.account.account2.identities", "id1"); lockpref("mail.account.account2.server", "server2"); lockpref("mail.accountmanager.accounts", "account1,account2"); lockpref("mail.accountmanager.defaultaccou...
...ry france"); lockpref("mail.startup.enabledmailcheckonce", true); lockpref("mail.ui.folderpane.version", 3); lockpref("mailnews.ui.threadpane.version", 2); //ldap config lockpref("mail.identity.id1.directoryserver", "ldap_2.servers.ldapint"); lockpref("ldap_2.prefs_migrated", true); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.history.filename", "history.mab"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.history.replication.lastchangenumber", 0); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.auth.savepassword", true); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.description", "ldap-int"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.filename", "abook-1.mab"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.position", 3); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.ldapint.uri", "ldap://ldap1.int-evry.fr:389/ou=people,dc=int-evry,dc=fr??sub"); lockpref("ldap_2.servers.pab.filename", "abook.mab"); lockpr...
...getldapattributes("ldap2.int-evry.fr", "ou=people,dc=int-evr...
...And 2 more matches

Introducing the Audio API extension - Archive of obsolete content
te that this document describes a non-standard experimental api. this api has been deprecated since gecko 22, disabled since gecko 28, and removed from gecko 31. you should use the web audio api instead. reading audio streams the loadedmetadata event when the metadata of the media element is available, it triggers a loadedmetadata event. this event has the following attributes: mozchannels: number of channels mozsamplerate: sample rate per second mozframebufferlength: number of samples collected in all channels this information is needed later to decode the audio data stream. the following example extracts the data from an audio element: <!doctype html> <html> <head> <title>javascript metadata example</title> </head> <body> <audio id="audio-element" src="song.
...('loadedmetadata', loadedmetadata, false); </script> </body> </html> creating an audio stream it is also possible to create and setup an <audio> element for raw writing from script (i.e., without a src attribute). content scripts can specify the audio stream's characteristics, then write audio samples. users must create an audio object and then use the mozsetup() function to specify the number of channels and the frequency (in hz). for example: // create a new audio element var audiooutput = new audio(); // set up audio element with 2 channel, 44.1khz audio stream. audiooutput.mozsetup(2, 44100); once this is done, the samples need to be created. those samples have the same format as the ones in the mozaudioavailable event. then the samples are written in the audio stream with the ...
...element with 2 channel, 44.1khz audio stream. audiooutput.mozsetup(2, 44100); once this is done, the samples need to be created. those samples have the same format as the ones in the mozaudioavailable event. then the samples are written in the audio stream with the function mozwriteaudio(). it's important to note that not all the samples might get written in the stream. ...
...And 2 more matches

Mozilla release FAQ - Archive of obsolete content
has been continually available since then via cvs (see section 1.8), and occasional binary releases (first as milestones, and more recently as versioned releases) have been made. as of the time of this update, mozilla 1.0 release candicate 2 is the most recent release. what is the current version of mozilla? mozilla is continually available via cvs, and also is occasionally released as versioned numbers. if built from cvs, the date of the cvs checkout is the best way to refer to the version, otherwise use the release number. older versions used milestone numbers (e.g. the milestone 7 release was known as m7). what is the relation between mozilla versions and netscape versions? the current arrangement between netscape (aol) and the mozilla project is that mozilla develops its own releases, and w...
...the mozilla newsgroups are intended to be used by people who will be working with mozilla, either in an organizational fashion, suggesting features, or coding. visit netscape's website for help on that software. i went and made a suggestion and people were rude to me. why? if you posted it to the mai...
...the mozilla newsgroups are intended to be used by people who will be working with mozilla, either in an organizational fashion, suggesting features, or coding. visit netscape's website for help on that software. i went and made a suggestion and people were rude to me. why? if you posted it to the mailing list/newsgroups, remembe...
...And 2 more matches

NPN_Version - Archive of obsolete content
n api summary lets plugins obtain version information, both of the plug-in api and of the browser itself. syntax #include <npapi.h> void npn_version(int* plugin_major, int* plugin_minor, int* netscape_major, int* netscape_minor); parameters the function has the following parameters: plugin_major pointer to a plug-in's major version number; changes with major code release number. plugin_minor pointer to a plug-in's minor version number; changes with point release number. netscape_major pointer to the browser's major version; changes with major code release number. netscape_minor pointer to the browser's version; changes with point release number. description the values of the major and minor version n...
...this function gets the values from the plug-in rather than from the browser. a plug-in can use this function to check that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with the version in use by the browser. ...
...this function gets the values from the plug-in rather than from the browser. a plug-in can use this function to check that the version of the plug-in api it is using is compatible with the version in use by the browser. this could be part of the initialization process. ...
...And 2 more matches

Processing XML with E4X - Archive of obsolete content
es as well as attribute values: var a = 'att'; var b = <b {a}='value'/>; alert(b); // gives: <b att="value"/> ...one cannot interpolate a whole expression at once (e.g., <b {a}>.) after executing the above example, the variable languages references an xml object corresponding to the <languages> node in the xml document. ...
... one wishes to make comparisons of retrieved attributes with other strings, it is necessary to convert the attribute first, even though the attribute may be converted to a string when used in other contexts (such as insertion into a textbox). if (languages.@type.tostring() === 'agile') { ... } or, simply: if (languages.@type == 'agile') { ... } working with xml objects xml objects provide a number of methods for inspecting and updating their contents. they support javascript's regular dot and [] notation, but instead of accessing object properties e4x overloads these operators to access the element's children: var person = <person> <name>bob smith</name> <likes> <os>linux</os> <browser>firefox</browser> <language>javascript</language> <language>python</language> </li...
...be used to access all child nodes: alert(person.likes.*.length()); // 4 while the . operator accesses direct children of the given node, the .. operator accesses all children no matter how deeply nested: alert(person..*.length()); // 11 the length() method here returns 11 because both elements and text nodes are included in the resulting xmllist. ...
...And 2 more matches

Grid Lines - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
border: 2px solid #ffa94d; border-radius: 5px; background-color: #ffd8a8; padding: 1em; color: #d9480f; } <div class="wrapper"> <div>one</div> <div>two</div> <div>three</div> <div>four</div> <div>five</div> </div> .wrapper { display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(3, 1fr); grid-template-rows: 100px 100px; } lines can be addressed using their line number. in a left-to-right language such as english, column line 1 will be on the left of the grid, row line 1 on the top. lines numbers respect the writing mode of the document and so in a right-to-left language for example, column line 1 will be on the right of the grid. the image below shows the line numbers of the grid, assuming the language is left-to-right. lines are also created in the implic...
...in the following example the item is positioned from column line 1 to column line 3, and from row line 1 to row line 3. ...
...in the following example the item is positioned from column line 1 to column line 3, and from row line 1 to row line 3. ...
...And 2 more matches

Supporting older browsers - Learn web development
on to html), and an idea of how css works (study introduction to css and styling boxes.) objective: to understand how to provide support for your layouts on older browsers that might not support the features you want to use. what is the browser landscape for your site? every website is different in terms of target audience. before deciding on the approach to take, find out the number of visitors coming to your site using older browsers. this is straightforward if you have an existing website which you are adding to or replacing, as you probably have analytics available which can tell you the technology people are using. if you have no analytics or this is a brand new site, then there are sites such as statcounter that can provide statistics filtered by location. you should a...
... are adding to or replacing, as you probably have analytics available which can tell you the technology people are using. if you have no analytics or this is a brand new site, then there are sites such as statcounter that can provide statistics filtered by location. you should also consider the type of devices and the way people use your site, for example, you may expect a higher than an average number of mobile devices. accessibility and people using assistive technology should always be considered, but for some sites that may be even more critical. in my experience, developers are often very worried about the experience of 1% of users in an old version of internet explorer, while not considering at all the far greater number who have accessibility needs. what is the support for the features ...
...th a very limited feature phone might not get much of your css, but the content will flow in a way that makes reading easy. therefore, a well-structured html document should always be your starting point. if you remove your stylesheet, does your content make sense? one option is to leave this plain view of the site as the fallback for people using very old or limited browsers. if you have a tiny number of people coming to the site in these browsers it may not make commercial sense to pour time into trying to give them a similar experience to people on modern browsers. it would be better to spend the time on things which make the site more accessible, thus serving far more users. there is a middle ground between a plain html page and all the bells and whistles, and css has actually made creating...
...And 2 more matches

UI pseudo-classes - Learn web development
set). there are many others too, but the ones listed above are the most obviously useful. some of the others are aimed at solving very specific niche problems, or simply not very well supported in browsers yet. the ones listed above all have pretty good browser support, but of course, you should test your form implementations carefully to make sure they work for your target audience. note: a number of the pseudo-classes discussed here are concerned with styling form controls based on their validation state (is their data valid, or not?) you'll learn much more about setting and controlling validation constraints in our next article — client-side form validation — but for now we'll keep things simple with regards to form validation, so it doesn't confuse things. styling inputs based on ...
... is not a proper email address. in-range and out-of-range data as we hinted at above, there are two other related pseudo-classes to consider — :in-range and :out-of-range. these match numeric inputs where range limits are specified by the min and max, when their data is inside or outside the specified range, respectvely. note: numeric input types are date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number, and range. it is worth noting that inputs whose data is in-range will also be matched by the :valid pseudo-class and inputs whose data is out-of-range will also be matched by the :invalid pseudo-class. so why have both? the issue is really one of semantics — out-of-range is a more specific type of invalid communication, so you might want to provide a different message for out-of-range inputs...
...ght even want to provide both. let's look at an example that does exactly this. our out-of-range.html demo (see also the source code) builds on top of the previous example to provide out-of-range messages for the numeric inputs, as well as saying whether they are required. ...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to events - Learn web development
re. you've already seen events and event handlers used in many of the examples, but let's recap just to cement our knowledge. in the following example, we have a single <button>, which when pressed, makes the background change to a random color: <button>change color</button> button { margin: 10px }; the javascript looks like so: const btn = document.queryselector('button'); function random(number) { return math.floor(math.random() * (number+1)); } btn.onclick = function() { const rndcol = 'rgb(' + random(255) + ',' + random(255) + ',' + random(255) + ')'; document.body.style.backgroundcolor = rndcol; } in this code, we store a reference to the button inside a constant called btn, using the document.queryselector() function. we also define a function that returns a random number. t...
...' + random(255) + ',' + random(255) + ')'; document.body.style.backgroundcolor = rndcol; } in this code, we store a reference to the button inside a constant called btn, using the document.queryselector() function. we also define a function that returns a random number. the third part of the code is the event handler. the btn constant points to a <button> element, and this type of object has a number of events that can fire on it, and therefore, event handlers available. we are listening for the click event firing, by setting the onclick event handler property to equal an anonymous function containing code that generates a random rgb color and sets the <body> background-color equal to it. this code is run whenever the click event fires on the <button> element, that is, whenever a user select...
...) to register an event listener, and once() to register an event listener that unregisters after it has run once. the http connect event docs provide a good example. you don't need to understand anything about other such environments at this stage in your learning; we just wanted to make it clear that events can differ in different programming environments. ways of using web events there are a number of ways to add event listener code to web pages so it runs when the associated event fires. in this section, we review the various mechanisms and discuss which ones you should use. event handler properties these are the properties that exist to contain event handler code we have seen most frequently during the course. returning to the above example: const btn = document.queryselector('button')...
...And 2 more matches

Making decisions in your code — conditionals - Learn web development
in a weather app, if it is being looked at in the morning, show a sunrise graphic; show stars and a moon if it is nighttime. in this article, we'll explore how so-called conditional statements work in javascript. prerequisites: basic computer literacy, a basic understanding of html and css, javascript first steps. ...
...or example, if a user decides to re-select the "--make a choice--" placeholder option shown at the beginning. note: you can also find this example on github (see it running live on there also.) a note on comparison operators comparison operators are used to test the conditions inside our conditional statements. we first looked at comparison operators back in our basic math in javascript — numbers and operators article. our choices are: === and !== — test if one value is identical to, or not identical to, another. < and > — test if one value is less than or greater than another. <= and >= — test if one value is less than or equal to, or greater than or equal to, another. note: review the material at the previous link if you want to refresh your memories on these. we wanted...
... good for cases where you've got a couple of choices, and each one requires a reasonable amount of code to be run, and/or the conditions are complex (for example, multiple logical operators). for cases where you just want to set a variable to a certain choice of value or print out a particular statement depending on a condition, the syntax can be a bit cumbersome, especially if you've got a large number of choices. in such a case, switch statements are your friend — they take a single expression/value as an input, and then look through a number of choices until they find one that matches that value, executing the corresponding code that goes along with it. here's some more pseudocode, to give you an idea: switch (expression) { case choice1: run this code break; case choice2: ...
...And 2 more matches

Introduction to web APIs - Learn web development
html, css, javascript, and other technologies that you install and then use to write an entire web application from scratch. the key difference between a library and a framework is “inversion of control”. when calling a method from a library, the developer is in control. with a framework, the control is inverted: the framework calls the developer's code. what can apis do? there are a huge number of apis available in modern browsers that allow you to do a wide variety of things in your code. you can see this by taking a look at the mdn apis index page. common browser apis in particular, the most common categories of browser apis you'll use (and which we'll cover in this module in greater detail) are: apis for manipulating documents loaded into the browser. the most obvious example is...
...available on a web app via system notifications (see the notifications api) or vibration hardware (see the vibration api). client-side storage apis are becoming a lot more widespread in web browsers — the ability to store data on the client-side is very useful if you want to create an app that will save its state between page loads, and perhaps even work when the device is offline. there are a number of options available, e.g. simple name/value storage with the web storage api, and more complex tabular data storage with the indexeddb api. common third-party apis third-party apis come in a large variety; some of the more popular ones that you are likely to make use of sooner or later are: the twitter api, which allows you to do things like displaying your latest tweets on your website. ...
...ontainers for the data the api uses (contained in object properties), and the functionality the api makes available (contained in object methods). note: if you are not already familiar with how objects work, you should go back and work through our javascript objects module before continuing. let's return to the example of the web audio api — this is a fairly complex api, which consists of a number of objects. the most obvious ones are: audiocontext, which represents an audio graph that can be used to manipulate audio playing inside the browser, and has a number of methods and properties available to manipulate that audio. mediaelementaudiosourcenode, which represents an <audio> element containing sound you want to play and manipulate inside the audio context. audiodestinationnode, whi...
...And 2 more matches

Solve common problems in your JavaScript code - Learn web development
bytagname() getelementsbyname() getelementbyname() getelementsbyclassname() getelementbyclassname() getelementbyid() getelementsbyid() semi-colon position you need to make sure you don't place any semi-colons incorrectly. for example: correct wrong elem.style.color = 'red'; elem.style.color = 'red;' functions there are a number of things that can go wrong with functions. one of the most common errors is to declare the function, but not call it anywhere. for example: function myfunction() { alert('this is my function.'); }; this code won't do anything unless you call it with the following statement: myfunction(); function scope remember that functions have their own scope — you can't access a variable value set...
... the function — no code after the return statement will run. in fact, some browsers (like firefox) will give you an error message in the developer console if you have code after a return statement. firefox gives you "unreachable code after return statement". object notation versus normal assignment when you assign something normally in javascript, you use a single equals sign, e.g.: const mynumber = 0; with objects, however, you need to take care to use the correct syntax. the object must be surrounded by curly braces, member names must be separated from their values using colons, and members must be separated by commas. for example: const myobject = { name: 'chris', age: 38 } basic definitions what is javascript? what is a variable? what are strings? what is an array? what...
...to see which one is bigger, or to see if one value is equal to another). strings how do you create a string in javascript? do you have...
...And 2 more matches

Client-Server Overview - Learn web development
y inefficient — what happens when you get to thousands of product pages? you would repeat a lot of code across each page (the basic page template, structure, etc.), and if you wanted to change anything about the page structure — like add a new "related products" section for example — then you'd have to change every page individually. note: static sites are excellent when you have a small number of pages and you want to send the same content to every user. however they can have a significant cost to maintain as the number of pages becomes larger. let's recap on how this works, by looking again at the static site architecture diagram we looked at in the last article. when a user wants to navigate to a page, the browser sends an http get request specifying the url of its html page. th...
...quest and response cycle, building on what we looked at in the last article with much more detail. in order to "keep things real" we'll use the context of a sports-team manager website where a coach can select their team name and team size in an html form and get back a suggested "best lineup" for their next game. the diagram below shows the main elements of the "team coach" website, along with numbered labels for the sequence of operations when the coach accesses their "best team" list. the parts of the site that make it dynamic are the web application (this is how we will refer to the server-side code that processes http requests and returns http responses), the database, which contains information about players, teams, coaches and their relationships, and the html templates. after the co...
...n the coach accesses their "best team" list. the parts of the site that make it dynamic are the web application (this is how we will refer to the server-side code that processes http requests and returns http responses), the database, which contains information about players, teams, coaches and their relationships, and the html templates. after the coach submits the form with the team name and number of players, the sequence of operations is: the web browser creates an http get request to the server using the base url for the resource (/best) and encoding the team and player number either as url parameters (e.g. /best?team=my_team_name&show=11) or as part of the url pattern (e.g. /best/my_team_name/11/). a get request is used because the request is only fetching data (not modifying data). ...
...And 2 more matches

Dynamic behavior in Svelte: working with variables and props - Learn web development
repl to code along with us using the repl, start at https://svelte.dev/repl/c862d964d48d473ca63ab91709a0a5a0?version=3.23.2 working with todos our todos.svelte component is currently just displaying static markup; let's start making it a bit more dynamic. we'll take the tasks information from the markup and store it in a todos array. we'll also create two variables to keep track of the total number of tasks and the completed tasks. the state of our component will be represented by these three top-level variables. create a <script> section at the top of src/components/todos.svelte and give it some content, as follows: <script> let todos = [ { id: 1, name: 'create a svelte starter app', completed: true }, { id: 2, name: 'create your first component', completed: true }, ...
...ur first component', completed: true }, { id: 3, name: 'complete the rest of the tutorial', completed: false } ] let totaltodos = todos.length let completedtodos = todos.filter(todo => todo.completed).length </script> now let's do something with that information. let's start by showing a status message. find the <h2> heading with an id of list-heading and replace the hardcoded number of active and completed tasks with dynamic expressions: <h2 id="list-heading">{completedtodos} out of {totaltodos} items completed</h2> go to the app, and you should see the "2 out of 3 items completed" message as before, but this time the information is coming from the todos array. to prove it, go to that array, and try changing some of the todo object's completed property values,...
...ssions: <h2 id="list-heading">{completedtodos} out of {totaltodos} items completed</h2> go to the app, and you should see the "2 out of 3 items completed" message as before, but this time the information is coming from the todos array. to prove it, go to that array, and try changing some of the todo object's completed property values, and even add a new todo object. observe how the numbers in the message are updated appropriately. dynamically generating the todos from the data at the moment, our displayed todo items are all static. we want to iterate over each item in our todos array and render the markup for each task, so let's do that now. html doesn't have a way of expressing logic — like conditionals and loops. svelte does. in this case we use the {#each...} directive ...
...And 2 more matches

Handling common accessibility problems - Learn web development
oding and sticking to best practices. common accessibility issues in this section we'll detail some of the main issues that arise around web accessibility, connected with specific technologies, along with best practices to follow, and some quick tests you can do to see if your sites are going in the right direction. note: accessibility is morally the right thing to do, and good for business (numbers of disabled users, users on mobile devices, etc. present significant market segments), but it is also a legal requirement in many parts of the world to make web content accessible to people with disabilities. read accessibility guidelines and the law for more information. html semantic html (where the elements are used for their correct purpose) is accessible right out of the box — such con...
...simplest text alternative available is the humble alt attribute, which we should include on all images that contain relevant content. this should contain a description of the image that successfully conveys its meaning and content on the page, to be picked up by a screenreader and read out to the user. note: for more information, read text alternatives. missing alt text can be tested for in a number of ways, for example using accessibility auditing tools. alt text is slightly more complex for video and audio content. there is a way to define text tracks (e.g. subtitles) and display them when video is being played, in the form of the <track> element, and the webvtt format (see adding captions and subtitles to html5 video for a detailed tutorial). browser compatibility for these features is f...
...ace to cover wai-aria in detail here, you can learn a lot more about it at wai-aria basics. accessibility tools now we've covered accessibility considerations for different web technologies, including a few testing techniques (like keyboard navigation and color contrast checkers), let's have a look at other tools you can make use of when doing accessibility testing. auditing tools there are a number of auditing tools available that you can feed your web pages into. they will look over them and return a list of accessibility issues present on the page. examples include: wave: a rather nice online accessibility testing tool that accepts a web address and returns a useful annotated view of that page with accessibility problems highlighted. tenon: another nice online tool that goes through t...
...And 2 more matches

Handling common HTML and CSS problems - Learn web development
f the list. install this first (using the install button), as other linters rely on it to work. after that, install the linter-csslint plugin for linting css, and the linter-tidy plugin for linting html. after the packages have finished installing, try loading up an html file and a css file: you'll see any issues highlighted with green (for warnings) and red (for errors) circles next to the line numbers, and a separate panel at the bottom provides line numbers, error messages, and sometimes suggested values or other fixes. other popular editors have similar linting packages available. for example, see: sublimelinter for sublime text notepad++ linter vscode linters browser developer tools the developer tools built into most browsers also feature useful tools for hunting down errors, ...
...p-medium.mp4">view the video</a> directly.</p> </video> this example includes a simple link allowing you to download the video if even the html5 video player doesn't work, so at least the user can still access the video. html5 form elements also exhibit fallback qualities — html5 introduced some special <input> types for inputting specific information into forms, such as times, dates, colors, numbers, etc. these are very useful, particularly on mobile platforms, where providing a pain-free way of entering data is very important for the user experience. supporting platforms provide special ui widgets when these input types are used, such as a calendar widget for entering dates. the following example shows date and time inputs: <form> <div> <label for="date">enter a date:</label> <...
..., but at least it means the whole site doesn't come crashing down because of one error, and if used cleverly you can use it to your advantage. let's look at an example — a simple box styled with css, which has some styling provided by various css3 features: note: you can also see this example running live on github as button-with-fallback.html (also see the source code). the button has a number of declarations that style, but the two we are most interested in are as follows: button { ... background-color: #ff0000; background-color: rgba(255,0,0,1); box-shadow: inset 1px 1px 3px rgba(255,255,255,0.4), inset -1px -1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.4); } button:hover { background-color: rgba(255,0,0,0.5); } button:active { box-shadow: inset 1px 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.4), ...
...And 2 more matches

Performance best practices for Firefox front-end engineers
page loads and the css is initially applied, but can happen again if javascript modifies the dom. javascript code might, for example, change dom node attributes (either directly or by adding or removing classes from elements), and can also add, remove, or delete dom nodes. because styles are normally scoped to the entire document, the cost of doing these style calculations is proportional to the number of dom nodes in the document (and the number of styles being applied). it is expected that over time, script will update the dom, requiring us to recalculate styles. normally, the changes to the dom just result in the standard style calculation occurring immediately after the javascript has finished running during the 16ms window, inside the "style" step. that's the ideal scenario. however, it'...
...ou don’t add more synchronous style flushes unlike reflow, there isn’t a “observer” mechanism for style recalculations. however, as of firefox 49, the nsidomwindowutils.elementsrestyled attribute records a count of how many style calculations have occurred for a particular dom window. it should be possible to write a test that gets the nsidomwindowutils for a browser window, records the number of styleflushes, then synchronously calls the function that you want to test, and immediately after checks the styleflushes attribute again. if the value went up, your code caused synchronous style flushes to occur. note that your test and function must be called synchronously in order for this test to be accurate. if you ever go back to the event loop (by yielding, waiting for an event, etc), s...
...thoutflushing(), getrootbounds() lets you get the dimensions of the window without risking a synchronous reflow. nsidomwindowutils.getscrollxy() returns the window's scroll offsets without taking the chance of causing a sync reflow. writing tests to ensure you don’t add more unintentional reflow the interface nsireflowobserver lets us detect both interruptible and uninterruptible reflows. a number of tests have been written that exercise various functions of the browser (opening tabs, opening windows) and ensure that we don’t add new uninterruptible reflows accidentally while those actions occur. you should add tests like this for your feature if you happen to be touching the dom. detecting over-painting with paint flashing painting is, in general, cheaper than both style calculation ...
...And 2 more matches

Memory reporting
on and decremented on each relevant deallocation. traversal-based reporters are preferable, for the following reasons. they are less error-prone. we've had multiple bugs in the past with counter-based reporters. the cost of reporting isn't incurred unless the memory reporter is queried. they provide more information to dmd, which is a tool that helps keep about:memory's "heap-unclassified" number low. see below for more details. sometimes counter-based reporters are unavoidable, particularly when writing memory reporters for third-party code that cannot be modified. a simple example imagine a simple string class with the following data fields: class mystring { private: char *mbuffer; // heap-allocated size_t mlen; // ... methods ... } here are what the measurement fu...
... if in doubt, define d::sizeofincludingthis and you should be safe. the override annotations say that d's methods override the corresponding methods in b. on supporting compilers it gets expanded to the override keyword. it helps prevent accidentally having small differences in the function signatures (e.g. forgetting a const) that prevent the overriding from happening. other considerations a number of the existing basic data structures already have sizeof{in,ex}cludingthis functions, e.g. nstarray and nsthashtable. nsthashtable's functions take an extra argument which is a pointer to a function that measures the memory usage of any structures pointed to by entries in the hash table. sometimes you may need variations on the above forms. for example, if you have a function that just measur...
...sage of any structures pointed to by entries in the hash table. sometimes you may need variations on the above forms. for example, if you have a function that just measures one member mfoo of an object, it might be called sizeoffoo. try to make the names descriptive enough that it's clear what's being measured. sometimes you might want to split the measurements of an object into two or more numbers, e.g. because you want to show them separately in about:memory. in this case it's often clearer to increment the numbers rather than assigning to them, especially if you're measuring multiple entities and summing their measurements. for example: void foobar::addsizeofexcludingthis(nsmallocsizeoffun amallocsizeof, size_t *afoosizeout, size_t* abarsizeout) cons...
...And 2 more matches

PR_GetRandomNoise
the generated size may be less than the size requested. ...
...the generated size may be less than the size requested. ...
...the generated size may be less than the size requested. a return value of zero means that pr_getrandomnoise is not implemented on this platform, or there is no available noise to be returned at the time of the call. ...
...And 2 more matches

NSS_3.12_release_notes.html
encodecertpoliciesextension (see cert.h) cert_encodeinfoaccessextension (see cert.h) cert_encodeinhibitanyextension (see cert.h) cert_encodenoticereference (see cert.h) cert_encodepolicyconstraintsextension (see cert.h) cert_encodepolicymappingextension (see cert.h) cert_encodesubjectkeyid (see certdb/cert.h) cert_encodeusernotice (see cert.h) cert_findcrlentryreasonexten (see cert.h) cert_findcrlnumberexten (see cert.h) cert_findnameconstraintsexten (see cert.h) cert_getclassicocspdisabledpolicy (see cert.h) cert_getclassicocspenabledhardfailurepolicy (see cert.h) cert_getclassicocspenabledsoftfailurepolicy (see cert.h) cert_getpkixverifynistrevocationpolicy (see cert.h) cert_getusepkixforvalidation (see cert.h) cert_getvaliddnspatternsfromcert (see cert.h) cert_newtempcertificate (see cert.h) ...
...e cryptohi.h) vfy_verifydatawithalgorithmid (see cryptohi.h) vfy_verifydigestdirect (see cryptohi.h) vfy_verifydigestwithalgorithmid (see cryptohi.h) new macros for camellia support (see blapit.h): nss_camellia nss_camellia_cbc camellia_block_size new macros for rsa (see blapit.h): rsa_max_modulus_bits rsa_max_exponent_bits new macros in certt.h: x.509 v3 ku_encipher_only cert_max_serial_number_bytes cert_max_dn_bytes pkix cert_rev_m_do_not_test_using_this_method cert_rev_m_test_using_this_method cert_rev_m_allow_network_fetching cert_rev_m_forbid_network_fetching cert_rev_m_allow_implicit_default_source cert_rev_m_ignore_implicit_default_source cert_rev_m_skip_test_on_missing_source cert_rev_m_require_info_on_missing_source cert_rev_m_ignore_missing_fresh_info cert_rev_m_fail_on_miss...
...g 407866: contributed improvement to security/nss/lib/freebl/mpi/mp_comba.c bug 410587: ssl_getchannelinfo returns secsuccess on invalid arguments bug 416508: fix a _msc_ver typo in sha512.c, and use sec_begin_protos/sec_end_protos in secport.h bug 419242: 'all' is not the default makefile target in lib/softoken and lib/softoken/legacydb bug 419523: export cert_newtempcertificate. ...
...And 2 more matches

PKCS11 Implement
whenever it unloads a module. c_getfunctionlist the nss calls c_getfunctionlist on startup or when it loads a new module. the function list returned should include all the pkcs 2.0 function calls. if you don't implement a function, you should still provide a stub that returns ckr_function_not_supported. c_getinfo the nss calls c_getinfo on startup or when it loads a new module. the version numbers, manufacturer ids, and so on are displayed when the user views the information. the supplied library names are used as the default library names; currently, these names should not include any double quotation marks. (this is more restrictive than pkcs 2.0 and may change in future versions of nss.). slot and token management c_getslotlist the nss calls c_getslotlist on startup or when it loa...
...tation marks. (this is more restrictive than pkcs 2.0 and may change in future versions of nss.). slot and token management c_getslotlist the nss calls c_getslotlist on startup or when it loads a new module, requests all the module's slots, and keeps track of the list from that point on. the slots are expected to remain static: that is, the module never has more slots or fewer slots than the number on the original list. c_getslotinfo the nss calls c_getslotinfo on startup or when it loads a new module and reads in the information that can be viewed on the slot information page. if the ckf_removable_device flag is set, nss also calls c_getslotinfo whenever it looks up slots to make sure the token is present. if the ckf_removable_device flag is not set, nss uses that token information with...
...esn't currently use the ckf_hw_slot flag. c_gettokeninfo if a token is a permanent device (that is, if the ckf_removable_device flag is not set), nss calls c_gettokeninfo only on startup or when it loads a new module. if the token is a removable device, nss may call c_gettokeninfo anytime it's looking for a new token to check whether the token is write protected, whether it can generate random numbers, and so on. the nss expects ck_token_info.label to contain the name of the token. if the ckf_write_protected flag is set, nss won't use the token to generate keys. the nss interprets the combination of the ckf_login_required and ckf_user_pin_initialized flags as shown in table 1.1. nss's interpretation of the ckf_login_required and ckf_user_pin_initialized flags cfk_login_required cfk_use...
...And 2 more matches

NSS tools : certutil
ey database. --merge merge two databases into one. --upgrade-merge upgrade an old database and merge it into a new database. this is used to migrate legacy nss databases (cert8.db and key3.db) into the newer sqlite databases (cert9.db and key4.db). arguments arguments modify a command option and are usually lower case, numbers, or symbols. -a use ascii format or allow the use of ascii format for input or output. this formatting follows rfc 1113. for certificate requests, ascii output defaults to standard output unless redirected. -b validity-time specify a time at which a certificate is required to be valid. use when checking certificate val...
...or all. the default value is rsa. specifying the type of key can avoid mistakes caused by duplicate nicknames. giving a key type generates a new key pair; giving the id of an existing key reuses that key pair (which is required to renew certificates). -l display detailed information when validating a certificate with the -v option. -m serial-number assign a unique serial number to a certificate being created. this operation should be performed by a ca. if no serial number is provided a default serial number is made from the current time. serial numbers are limited to integers. -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or...
...s if it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the certificate and key database file. this argument is provided to support legacy servers. most applications do not use a database prefix. -p phone specify a contact telephone number to include in new certificates or certificate requests. bracket this string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -q pqgfile or curve-name read an alternate pqg value from the specified file when generating dsa key pairs. if this argument is not used,certutil generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa utility. ...
...And 2 more matches

NSS tools : crlutil
ying the public key corresponding to the private key used to sign a crl. authkeyid critical [key-id | dn cert-serial] where: authkeyident: identifies the name of an extension critical: value of 1 of 0. should be set to 1 if this extension is critical or 0 otherwise. key-id: key identifier represented in octet string. dn:: is a ca distinguished name cert-serial: authority certificate serial number. * add issuer alternative name extension: the issuer alternative names extension allows additional identities to be associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. issueraltnames non-critical name-list where: subjaltnames: identifies the name of an extension should be set to 0 since this is non-...
...es extension allows additional identities to be associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. ...
...nal identities to be associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. ...
...And 2 more matches

certutil
stakes caused by duplicate nicknames. -k key-type-or-id specify the type or specific id of a key. giving a key type generates a new key pair; giving the id of an existing key reuses that key pair (which is required to renew certificates). -l display detailed information when validating a certificate with the -v option. -m serial-number assign a unique serial number to a certificate being created. this operation should be performed by a ca. the default serial number is 0 (zero). serial numbers are limited to integers. -n nickname specify the nickname of a certificate or key to list, create, add to a database, modify, or validate. bracket the nickname string ...
...it contains spaces. if this argument is not used the output destination defaults to standard output. -p dbprefix specify the prefix used on the certificate and key database file. this option is provided as a special case. changing the names of the certificate and key databases is not recommended. -p phone specify a contact telephone number to include in new certificates or certificate requests. bracket this string with quotation marks if it contains spaces. -q pqgfile read an alternate pqg value from the specified file when generating dsa key pairs. if this argument is not used, certutil generates its own pqg value. pqg files are created with a separate dsa util...
...apply when validating a certificate with the -v option. the contexts are the following: o c (as an ssl client) o v (as an ssl server) o s (as an email signer) o r (as an email recipient) o o (as an ocsp status responder) o j (as an object signer) -v valid-months set the number of months a new certificate will be valid. the validity period begins at the current system time unless an offset is added or subtracted with the -w option. if this argument is not used, the default validity period is three months. when this argument is used, the default three-month period is automatically added to any value given in the vali...
...And 2 more matches

NSS tools : crlutil
c key corresponding to the private key used to sign a crl. authkeyid critical [key-id | dn cert-serial] where: authkeyident: identifies the name of an extension critical: value of 1 of 0. should be set to 1 if this extension is critical or 0 otherwise. key-id: key identifier represented in octet string. dn:: is a ca distinguished name cert-serial: authority certificate serial number. * add issuer alternative name extension: the issuer alternative names extension allows additional identities to be associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. issueraltnames non-critical name-list where: subjaltnames: identifies the name of an extension should be set to 0 ...
...s additional identities to be associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. ...
... associated with the issuer of the crl. defined options include an rfc822 name (electronic mail address), a dns name, an ip address, and a uri. ...
...And 2 more matches

JS::Value
js::value is a class whose internal structure is an implementation detail. embeddings should not rely on observed representation details or upon the size of js::value. ...
...alue type tests constructor accessors mutators null val.isnull() js::nullvalue() n/a val.setnull() undefined val.isundefined() js::undefinedvalue() n/a val.setundefined() boolean val.isboolean(), val.istrue(), val.isfalse() js::booleanvalue(bool), js::truevalue(), js::falsevalue() val.toboolean() val.setboolean(bool) number val.isint32(), val.isdouble(), val.isnumber() js::numbervalue(any number type), js::int32value(int32_t), js::doublevalue(double), js::float32value(float) val.toint32(), val.todouble(), val.tonumber() val.setint32(int32_t), val.setnumber(uint32_t), val.setnumber(double) string val.isstring() js::stringvalue(jsstring*) val.tostring() val.setstring(jsstring *) ...
...setnumber(double) string val.isstring() js::stringvalue(jsstring*) val.tostring() val.setstring(jsstring *) object val.isobject() js::objectvalue(jsobject&amp;), js::objectornullvalue(jsobject*) val.toobject() val.setobject(jsobject &) symbol val.issymbol() js::symbolvalue(js::symbol*) val.tosymbol() val.setsymbol(js::symbol &) numbers are stored in a js::value either as a double or as an int32_t. the different representations are visible using the separate int32/double methods but do not affect observable semantics (ignoring performance). the number mutators attempt to use int32_t representation for compatible input values, returning true when int32 could be used and false when double representation was required. any double v...
...And 2 more matches

JS_CompileFunction
); name type description cx jscontext * the context in which to compile the function. requires request. in a js_threadsafe build, the caller must be in a request on this jscontext. obj jsobject * object with which the function is associated. name const char * name to assign the newly compiled function. nargs unsigned int number of arguments to pass to the function. argnames const char ** names to assign to the arguments passed to the function. body const char * or const jschar * string containing the body of the function to compile. length size_t the length, in characters, of body. filename const char * name of file or url containing the function. used to repor...
...names to assign to the arguments passed to the function. body const char * or const jschar * string containing the body of the function to compile. length size_t the length, in characters, of body. filename const char * name of file or url containing the function. used to report filename or url in error messages. lineno unsigned int line number. ...
... body is a string containing the source code of the function. length is the length of the source code in characters. ...
...And 2 more matches

SpiderMonkey 1.8.5
o accomodate es5 strict mode). to migrate, simply add a jsbool strict parameter to each setter function. it is safe for the setter to ignore the value of the argument. the rooting apis (js_addroot, js_removeroot, etc.) have been replaced with a family of type-safe functions (js_addstringroot, js_removestringroot, etc.) that are easier to use correctly. js_newdouble, js_newdoublevalue, and js_newnumbervalue are gone. instead use double_to_jsval, int_to_jsval, and uint_to_jsval, which are faster and can't fail. js_getstringbytes and js_getstringchars are gone. there is no longer an infallible way to examine string characters. applications must use js_getstringcharsandlength or js_encodestring/js_free and check for errors. these and other changes are explained in detail below. new javascript la...
...onger an infallible way to examine string characters. applications must use js_getstringcharsandlength or js_encodestring/js_free and check for errors. these and other changes are explained in detail below. new javascript language features javascript 1.8.5 adds support for ecmascript edition 5, including es5 strict mode. for details, see new in javascript 1.8.5. note that there are a very small number of incompatibilities between es5 and and es3, the version of ecmascript supported by spidermonkey versions 1.5 through 1.8. these are discussed in annex e of the es5 specification. spidermonkey 1.8.5 also ships with js-ctypes, a foreign-function interface for privileged javascript. to enable js-ctypes in your embedding, you must configure with the --enable-ctypes option and choose one of the conf...
... struct means that certain tricks, such as writing switch statements in c with jsval cases are no longer legal. additionally, because not all fields are used by all jsvals, it is no longer safe to compare jsvals as though they were c values. instead, jsvals should be converted to their c equivalents with the appropriate jsval_to_* macro and then compared. jsapi no longer represents floating-point numbers (and integers more than 31 bits long) as pointers to jsdouble; instead, the jsdouble value is directly stored in the jsval. this affects macros like double_to_jsval and jsval_to_double, which now operate directly on jsdouble rather than jsdouble pointers. previous spidermonkey versions usually represented integer values smaller than 2^31 as jsvals encoding jsint; e.g. so that jsval_is_int was t...
...And 2 more matches

IAccessible2
] long maxextendedstates, [out, size_is(,maxextendedstates), length_is(, nextendedstates)] bstr extendedstates, [out] long nextendedstates ); parameters maxextendedstates this parameter is ignored. refer to @ref _arrayconsideration "special consideration when using arrays" for more details. extendedstates this array is allocated by the server. free it with cotaskmemfree. nextendedstates the number of extended states returned; the size of the returned array. return value s_false if there are no states, [out] values are null and 0 respectively. s_ok. groupposition() returns grouping information. used for tree items, list items, tab panel labels, radio buttons, and so on. also used for collections of non-text objects. [propget] hresult groupposition( [out] long grouplevel, [out] long sim...
...states), length_is(, nlocalizedextendedstates)] bstr localizedextendedstates, [out] long nlocalizedextendedstates ); parameters maxlocalizedextendedstates this parameter is ignored. refer to @ref _arrayconsideration "special consideration when using arrays" for more details. localizedextendedstates this array is allocated by the server. free it with cotaskmemfree. ...
...rrayconsideration "special consideration when using arrays" for more details. localizedextendedstates this array is allocated by the server. free it with cotaskmemfree. nlocalizedextendedstates the number of localized extended states returned; the size of the returned array. return value s_false if there are no states, [out] values are null and 0 respectively. s_ok. nextendedstates() returns the number of extended states. [propget] hresult nextendedstates( [out] long nextendedstates ); parameters nextendedstates return value s_ok. nrelations() returns the number of accessible relations for this object. [propget] hresult nrelations( [out] long nrelations ); parameters nrelations return value s_ok. relation() returns one accessible relation for this object. [propget] hresult relation(...
...And 2 more matches

nsIInputStream
a stream that is closed will throw an exception when this method is called. that enables the caller to know the condition of the stream before attempting to read from it. if a stream is at end-of-file, but not closed, then this met...
...long long available(); void close(); boolean isnonblocking(); unsigned long read(in charptr abuf, in unsigned long acount); native code only! unsigned long readsegments(in nswritesegmentfun awriter, in voidptr aclosure, in unsigned long acount); native code only! methods available() determine number of bytes available in the stream. in addition to the number of bytes available in the stream, this method also informs the caller of the current status of the stream. a stream that is closed will throw an exception when this method is called. that enables the caller to know the condition of the stream before attempting to read from it. if a stream is at end-of-file, but not closed, then this method returns 0 bytes available. note: some nsiinputstream im...
...se() when end-of-file is reached; others do not. note: this method should not be used to determine the total size of a stream, even if the stream corresponds to a local file. moreover, since a stream may make available more than 2^32 bytes of data, this method is incapable of expressing the entire size of the underlying data source. unsigned long available(); parameters none. return value number of bytes currently available in the stream, or pr_uint32_max if the size of the stream exceeds pr_uint32_max. exceptions thrown <other-error> if the stream is closed due to some error condition. ns_base_stream_closed if the stream is closed normally. close() close the stream. this method causes subsequent calls to read() and readsegments() to return 0 bytes read to indicate end-of-file.
...And 2 more matches

nsIMsgDBHdr
base representation, so only internal database code should set this attribute. threadparent nsmsgkey indicates the parent of this message in its thread. if this is the root of the thread, it will return nsmsgkey_none. messagesize unsigned long indicates the size of this message in bytes. linecount unsigned long indicates the size of the message body in number of lines. statusoffset unsigned long indicates the offset within the message of the x-mozilla-status header. messageoffset unsigned long indicates the position of the offline copy of an imap or news messages within the offline store. offlinemessagesize unsigned long indicates the size of the offline copy of an imap or news message. date prt...
...ntent, so it will contain full mime-encoded syntax. recipients string indicates the recipients of the message. this is the first non-empty value of the to: header, cc: header, or newsgroup: header. the value here will effectively be the unparsed header content; it may be easier to set this using setrecipientsarray. numreferences unsigned short readonly: indicates the number of references this header has. mime2decodedauthor astring readonly: indicates the author of this message. the value here will have been decoded by the mime converter service. mime2decodedsubject astring readonly: indicates the subject of this message. the value here will have been decoded by the mime converter service. mime2decodedrecipients astring re...
...message flags. all other flags are cleared. setreferences() void setreferences(in string references); parameters references sets the list of references for a news message. getstringreference() returns one of the references in the list of references. acstring getstringreference(in long refnum); parameters refnum the index of the reference to return. must be less than the total number of references. setrecipientsarray() uses the header parser to recreate the recipients header from an array of names and addresses. void setrecipientsarray(in string names, in string addresses, in unsigned long numaddresses); parameters names a null-delimited list of recipient names. addresses a null-delimited list of recipient address...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMsgDBView
ined as a unsigned long in mailnewstypes2.idl. msgfolder nsimsgfolder readonly: the current folder. viewfolder nsimsgfolder uriforfirstselectedmessage acstring readonly: url of the first selected message. hdrforfirstselectedmessage nsimsgdbhdr readonly: header of the first selected message. numselected long readonly: the number of messages currently selected. msgtoselectafterdelete nsmsgviewindex readonly: the index of the message to select after the current one is deleted. nsmsgviewindex is defined as a unsigned long in mailnewstypes2.idl. currentlydisplayedmessage nsmsgviewindex readonly: the index of the currently displayed message. nsmsgviewindex is defined as a unsigned long in mailnew...
...gviewsorttypevalue designating the sort type used for the folder. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewsorttype. sortorder an nsmsgviewsortordervalue designating the sort order used for the folder. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewsortorder. viewflags other flags to be used. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewflagstype. return values count upon return, the count variable may contain the number of messages in the folder. note: this return value does not appear to be implemented in the base implementation. openwithhdrs() opens the view with a set of specified headers. note: this is not implemented in the base implementation. void openwithhdrs(in nsisimpleenumerator aheaders, in nsmsgviewsorttypevalue asorttype, in nsmsgviewsortordervalue asorto...
...viewsorttypevalue designating the sort type used for the folder. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewsorttype. sortorder an nsmsgviewsortordervalue designating the sort order used for the folder. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewsortorder. viewflags other flags to be used. defined in the interface: nsmsgviewflagstype. return values acount upon return, the count variable may contain the number of messages loaded. close() close the current list of messages. void close(); init() initializes the database view for use. void init(in nsimessenger amessengerinstance, in nsimsgwindow amsgwindow, in nsimsgdbviewcommandupdater acommandupdater); parameters amessengerinstance amsgwindow acommandupdater sort() sorts the currently loaded messages. void sor...
...And 2 more matches

nsIMsgFolder
rator readonly: returns an enumerator containing a list of nsimsgfolder items that are subfolders of the instance this is called on. hassubfolders boolean readonly: returns true if this folder has sub folders. messages nsisimpleenumerator readonly: returns a list of components.interfaces.nsimsgdbhdr. numsubfolders unsigned long readonly: returns the number of sub folders that this folder has. invfeditsearchscope boolean readonly customidentity nsimsgidentity readonly: this allows a folder to have a special identity. e.g., you might want to associate an identity with a particular newsgroup, or for imap shared folders in the other users namespace, you might want to create a delegated identity. gettingnewmessage...
... long gettotalmessages(in boolean deep); clearnewmessages() clear new status flag of all of the new messages. void clearnewmessages(); clearrequirescleanup() void clearrequirescleanup(); setflag() s...
...g generateuniquesubfoldername(in astring prefix, in nsimsgfolder otherfolder); updatesummarytotals() void updatesummarytotals(in boolean force); summarychanged() void summarychanged(); getnumunread() get the total number of unread messages in this folder, or in all subfolders. long getnumunread(in boolean deep); gettotalmessages() get the total number of messages in this folder, or in all subfolders. long gettotalmessages(in boolean deep); clearnewmessages() clear new status flag of all of the new messages. void clearnewmessages(); clearrequirescleanup() void clearrequirescleanup(); setflag() sets a flag on the folder. the known flags are defined in nsmsgfolderflags.h. void setflag(in unsigned long flag); clearflag() clears ...
...And 2 more matches

nsISmsService
tance, use: var smsservice = components.classes["@mozilla.org/sms/smsservice;1"] .createinstance(components.interfaces.nsismsservice); method overview [implicit_jscontext] nsidommozsmsmessage createsmsmessage(in long id, in domstring delivery, in domstring sender, in domstring receiver, in domstring body, in jsval timestamp, in bool read ); unsigned short getnumberofmessagesfortext(in domstring text); boolean hassupport(); void send(in domstring number, in domstring message, in long requestid, [optional] in unsigned long long processid); methods createsmsmessage() [implicit_jscontext] nsidommozsmsmessage createsmsmessage( in long id, in domstring delivery, in domstring sender, in domstring receiver, in domstring body, ...
... delivery a domstring which can either be "received" or "sent" and is representing the way the sms was delivered. sender a domstring with the name of the sender. receiver a domstring with the name of the receiver. body a domstring with the text of the message. ...
...r be "received" or "sent" and is representing the way the sms was delivered. sender a domstring with the name of the sender. receiver a domstring with the name of the receiver. body a domstring with the text of the message. timestamp a date object with the timestamp of the message. read a boolean indicating whether a message is marked as read or unread. ...
...And 2 more matches

nsITreeBoxObject
he pixel position of the horizontal scrollbar. selectionregion nsiscriptableregion readonly: return the region for the visible parts of the selection, in device pixels. methods getfirstvisiblerow() get the index of the first visible row. long getfirstvisiblerow(); getlastvisiblerow() get the index of the last visible row. long getlastvisiblerow(); getpagelength() gets the number of possible visible rows. long getpagelength(); ensurerowisvisible() ensures that a row at a given index is visible. void ensurerowisvisible(in long index); parameters index the index of the row ensurecellisvisible() ensures that a given cell in the tree is visible. void ensurecellisvisible(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); parameters index the index of the row to check...
... parameters index the index of the row to check col the nsitreecolumn to check scrolltorow() scrolls such that the row at index is at the top of the visible view. void scrolltorow(in long index); parameters index the index of the row scrollbylines() scroll the tree up or down by numlines lines. void scrollbylines(in long numlines); parameters numlines the number of lines to scroll. positive values move down in the tree. prevents scrolling off the end of the tree. scrollbypages() scroll the tree up or down by numpages pages. a page is considered to be the amount displayed by the tree. this method prevents scrolling off the end of the tree. void scrollbypages(in long numpages); parameters numpages the number of pages to scroll. positive values ...
... cell scrolltocolumn() scrolls horizontally so that the specified column is at the left of the view (if possible). void scrolltocolumn(in nsitreecolumn col); parameters col the nsitreecolumn to scroll to scrolltohorizontalposition() scroll to a specific horizontal pixel position. void scrolltohorizontalposition(in long horizontalposition); parameters horizontalposition the number of pixels to scroll invalidate() invalidatecolumn() invalidaterow() invalidatecell() invalidaterange() invalidatecolumnrange() invalidation methods for fine-grained painting control. void invalidate(); void invalidatecolumn(in nsitreecolumn col); void invalidaterow(in long index); void invalidatecell(in long row, in nsitreecolumn col); void invalidaterange(in long startindex, in long e...
...And 2 more matches

Type conversion
(buffer); // here ctypes.char.array(10)() is converted to ctypes.char.ptr type implicit conversion can be tested in the following way: var mystruct = ctypes.structtype("mystructtype", [ { "v": ctypes.bool } ])(); mystruct.v = 1; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'true' boolean type target type source converted value ctypes.bool js boolean src js number (0 or 1) if src == 0: false if src == 1: true var mystruct = ctypes.structtype("mystructtype", [ { "v": ctypes.bool } ])(); mystruct.v = true; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'true' mystruct.v = false; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'false' mystruct.v = 1; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'true' mystruct.v = 0; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'fals...
...e' mystruct.v = 1; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'true' mystruct.v = 0; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 'false' mystruct.v = 10; // throws error mystruct.v = "a"; // throws error integer types target type source converted value ctypes.char16_t js string (only if its length == 1) src.charcodeat(0) any integer types js number (only if fits to the size) src js boolean if src == true: 1 if src == false: 0 var mystruct = ctypes.structtype("mystructtype", [ { "v": ctypes.char16_t } ])(); mystruct.v = 0x41; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // "a" mystruct.v = true; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // "\x01" mystruct.v = "x"; console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // "x" mystruct.v = "xx...
...es.char16_t ctypes.uint8_t ctypes.uint16_t ctypes.unsigned_short var mystruct = ctypes.structtype("mystructtype", [ { "v": ctypes.int16_t } ])(); mystruct.v = ctypes.int8_t(10); console.log(mystruct.v.tostring()); // 10 mystruct.v = ctypes.int32_t(10); // throws error float types target type source converted value any float types js number (only if fits to the size) src pointer types target type source converted value any pointer types null nullptr ctypes.voidptr_t any pointer types src any array types src.addressofelement(0) ctypes.pointertype(t) ctypes.arraytype(t) src.addressofelement(0) ctypes.arraytype(t, n) src.addressofelement(...
...And 2 more matches

Int64
ils. syntax creates and returns a new 64-bit signed integer. int64 int64( value ); parameters value the value to assign the new 64-bit integer object. this may be specified as an integer (if the value can be represented as a 32-bit value), another 64-bit integer object (either signed or unsigned), or as a string, which may consist of an optional minus sign, followed by either a decimal number or "0x" or "0x" followed by a hexadecimal number. the string is then converted into the corresponding 64-bit integer value. you can therefore use a string to represent a 64-bit value that is too large to represent as a 32-bit javascript number. return value a new object representing the specified value. exceptions thrown typeerror the specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit inte...
...ed by a hexadecimal number. the string is then converted into the corresponding 64-bit integer value. you can therefore use a string to represent a 64-bit value that is too large to represent as a 32-bit javascript number. return value a new object representing the specified value. exceptions thrown typeerror the specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit integer. either it's not a number, string, or 64-bit integer object, or it's a string that is incorrectly formatted or contains a value outside the range that can be represented in 64 bits. this will also be thrown if the source value is a floating-point number that can't be precisely represented as a 64-bit integer. ...
...he specified value cannot be converted into a 64-bit integer. either it's not a number, string, or 64-bit integer object, or it's a string that is incorrectly formatted or contains a value outside the range that can be represented in 64 bits. this will also be thrown if the source value is a floating-point number that can't be precisely represented as a 64-bit integer. method overview number compare(a, b); number hi(a); int64 join(high, low); number lo(a); string tosource(); string tostring([radix]); methods compare() compares two 64-bit integer values. number compare( a, b ); parameters a the first value to compare. b the second value to compare. return value the returned value is: -1 if a < b, 0 if a == b, and...
...And 2 more matches

Index - Firefox Developer Tools
them using the "+" icons. 36 measure a portion of the page design, devtools, developer, firefox, layout, measure, measuring, measuring tool, tools using the measuring tool you can measure a specific area of a web page. 37 memory devtools, firefox, mozilla, tools the memory tool lets you take a snapshot of the current tab's memory heap. it then provides a number of views of the heap that can show you which objects account for memory usage and exactly where in your code you are allocating memory. 38 aggregate view before firefox 48, this was the default view of a heap snapshot. after firefox 48, the default view is the tree map view, and you can switch to the aggregate view using the dropdown labeled "view:": 39 basic oper...
... in the performance tool settings, before recording a profile. then record a profile as usual, and you will see a new tab labeled "allocations" in the toolbar: 84 call tree javascript, performance, memory the call tree is a sampling profiler. it periodically samples the state of the javascript engine and records the stack for the code executing at the time. statistically, the number of samples taken in which we were executing a particular function corresponds to the amount of time the browser spent executing it. 85 examples list of demo pages for performance scenarios and walkthroughs. 86 sorting algorithms comparison this article describes a simple example program that we use in two of the performance guides: the guide to the call...
... images (or frames). it's most familiar from film and gaming, but is now widely used as a performance measure for websites and web apps. 89 how to to open the performance tools: 90 scenarios needscontent performance scenarios 91 animating css properties css animation, developer tools, web performance with css animations you specify a number of keyframes, each of which uses css to define the appearance of the element at a particular stage of the animation. the browser creates the animation as a transition from each keyframe to the next. 92 intensive javascript if you want to play along you can find the demo website here. 93 ui tour the performance tool's ui consists of 4 main pieces: ...
...And 2 more matches

CSS Grid Inspector: Examine grid layouts - Firefox Developer Tools
x devtools, discovering grids present on a page, examining and modifying them, debugging layout issues, and more. note: the examples shown in the screenshots appearing in this article are jen simmons' futurismo and variations on a grid experiments, and a live named grid area example from rachel andrew. discovering css grids when an html element on your page has display: grid applied to it, a number of features are made available in the devtools to provide easy access to grid features. in the html pane in the html pane, elements laid out using a grid have a "grid" marker beside them. in the css pane in the css pane's rules view, any instance of a display: grid declaration gets a grid icon included within it: . clicking the icon toggles the display of a grid overlay on the page, whic...
... a grid overlay on the page, which appears over the element, laid out like a grid to show the position of its grid lines and tracks: the overlay is still shown when you select other elements, so you can edit related css properties and see how the grid is affected. ...
... section containing a number of options for viewing those grids. you can find out more about those in the section below. note: the layout view can be found underneath the layout tab on the right-hand pane of the page inspector. the above and below screenshots should give you further hints on how to get to this. grid options the grid section of the layout view looks like this: you'll see a number of options contained within: overlay grid: contains a checkbox for each grid present on the page, along with various options. allows overlay views to be toggled on and off. grid display settings: display line numbers: turn the line numbers shown for each grid overlay on and off (on by default). display area names: turn area names on and off, in the case of grids with named grid areas...
...And 2 more matches

Call Tree - Firefox Developer Tools
s, you can find bottlenecks in your code - places where the browser is spending a disproportionately large amount of time. these bottlenecks are the places where any optimizations you can make will have the biggest impact. the call tree is a sampling profiler. it periodically samples the state of the javascript engine and records the stack for the code executing at the time. statistically, the number of samples taken in which we were executing a particular function corresponds to the amount of time the browser spent executing it. in this article, we'll use the output of a simple program as an example. if you want to get the program to experiment with your profile, you can find it here. you can find the specific profile we discuss here - just import it to the performance tool to follow along...
...gorithms - bubble sort, selection sort, and quicksort. to do this, it generates some arrays filled with random integers and sorts them using each algorithm in turn. we've zoomed into the part of the recording that shows a long javascript marker: the call tree presents the results in a table. ...
...e arrays filled with random integers and sorts them using each algorithm in turn. we've zoomed into the part of the recording that shows a long javascript marker: the call tree presents the results in a table. each row represents a function in which at least one sample was taken, and the rows are ordered by the number of samples taken while in that function, highest to lowest. ...
...And 2 more matches

Intensive JavaScript - Firefox Developer Tools
tton, the browser ran a javascript function, or series of functions, that blocked the main thread for 71.73ms, or more than four times our frame budget. which function, though? by switching to the flame chart view we can find out: this shows us the js call stack at this point in the execution. at the top of the stack is a function called calculateprimes(), and we can see its filename and line number. here's the code, together with its immediate caller: const iterations = 50; const multiplier = 1000000000; function calculateprimes(iterations, multiplier) { var primes = []; for (var i = 0; i < iterations; i++) { var candidate = i * (multiplier * math.random()); var isprime = true; for (var c = 2; c <= math.sqrt(candidate); ++c) { if (candidate % c === 0) { // ...
... requestanimationframe() tells the browser to run the given function in each frame, just before it performs a repaint. as long as each function is reasonably small, the browser should be able t...
... } return primes; } function dopointlesscomputationswithblocking() { var primes = calculateprimes(iterations, multiplier); pointlesscomputationsbutton.disabled = false; console.log(primes); } we're just running a (very inefficient) primality test 50 times, for some quite large numbers. using requestanimationframe in the first attempt at fixing this, we'll split up the function into a number of much smaller self-contained functions, and schedule each one using requestanimationframe(). requestanimationframe() tells the browser to run the given function in each frame, just before it performs a repaint. as long as each function is reasonably small, the browser should be able to keep inside its frame budget. it's pretty simple to split up calculateprimes(): we will just calculate prima...
...And 2 more matches

AudioBuffer.copyToChannel() - Web APIs
startinchannel optional an optional offset to copy the data to. ...
... startinchannel optional an optional offset to copy the data to. ...
... startinchannel optional an optional offset to copy the data to. ...
...And 2 more matches

AudioProcessingEvent - Web APIs
bubbles read only boolean does the event normally bubble? cancelable read only boolean is it possible to cancel the event? playbacktime read only double the time when the audio will be played, as defined by the time of audiocontext.currenttime inputbuffer read only audiobuffer the buffer containing the input audio data to be processed. ...
...vent normally bubble? cancelable read only boolean is it possible to cancel the event? playbacktime read only double the time when the audio will be played, as defined by the time of audiocontext.currenttime inputbuffer read only audiobuffer the buffer containing the input audio data to be processed. ...
...note the the returned audiobuffer is only valid in the scope of the onaudioprocess function. ...
...And 2 more matches

AudioWorkletNodeOptions - Web APIs
sed to specify configuration options when constructing a new audioworkletnode object for custom audio processing. it is only used when calling the audioworkletnode() constructor. during internal instantiation of the underlying audioworkletprocessor, the the structured clone algorithm is applied to the options object and the result is passed into audioworkletprocessor's constructor. ...
...g a new audioworkletnode object for custom audio processing. it is only used when calling the audioworkletnode() constructor. during internal instantiation of the underlying audioworkletprocessor, the the structured clone algorithm is applied to the options object and the result is passed into audioworkletprocessor's constructor. properties numberofinputs optional the value to initialize the numberofinputs property to. defaults to 1. ...
...udio processing. it is only used when calling the audioworkletnode() constructor. during internal instantiation of the underlying audioworkletprocessor, the the structured clone algorithm is applied to the options object and the result is passed into audioworkletprocessor's constructor. properties numberofinputs optional the value to initialize the numberofinputs property to. defaults to 1. numberofoutputs optional the value to initialize the numberofoutputs property to. defaults to 1. outputchannelcount optional an array defining the number of channels for each output. for example, outputchannelcount: [n, m] specifies the number of channels in the first output to be n and the second output to be m. the array length must match numberofoutputs. parameterdata optional an object containi...
...And 2 more matches

BaseAudioContext.createScriptProcessor() - Web APIs
the createscriptprocessor() method of the baseaudiocontext interface creates a scriptprocessornode used for direct audio processing. note: as of the august 29 2014 web audio api spec publication, this feature has been marked as deprecated, and was replaced by audioworklet (see audioworkletnode). syntax var scriptprocessor = audioctx.createscriptprocessor(buffersize, numberofinputchannels, numberofoutputchannels); parameters buffersize the buffer size in units of sample-frames. if specified, the buffersize must be one of the following values: 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384. if it's not passed in, or if the value is 0, then the implementation will choose the best buffer size for the given environment, which will be a constant power of 2 throughout the lifetime of the node. ...
... the audioprocess event is dispatched and how many sample-frames need to be processed each call. lower values for buffersize will result in a lower (better) latency. higher values will be necessary to avoid audio breakup and glitches. it is recommended for authors to not specify this buffer size and allow the implementation to pick a good buffer size to balance between latency and audio quality. numberofinputchannels integer specifying the number of channels for this node's input, defaults to 2. values of up to 32 are supported. numberofoutputchannels integer specifying the number of channels for this node's output, defaults to 2. values of up to 32 are supported. important: webkit currently (version 31) requires that a valid buffersize be passed when calling this method. note: it is i...
... returns a scriptprocessornode. example the following example shows basic usage of a scriptprocessornode to take a track loaded via audiocontext.decodeaudiodata(), process it, adding a bit of white noise to each audio sample of the input track (buffer) and play it through the audiodestinationnode. ...
...And 2 more matches

BasicCardResponse - Web APIs
basiccardresponse.cardholdername read only secure context optional contains the cardholder name of the card used to make the payment. ...
... basiccardresponse.cardholdername read only secure context optional contains the cardholder name of the card used to make the payment. ...
... basiccardresponse.cardholdername read only secure context optional contains the cardholder name of the card used to make the payment. ...
...And 2 more matches

Document.requestStorageAccess() - Web APIs
ting the user for explicit permission. reject if some rule is not fulfilled. grant the document access to cookies and other site storage and store that fact for the purposes of future calls to document.hasstorageaccess() and requeststorageaccess(). ...
...e calls to document.hasstorageaccess() and requeststorageaccess(). assuming all of the requirements above are satisfied, firefox will automatically grant storage access to the requesting origin on up to a threshold number of first-party origins in the current session for the duration of user’s session, up to a maximum of 24 hours. after the requesting origin has exceeded the maximum allowable number of storage access grants, any future call to requeststorageaccess() during the same browsing session will prompt the user. the maximum number of concurrent storage access grants an origin can obtain is a positive integer currently defined as one percent of the number of top-level origins visited in the current session or 5, whichever is higher. the threshold is enforced on the level of etld+1, s...
...ld+1, so for example two storage access grants for foo.example.com and bar.example.com will only count as a single exception against the limit. at the time of a requeststorageaccess() call, if the requesting origin has storage access to... ...fewer origins than the maximum: the user is not prompted. the origin is given an ephemeral storage access grant for the current top-level origin. the number of origins the requesting origin has storage access to is incremented by one. note that this number is also incremented when automatic access grants are given through our compatibility heuristics. the ephemeral storage access grant is: invalidated at the end of the browser session. not persisted to disk (e.g. will not persist if the browser crashes). reset after 24 hours i...
...And 2 more matches

Recording a media element - Web APIs
function log(msg) { logelement.innerhtml += msg + "\n"; } the log() function is used to output text strings to a <div> so we can share information with the user. not very pretty but it gets the job done for our purposes. function wait(delayinms) { return new promise(resolve => settimeout(resolve, delayinms)); } the wait() function returns a new promise which resolves once the specified number of milliseconds have elapsed. it works by using an arrow function which calls window.settimeout(), specifying the promise's resolution handler as the timeout handler function. that lets us use promise syntax when using timeouts, which can be very handy when chaining promises, as we'll see later. starting media recording the startrecording() function handles starting the recording process: func...
...or = event => reject(event.name); }); let recorded = wait(lengthinms).then( () => recorder.state == "recording" && recorder.stop() ); return promise.all([ stopped, recorded ]) .then(() => data); } startrecording() takes two input parameters: a mediastream to record from and the length in milliseconds of the recording to make. we always record no more than the specified number of milliseconds of media, although if the media stops before that time is reached, mediarecorder automatically stops recording as well. line 2 creates the mediarecorder that will handle recording the input stream. line 3 creates an empty array, data, which will be used to hold the blobs of media data provided to our ondataavailable event handler. line 5 sets up the handler for the dataava...
...ia data provided to our ondataavailable event handler. line 5 sets up the handler for the dataavailable event. the received event's data property is a blob that contains the media data. the event handler simply pushes the blob onto the data array. ...
...And 2 more matches

Navigator - Web APIs
nly provides a networkinformation object containing information about the network connection of a device. navigator.cookieenabled read only returns false if setting a cookie will be ignored and true otherwise. navigator.geolocation read only returns a geolocation object allowing accessing the location of the device. navigatorconcurrenthardware.hardwareconcurrency read only returns the number of logical processor cores available. navigatorplugins.javaenabled read only returns a boolean flag indicating whether the host browser is java-enabled or not. navigator.keyboard read only returns a keyboard object which provides access to functions that retrieve keyboard layout maps and toggle capturing of key presses from the physical keyboard. navigatorlanguage.language read only r...
...or.locks read only returns a lockmanager object which provides methods for requesting a new lock object and querying for an existing lock object navigator.mediacapabilities read only returns a mediacapabilities object that can expose information about the decoding and encoding capabilities for a given format and output capabilities. navigator.maxtouchpoints read only returns the maximum number of simultaneous touch contact points are supported by the current device. navigatorplugins.mimetypes read only returns an mimetypearray listing the mime types supported by the browser. navigator.online read only returns a boolean indicating whether the browser is working online. navigator.permissions read only returns a permissions object that can be used to query and update permission...
...nwards. navigator.credentials returns the credentialscontainer interface which exposes methods to request credentials and notify the user agent when interesting events occur such as successful sign in or sign out. navigator.devicememory read only returns the amount of device memory in gigabytes. this value is an approximation given by rounding to the nearest power of 2 and dividing that number by 1024. navigator.donottrack reports the value of the user's do-not-track preference. when this value is "yes", your web site or application should not track the user. navigator.mediadevices returns a reference to a mediadevices object which can then be used to get information about available media devices (mediadevices.enumeratedevices()), find out what constrainable properties are supp...
...And 2 more matches

RTCDataChannel - Web APIs
cifies the type of javascript object which should be used to represent binary data received on the rtcdatachannel. values allowed by the websocket.binarytype property are also permitted here: "blob" if blob objects are being used or "arraybuffer" if arraybuffer objects are being used. ...
...itted here: "blob" if blob objects are being used or "arraybuffer" if arraybuffer objects are being used. the default is "blob".bufferedamount read only the read-only rtcdatachannel property bufferedamount returns the number of bytes of data currently queued to be sent over the data channel.bufferedamountlowthreshold the rtcdatachannel property bufferedamountlowthreshold is used to specify the number of bytes of buffered outgoing data that is considered "low." the default value is 0.id read only the read-only rtcdatachannel property id returns an id number (between 0 and 65,534) which uniquely identifies the rtcdatachannel.label read only the read-only rtcdatachannel property label returns a domstring containing a name describing the data channel. these labels are not required to be uniqu...
...a channel. ...
...And 2 more matches

RTCInboundRtpStreamStats - Web APIs
based on the rtcreceivedrtpstreamstats dictionary, whose properties are also available. averagertcpinterval a floating-point value indicating the average rtcp interval between two consecutive compound rtcp packets. bytesreceived a 64-bit integer which indicats the total numer of bytes that have been received so far for this media source. fecpacketsdiscarded an integer value indicating the number of rtp forward error correction (fec) packets which have been received for this source, for which the error correction payload was discarded. fecpacketsreceived an integer value indicating the total number of rtp fec packets received for this source. this counter may also be incremented when fec packets arrive in-band along with media content; this can happen with opus, for example. fircount ...
...ets which have been received for this source, for which the error correction payload was discarded. fecpacketsreceived an integer value indicating the total number of rtp fec packets received for this source. this counter may also be incremented when fec packets arrive in-band along with media content; this can happen with opus, for example. fircount an integer value which indicates the total number of full intra request (fir) packets which this receiver has sent to the sender. this is an indicator of how often the stream has lagged, requiring frames to be skipped in order to catch up. this value is only available for video streams. framesdecoded a long integer value indicating the total number of frames of video which have been correctly decoded so far for this media source. this is the n...
...ce. this is the number of frames that would have been rendered if none were dropped. only valid for video streams. lastpacketreceivedtimestamp a domhighrestimestamp indicating the time at which the last packet was received for this source. the timestamp property, on the other hand, indicates the time at which the statistics object was generated. nackcount an integer value indicating the total number of negative acknolwedgement (nack) packets this receiver has sent. packetsduplicated an integer value indicating the total number of packets that have been discarded because they were duplicates. these packets are not counted by packetsdiscarded. packetsfaileddecryption an integer totaling the number of rtp packets that could not be decrypted. these packets are not counted by packetsdiscarded...
...And 2 more matches

SVGFESpotLightElement - Web APIs
x="376" y="94" font-size="12px" font-family="consolas,monaco,andale mono,monospace" fill="#4d4e53" text-anchor="middle" alignment-baseline="middle">svgfespotlightelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent interface, svgelement. ...
...middle" alignment-baseline="middle">svgfespotlightelement</text></a></svg></div> a:hover text { fill: #0095dd; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent interface, svgelement. svgfespotlightelement.x read only an svganimatednumber corresponding to the x attribute of the given element. svgfespotlightelement.y read only an svganimatednumber corresponding to the y attribute of the given element. ...
...; pointer-events: all;} properties this interface also inherits properties from its parent interface, svgelement. svgfespotlightelement.x read only an svganimatednumber corresponding to the x attribute of the given element. svgfespotlightelement.y read only an svganimatednumber corresponding to the y attribute of the given element. svgfespotlightelement.z read only an svganimatednumber corresponding to the z attribute of the given element. svgfespotlightelement.pointatx read only an svganimatednumber corresponding to the pointatx attribute of the given element. ...
...And 2 more matches

Vibration API - Web APIs
s software code provide physical feedback to the user by causing the device to shake. the vibration api offers web apps the ability to access this hardware, if it exists, and does nothing if the device doesn't support it. describing vibrations vibration is described as a pattern of on-off pulses, which may be of varying lengths. the pattern may consist of either a single integer, describing the number of milliseconds to vibrate, or an array of integers describing a pattern of vibrations and pauses. vibration is controlled with a single method: navigator.vibrate(). a single vibration you may pulse the vibration hardware one time by specifying either a single value or an array consisting of only one value: window.navigator.vibrate(200); window.navigator.vibrate([200]); both of these example...
...ying either a single value or an array consisting of only one value: window.navigator.vibrate(200); window.navigator.vibrate([200]); both of these examples vibrate the device for 200 ms. vibration patterns an array of values describes alternating periods in which the device is vibrating and not vibrating. ...
... one value: window.navigator.vibrate(200); window.navigator.vibrate([200]); both of these examples vibrate the device for 200 ms. vibration patterns an array of values describes alternating periods in which the device is vibrating and not vibrating. each value in the array is converted to an integer, then interpreted alternately as the number of milliseconds the device should vibrate and the number of milliseconds it should not be vibrating. ...
...And 2 more matches

WebGLRenderingContext.pixelStorei() - Web APIs
lorspace_conversion_webgl default color space conversion or no color space conversion. ...
...rowser_default_webgl gl.browser_default_webgl, gl.none webgl when using a webgl 2 context, the following values are available additionally: constant description type default value allowed values (for param) specified in gl.pack_row_length number of pixels in a row. glint 0 0 to infinity opengl es 3.0 gl.pack_skip_pixels number of pixel locations skipped before the first pixel is written into memory. glint 0 0 to infinity opengl es 3.0 gl.pack_skip_rows number of rows of pixel locations skipped before the first pixel is written into memory glint 0 0 to infinity opengl es 3.0 gl.unpack_row_length number of pixels in a row. glint 0 0 to infinity opengl es 3.0 ...
... of pixel locations skipped before the first pixel is written into memory glint 0 0 to infinity opengl es 3.0 gl.unpack_row_length number of pixels in a row. ...
...And 2 more matches

WebGL constants - Web APIs
0x8b83 passed to getprogramparameter after calling validateprogram to determine if it is valid. returns false if errors were found. attached_shaders 0x8b85 passed to getprogramparameter after calling attachshader to determine if the shader was attached correctly. returns false if errors occurred. active_attributes 0x8b89 passed to getprogramparameter to get the number of attributes active in a program. active_uniforms 0x8b86 passed to getprogramparamter to get the number of uniforms active in a program. max_vertex_attribs 0x8869 the maximum number of entries possible in the vertex attribute list. max_vertex_uniform_vectors 0x8dfb max_varying_vectors 0x8dfc max_combined_texture_image_units...
...at least 8. ...
... ext_disjoint_timer_query constant name value description query_counter_bits_ext ...
...And 2 more matches

Matrix math for the web - Web APIs
al object named mdn. transformation matrices there are many types of matrices, but the ones we are interested in are the 3d transformation matrices. these matrices consist of a set of 16 values arranged in a 4x4 grid. in javascript, it is easy to represent a matrix as an array. let's begin by considering the identity matrix. this is a special transformation matrix which functions much like the number 1 does in scalar multiplication; just like n * 1 = n, multiplying any matrix by the identity matrix gives a resulting matrix whose values match the original matrix. the identity matrix looks like this in javascript: let identitymatrix = [ 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 ]; what does multiplying by the identity matrix look like? the easiest example is to multiply a singl...
...for this article. check out the webgl model view projection article for a look into how it comes in handy. ...
...matrix composition. when matrices of a certain class are multiplied together they preserve the history of the transformations and are reversible. this means that if a translation, rotation, and scale matrix are all combined together, when the order of the matrices is reversed and re-applied then the original points are returned. the order that matrices are multiplied in matters. when multiplying numbers, a * b = c, and b * a = c are both true. for example 3 * 4 = 12, and 4 * 3 = 12. in math these numbers would be described as commutative. matrices are not guaranteed to be the same if the order is switched, so matrices are non-commutative. another mind-bender is that matrix multiplication in webgl and css needs to happen in the reverse order that the operations intuitively happen. for instance,...
...And 2 more matches

Movement, orientation, and motion: A WebXR example - Web APIs
immersive web working group, which is the team responsible for the webxr api's specification. by importing this polyfill, we allow the example to work on many browsers that don't yet have webxr implementations in place, and we smooth out any transient deviations from the specification that occur during these still somewhat experimental days of the webxr specification. options this example has a number of options you can configure by adjusting the values of constants before you load it in the browser. the code looks like this: const xrotationdegreespersecond = 25; const yrotationdegreespersecond = 15; const zrotationdegreespersecond = 35; const enablerotation = true; const allowmouserotation = true; const allowkeyboardmotion = true; const enableforcepolyfill = false; //const session_type = "im...
... enablerotation a boolean indicating whether or not to enable the rotation of the cube at all. allowmouserotation if true, you can use the mouse to pitch...
...nst zrotationdegreespersecond = 35; const enablerotation = true; const allowmouserotation = true; const allowkeyboardmotion = true; const enableforcepolyfill = false; //const session_type = "immersive-vr"; const session_type = "inline"; const mouse_speed = 0.003; xrotationdegreespersecond the number of degrees of rotation to apply around the x axis per second. yrotationdegreespersecond the number of degrees to rotate around the y axis each second. zrotationdegreespersecond the number of degrees per second to rotate around the z axis. enablerotation a boolean indicating whether or not to enable the rotation of the cube at all. allowmouserotation if true, you can use the mouse to pitch and yaw the view angle. allowkeyboardmotion if true, the w, a, s, and d keys move the viewer forwa...
...And 2 more matches

Rendering and the WebXR frame animation callback - Web APIs
r transfers that backbuffer to the display or xr device, along with anything else that's changed since the last time the screen was refreshed. historically, displays have refreshed 60 times per second. this is due to early displays using the ac electrical grid's current flow waveform, which cycles 60 times per second in the united states (50 in europe), for timing purposes. this figure goes by a number of different names, but they're all equivalent or nearly so: refresh rate vertical refresh rate vertical blanking rate (vbl) vertical sync rate vertical refresh rate there are other similar terms used as well, but regardless of what it's called, the unit of measurement applied is the hertz, or hz. a display that refreshes 60 times per second has a 60 hz refresh rate. that means that the ...
...erent names, but they're all equivalent or nearly so: refresh rate vertical refresh rate vertical blanking rate (vbl) vertical sync rate vertical refresh rate there are other similar terms used as well, but regardless of what it's called, the unit of measurement applied is the hertz, or hz. a display that refreshes 60 times per second has a 60 hz refresh rate. that means that the maximum number of frames it can display in a second is 60. no matter how many frames per second you render beyond that, only 60 of them will make it to the screen in the course of a second. but not all displays run at 60 hz; nowadays, higher performance displays are beginning to use much higher refresh rates. 120 hz—or 120 frame per second—displays are increasingly common, for example. the browser always t...
... rendering was delayed or because rendering itself took more time than was available. in the diagram above, frame 3 is dropped because frame 2 did not complete rendering until after frame 3 was due to be painted. the next frame drawn will be frame 4 instead. this is another reason the timestamp passed into your render callback is useful. by configuring the scene based on time rather than frame number, you can ensure your rendered frames match what's expected instead of falling behind. when a frame is dropped, the contents of the affected display area simply don't change for that pass through the frame loop. for that reason, the occasional dropped frame isn't usually particularly noticeable, but if it starts to happen a lot—especially if several frames are dropped in a very short span of ti...
...And 2 more matches

Background audio processing using AudioWorklet - Web APIs
our process() function receives contains 128 frames (that is, 128 samples for each channel), but it is planned that this value will change in the future, and may in fact vary depending on circumstances, so you should always check the array's length rather than assuming a particular size. it is, however, guaranteed that the inputs and outputs will have the same block length. ...
...ame block length. each input can have a number of channels. a mono input has a single channel; stereo input has two channels. surround sound might have six or more channels. so each input is, in turn, an array of channels. that is, an array of float32array objects. then, there can be multiple inputs, so the inputlist is an array of arrays of float32array objects. each input may have a different number of channels, and each channel has its own array of samples. ...
...two channels. surround sound might have six or more channels. so each input is, in turn, an array of channels. that is, an array of float32array objects. then, there can be multiple inputs, so the inputlist is an array of arrays of float32array objects. each input may have a different number of channels, and each channel has its own array of samples. ...
...And 2 more matches

Window - Web APIs
height of the content area of the browser window including, if rendered, the horizontal scrollbar. window.innerwidth read only gets the width of the content area of the browser window including, if rendered, the vertical scrollbar. window.issecurecontext read only indicates whether a context is capable of using features that require secure contexts. window.length read only returns the number of frames in the window. see also window.frames. window.location gets/sets the location, or current url, of the window object. window.locationbar read only returns the locationbar object, whose visibility can be toggled in the window. window.localstorage read only returns a reference to the local storage object used to store data that may only be accessed by the origin that created it. w...
...ject, whose visibility can be toggled in the window. window.scrollmaxx read only the maximum offset that the window can be scrolled to horizontally, that is the document width minus the viewport width. window.scrollmaxy read only the maximum offset that the window can be scrolled to vertically (i.e., the document height minus the viewport height). window.scrollx read only returns the number of pixels that the document has already been scrolled horizontally. window.scrolly read only returns the number of pixels that the document has already been scrolled vertically. window.self read only returns an object reference to the window object itself. window.sessionstorage returns a reference to the session storage object used to store data that may only be accessed by the origin tha...
....showmodaldialog() was called. this is an nsiarray. window.directories synonym of window.personalbar window.globalstorage multiple storage objects that were used for storing data across multiple pages. window.mozanimationstarttime the time in milliseconds since epoch at which the current animation cycle began. use animation.starttime instead. window.mozpaintcount returns the number of times the current document has been rendered to the screen in this window. this can be used to compute rendering performance. window.orientation read only returns the orientation in degrees (in 90 degree increments) of the viewport relative to the device's natural orientation. window.pkcs11 formerly provided access to install and remove pkcs11 modules. window.returnvalue the retur...
...And 2 more matches

speak-as - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
the speak-as descriptor specifies how a counter symbol constructed with a given @counter-style will be represented in the spoken form. for example, an author can specify a counter symbol to be either spoken as its numerical value or just represented with an audio cue. syntax /* keyword values */ speak-as: auto; speak-as: bullets; speak-as: numbers; speak-as: words; speak-as: spell-out; /* @counter-style name value */ speak-as: <counter-style-name>; values auto if the value of speak-as is specified as auto, then the effective value of speak-as will be determined based on the value of the system descriptor: if the value of system is alphabetic, the effective value of speak-as will be spell-out. if system is cyclic, the effective value of speak-as will be bullets. if system is ext...
...value of the system descriptor: if the value of system is alphabetic, the effective value of speak-as will be spell-out. if system is cyclic, the effective value of speak-as will be bullets. if system is extends, the value of speak-as will be the same as if speak-as: auto is specified on the extended style. for all other cases, specifying auto has the same effect as specifying speak-as: numbers. bullets a phrase or an audio cue defined by the user agent for representing an unordered list item will be read out. numbers the numerical value of the counter will be read out in the document language. words the user agent will generate a counter value as normal and read it out as a word in the document language. spell-out the user agent will generate a counter representation as no...
...ut in the document language. words the user agent will generate a counter value as normal and read it out as a word in the document language. spell-out the user agent will generate a counter representation as normal and would read it out letter by letter. if the user agent doesn't know how to read out a partiular counter symbol, the user agent might read it out as if the value of speak-as was numbers. <counter-style-name> the name of another counter style, specified as a <custom-ident>. if included, the counter will be spoken out in the form specified in that counter style, kind of like specifying the fallback descriptor. if the specified style does not exist, speak-as defaults to auto. accessibility concerns assistive technology support is very limited for the speak-as property. do no...
...And 2 more matches

Variable fonts guide - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
. if your operating system is not up to date, you will not be able to use variable fonts in web pages or the firefox developer tools. variable fonts: what they are, and how they differ to better understand what's different about variable fonts, it is worth reviewing what non-variable ones are like and how they compare. standard (or static) fonts in the past, a typeface would be produced as a number of individual fonts, and each font would represent one specific width/weight/style combination. so you would have separate files for 'roboto regular', 'roboto bold', and 'roboto bold italic' — meaning that you could end up with 20 or 30 different font files to represent a complete typeface (it could be several times that for a large typeface that has different widths as well). in such a scenar...
...for a long time in css there has existed the ability to specify this via the font-weight property, which takes numeric values ranging from 100 to 900 in increments of 100, and keywords like normal or bold, which are simply aliases for their corresponding numeric values (400 and 700 in this case). these are still applied when dealing with non-variable or variable fonts, but with variable ones, any number from 1 to 1000 is now valid. it should be noted that at this point there is no way in the @font-face declaration to 'map' a specific point on the variation axis of a variable font to the keyword bold (or any other keyword). this can generally be resolved fairly easily, but does require an extra step in writing your css: font-weight: 375; font-variation-settings: 'wght' 375; the following live...
...75; the following live example's css can be edited to allow you to play with font weight values. width width (represented by the wdth tag) defines the design axis of how narrow or wide (condensed or extended, in typographic terms) the letterforms can be. this is typically set in css using the font-stretch property, with values expressed as a percentage above or below ‘normal’ (100%), any number greater than 0 is technically valid—though it is far more likely that the range would fall closer to the 100% mark, such as 75%-125%. if a number value supplied is outside the range encoded in the font, the browser should render the font at the closest value allowed. note: the % symbol is not used when utilizing font-variation-settings. font-stretch: 115%; font-variation-settings: 'wdth' 1...
...And 2 more matches

Layout using named grid lines - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
all of the lines on your grid. you might choose to name just some key lines for your layout. .wrapper { display: grid; grid-template-columns: [main-start] 1fr [content-start] 1fr [content-end] 1fr [main-end]; grid-template-rows: [main-start] 100px [content-start] 100px [content-end] 100px [main-end]; } once the lines have names, we can use the name to place the item rather than the line number. .box1 { grid-column-start: main-start; grid-row-start: main-start; grid-row-end: main-end; } .box2 { grid-column-start: content-end; grid-row-start: main-start; grid-row-end: content-end; } .box3 { grid-column-start: content-start; grid-row-start: main-start; } .box4 { grid-column-start: content-start; grid-column-end: main-end; grid-row-start: content-end; } <div cla...
... giving lines multiple names you may want to give a line more than one name, perhaps it denotes the sidebar-end and the main-s...
...1">one</div> <div class="box2">two</div> <div class="box3">three</div> <div class="box4">four</div> </div> everything else about line-based placement still works in the same way and you can mix named lines and line numbers. naming lines is useful when creating a responsive design where you redefine the grid, rather than then needing to redefine the content position by changing the line number in your media queries, you can ensure that the line is always named the same in your definitions. giving lines multiple names you may want to give a line more than one name, perhaps it denotes the sidebar-end and the main-start for example. to do this add the names inside the square brackets with whitespace between them [sidebar-end main-start]. you can then refer to that line by either of the ...
...And 2 more matches

Linear-gradient Generator - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
obj.value; this.format = '' + obj.format; this.lightness = obj.lightness; }; color.prototype.setformat = function setformat(format) { if (format === 'hsv') this.format = 'hsv'; if (format === 'hsl') this.format = 'hsl'; }; /*========== methods to set color properties ==========*/ color.prototype.isvalidrgbvalue = function isvalidrgbvalue(value) { return (typeof(value) === 'number' && isnan(value) === false && value >= 0 && value <= 255); }; color.prototype.setrgba = function setrgba(red, green, blue, alpha) { if (this.isvalidrgbvalue(red) === false || this.isvalidrgbvalue(green) === false || this.isvalidrgbvalue(blue) === false) return; this.r = red | 0; this.g = green | 0; this.b = blue | 0; if (this.isvalidrgbvalue(alpha) === true) this.
....sethsv = function sethsv(hue, saturation, value) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.value = value; this.hsvtorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethsl = function sethsl(hue, saturation, lightness) { this.hue = hue; this.saturation = saturation; this.lightness = lightness; this.hsltorgb(); }; color.prototype.sethue = function sethue(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 359) return; this.hue = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setsaturation = function setsaturation(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.saturation = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setvalue = function setvalue(value) { if (typeof...
...lue) === true || value < 0 || value > 359) return; this.hue = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setsaturation = function setsaturation(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.saturation = value; this.updatergb(); }; color.prototype.setvalue = function setvalue(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.value = value; this.hsvtorgb(); }; color.prototype.setlightness = function setlightness(value) { if (typeof(value) !== 'number' || isnan(value) === true || value < 0 || value > 100) return; this.lightness = value; this.hsltorgb(); }; color.prototype.setalpha = function setalpha(value) { if (typeof(va...
...And 2 more matches

backdrop-filter - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
puted valueas specifiedanimation typea filter function list formal syntax none | <filter-function-list>where <filter-function-list> = [ <filter-function> | <url> ]+where <filter-function> = <blur()> | <brightness()> | <contrast()> | <drop-shadow()> | <grayscale()> | <hue-rotate()> | <invert()> | <opacity()> | <saturate()> | <sepia()>where <blur()> = blur( <length> )<brightness()> = brightness( <number-percentage> )<contrast()> = contrast( [ <number-percentage> ] )<drop-shadow()> = drop-shadow( <length>{2,3} <color>? )<grayscale()> = grayscale( <number-percentage> )<hue-rotate()> = hue-rotate( <angle> )<invert()> = invert( <number-percentage> )<opacity()> = opacity( [ <number-percentage> ] )<saturate()> = saturate( <number-percentage> )<sepia()> = sepia( <number-percentage> )where <number-perce...
...e> )<contrast()> = contrast( [ <number-percentage> ] )<drop-shadow()> = drop-shadow( <length>{2,3} <color>? )<grayscale()> = grayscale( <number-percentage> )<hue-rotate()> = hue-rotate( <angle> )<invert()> = invert( <number-percentage> )<opacity()> = opacity( [ <number-percentage> ] )<saturate()> = saturate( <number-percentage> )<sepia()> = sepia( <number-percentage> )where <number-percentage> = <number> | <percentage><color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ...
...age> = <number> | <percentage><color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? ...
...And 2 more matches

color - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
t, the computed value will be the rgba() corresponding one. if it isn't, it will be the rgb() corresponding one. ...
...he rgb() corresponding one. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...And 2 more matches

<easing-function> - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
t describes how fast one-dimensional values change during animations. this lets you vary the animation's speed over the course of its duration. the easing functions in the cubic-bezier subset of easing functions are often called "smooth" easing functions, because they can be used to smooth down the start and end of the animation. they correlate a time ratio to an output ratio, both expressed as <number>s. for these values, 0.0 represents the initial state, and 1.0 represents the final state. depending on the specific function used, the calculated output can sometimes grow to be greater than 1.0 or smaller than 0.0 during the course of an animation. this causes the animation to go farther than the final state, and then return. for some properties, such as left or right, this creates a kind of...
...d by css, a cubic bézier curve is a function, and is therefore valid, if and only if the abscissas of p1 and p2 are both in the [0, 1] range. cubic bézier curves with the p1 or p2 ordinate outside the [0, 1] range may generate bouncing effects. when you specify an invalid cubic-bezier curve, css ignores the whole property. syntax cubic-bezier(x1, y1, x2, y2) where: x1, y1, x2, y2 are <number> values representing the abscissas, and ordinates of the p1 and p2 points defining the cubic bézier curve. x1 and x2 must be in the range [0, 1] or the value is invalid. keywords for common cubic-bezier easing functions ease the animation starts slowly, accelerates sharply, and then slows gradually towards the end. this keyword represents the easing function cubic-bezier(0.25, 0.1, 0.25, 1...
...tion starts abruptly, and then progressively slows down towards the end. this keyword represents the easing function cubic-bezier(0.0, 0.0, 0.58, 1.0). the steps() class of easing functions the steps() functional notation defines a step function dividing the domain of output values in equidistant steps.this subclass of step functions are sometimes also called staircase functions. syntax steps(number_of_steps, direction) where: number_of_steps is a strictly positive <integer>, representing the amount of equidistant treads composing the stepping function. direction is a keyword indicating if it the function is left- or right-continuous: jump-start denotes a left-continuous function, so that the first step or jump happens when the animation begins; jump-end denotes a right-conti...
...And 2 more matches

image() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
es are able to be rendered. disambiguation: image(), the htmlimageelement constructor. ...
...or. ...
...<image-src> = <url> | <string><color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...And 2 more matches

outline-color - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
mputed value will be the rgba() corresponding one. if it isn't, it will be the rgb() corresponding one. ...
...corresponding one. ...
...syntax <color> | invertwhere <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...And 2 more matches

repeat() - CSS: Cascading Style Sheets
this function can be used in the css grid properties grid-template-columns and grid-template-rows. ...
...the grid track. min-content represents the largest min-content contribution of the grid items occupying the grid track. auto as a maximum, identical to max-content. as a minimum it represents the largest minimum size (as specified by min-width/min-height) of the grid items occupying the grid track. ...
...otherwise, the specified track list repeats only once. ...
...And 2 more matches

Audio and Video Delivery - Developer guides
this article is intended as a starting point for exploring the various delivery mechanisms of web based media and compatibility with popular browsers. the audio and video elements whether we are dealing with pre-recorded audio files or live streams, the mechanism for making them available through the browser's <audio> and <video> elements remains pretty much the same. currently, to support all browsers we need to specify two formats, although with the adoption of mp3 and mp4 formats in firefox and opera, this is changing fast. ...
...bmff and m2ts (both supported in dash, the latter supported in hls). generally speaking, if you are interested in standards, are looking for flexibility, or wish to support most modern browsers, you are probably better off with dash. note: currently safari does not support dash although dash.js will work on newer versions of safari scheduled for release with osx yosemite. dash also provides a number of profiles including simple ondemand profiles that no preprocessing and splitting up of media files. there are also a number of cloud based services that will convert your media to both hls and dash. for further information see live streaming web audio and video. customising your media player you may decide that you want your audio or video player to have a consistent look across browser...
...o. this returns a timeranges object listing the ranges of times that you can seek to. var mediaelement = document.queryselector('#mediaelementid'); mediaelement.seekable.start(0); // returns the starting time (in seconds) mediaelement.seekable.end(0); // returns the ending time (in seconds) mediaelement.currenttime = 122; // seek to 122 seconds mediaelement.played.end(0); // returns the number of seconds the browser has played specifying playback range when specifying the uri of media for an <audio> or <video> element, you can optionally include additional information to specify the portion of the media to play. to do this, append a hash mark ("#") followed by the media fragment description. a time range is specified using the syntax: #t=[starttime][,endtime] the time can be spec...
...And 2 more matches

HTML attribute: max - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
eater than or equal to the value of the min attribute. if the max attribute is present by is not specified or is invalid, no max value is applied. if the max attribute is valid and a non-empty value is greater than the maximum allowed by the max attribute, constraint validation will prevent form submission. valid for the numeric input types, including the date, month, week, time, datetime-local, number and range types, and both the <progress> and <meter> elements, the max attribute is a number that specifies the most positive value a form control to be considered valid. if the value exceeds the max value allowed, the validitystate.rangeoverflow will be true, and the the control will be matched by the :out-of-range and :invalid pseudo-classes. syntax syntax for max values by input type ...
... date yyyy-mm-dd <input type="date" max="2019-12-25" step="1"> month yyyy-mm <input type="month" max="2019-12" step="12"> week yyyy-w## <input type="week" max="2019-w23" step=""> time hh:mm <input type="time" max="17:00" step="900"> datetime-local yyyy-mm-ddthh:mm <input type="datetime-local" min="2019-12-25t23:59"> number <number> <input type="number" min="0" step="5" max="100"> range <number> <input type="range" min="60" step="5" max="100"> note: when the data entered by the user doesn't adhere to the maximum value set, the value is considered invalid in contraint validation and will match the :invalid and :out-of-range pseudoclasses see client-side validation and rangeoverflow for ...
...um value set, the value is considered invalid in contraint validation and will match the :invalid and :out-of-range pseudoclasses see client-side validation and rangeoverflow for more information. for the<progress> element, the max attribute describes how much work the task indicated by the progress element requires. if present, must have a value greater than zero and be a valid floating point number. ...
...And 2 more matches

<img>: The Image Embed element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
scription of the format, its capabilities, and detailed browser compatibility information; including which versions introduced support and specific special features that may have been introduced later. image loading errors if an error occurs while loading or rendering an image, and an onerror event handler has been set on the error event, that event handler will get called. this can happen in a number of situations, including: the src attribute is empty ("") or null. the src url is the same as the url of the page the user is currently on. the image is corrupted in some way that prevents it from being loaded. the image's metadata is corrupted in such a way that it's impossible to retrieve its dimensions, and no dimensions were specified in the <img> element's attributes. the image is in ...
...mage's metadata is corrupted in such a way that it's impossible to retrieve its dimensions, and no dimensions were specified in the <img> element's attributes. the image is in a format not supported by the user agent. attributes this element includes the global attributes. alt defines an alternative text description of the image. note: browsers do not always display images. there are a number of situations in which a browser might not display images, such as: non-visual browsers (such as those used by people with visual impairments) the user chooses not to display images (saving bandwidth, privacy reasons) the image is invalid or an unsupported type in these cases, the browser may replace the image with the text in the element's alt attribute. for these reasons and others...
...ating possible image sources for the user agent to use. each string is composed of: a url to an image optionally, whitespace followed by one of: a width descriptor (a positive integer directly followed by w). the width descriptor is divided by the source size given in the sizes attribute to calculate the effective pixel density. a pixel density descriptor (a positive floating point number directly followed by x). if no descriptor is specified, the source is assigned the default descriptor of 1x. it is incorrect to mix width descriptors and pixel density descriptors in the same srcset attribute. duplicate descriptors (for instance, two sources in the same srcset which are both described with 2x) are also invalid. the user agent selects any of the available sources at ...
...And 2 more matches

<li> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. ...
... permitted aria roles menuitem, menuitemcheckbox, menuitemradio, option, none, presentation, radio, separator, tab, treeitem dom interface htmllielement attributes this element includes the global attributes. value this integer attribute indicates the current ordinal value of the list item as defined by the <ol> element. ...
...ator, tab, treeitem dom interface htmllielement attributes this element includes the global attributes. value this integer attribute indicates the current ordinal value of the list item as defined by the <ol> element. the only allowed value for this attribute is a number, even if the list is displayed with roman numerals or letters. list items that follow this one continue numbering from the value set. the value attribute has no meaning for unordered lists (<ul>) or for menus (<menu>). ...
...And 2 more matches

<ol>: The Ordered List element - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. content categories flow content, and if the <ol> element's children include at least one <li> element, palpable content. permitted content zero or more <li>, <script> and <template> elements. tag omission none, both the starting and ending tag are mandatory. permitted parents any element that accepts flow content. ...
...ts flow content. implicit aria role list permitted aria roles directory, group, listbox, menu, menubar, none, presentation, radiogroup, tablist, toolbar, tree dom interface htmlolistelement attributes this element also accepts the global attributes. reversed this boolean attribute specifies that the list’s items are in reverse order. ...
...n, radiogroup, tablist, toolbar, tree dom interface htmlolistelement attributes this element also accepts the global attributes. reversed this boolean attribute specifies that the list’s items are in reverse order. items will be numbered from high to low. start an integer to start counting from for the list items. always an arabic numeral (1, 2, 3, etc.), even when the numbering type is letters or roman numerals. for example, to start numbering elements from the letter "d" or the roman numeral "iv," use start="4". ...
...And 2 more matches

<textarea> - HTML: Hypertext Markup Language
ol, useful when you want to allow users to enter a sizeable amount of free-form text, for example a comment on a review or feedback form. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. the above example demonstrates a number of features of <textarea>: an id attribute to allow the <textarea> to be associated with a <label> element for accessibility purposes a name attribute to set the name of the associated data point submitted to the server when the form is submitted. rows and cols attributes to allow you to specify an exact size for the <textarea> to take. setting these is a good idea for consistency, as browse...
...t that the <textarea> element is associated with (its "form owner"). the value of the attribute must be the id of a form element in the same document. if this attribute is not specified, the <textarea> element must be a descendant of a form element. this attribute enables you to place <textarea> elements anywhere within a document, not just as descendants of form elements. maxlength the maximum number of characters (utf-16 code units) that the user can enter. if this value isn't specified, the user can enter an unlimited number of characters. minlength the minimum number of characters (utf-16 code units) required that the user should enter. name the name of the control. placeholder a hint to the user of what can be entered in the control. carriage returns or line-feeds within the placeho...
.... readonly this boolean attribute indicates that the user cannot modify the value of the control. unlike the disabled attribute, the readonly attribute does not prevent the user from clicking or selecting in the control. the value of a read-only control is still submitted with the form. required this attribute specifies that the user must fill in a value before submitting a form. rows the number of visible text lines for the control. spellcheck specifies whether the <textarea> is subject to spell checking by the underlying browser/os. the value can be: true: indicates that the element needs to have its spelling and grammar checked. default : indicates that the element is to act according to a default behavior, possibly based on the parent element's own spellcheck value. false :...
...And 2 more matches

Browser detection using the user agent - HTTP
ser detection", often they actually want "rendering engine detection". do you actually want to detect firefox, as opposed to seamonkey, or chrome as opposed to chromium? or do you actually simply want to see if the browser is using the gecko or the webkit rendering engine? if this is what you need, see further down the page. most browsers set the name and version in the format browsername/versionnumber, with the notable exception of internet explorer. but as the name is not the only information in a user agent string that is in that format, you can not discover the name of the browser, you can only check if the name you are looking for. but note that some browsers are lying: chrome for example reports both as chrome and safari. so to detect safari you have to check for the safari string and the...
...tax. safari & chrome contain the string 'like gecko', for instance. ...
...yz; [1] trident/7.0; .*rv:xyz [2] [1] internet explorer 10- [2] internet explorer 11 of course, there is absolutely no guarantee that another browser will not hijack some of these things (like chrome hijacked the safari string in the past). that's why browser detection using the user agent string is unreliable and should be done only with the check of the version number (hijacking of past versions is less likely). browser version the browser version is often, but not always, put in the value part of the browsername/versionnumber token in the user agent string. this is of course not the case for internet explorer (which puts the version number right after the msie token), and for opera after version 10, which has added a version/versionnumber token. here again...
...And 2 more matches

HTTP headers - HTTP
equivalent html <meta> element with http-equiv attribute ([html5]). accept-ch-lifetime servers can ask the client to remember the set of client hints that the server supports for a specified period of time, to enable delivery of client hints on subsequent requests to the server’s origin ([rfc6454]). early-data indicates that the request has been conveyed in early data. content-dpr a number that indicates the ratio between physical pixels over css pixels of the selected image response. dpr a number that indicates the client’s current device pixel ratio (dpr), which is the ratio of physical pixels over css pixels (section 5.2 of [cssval]) of the layout viewport (section 9.1.1 of [css2]) on the device. device-memory technically a part of device memory api, this header repres...
...xel ratio (dpr), which is the ratio of physical pixels over css pixels (section 5.2 of [cssval]) of the layout viewport (section 9.1.1 of [css2]) on the device. device-memory technically a part of device memory api, this header represents an approximate amount of ram client has. save-data a boolean that indicates the user agent's preference for reduced data usage. viewport-width a number that indicates the layout viewport width in css pixels. the provided pixel value is a number rounded to the smallest following integer (i.e. ceiling value). if viewport-width occurs in a message more than once, the last value overrides all previous occurrences. width the width request header field is a number that indicates the desired resource width in physical pixels (i.e. int...
...ceiling value). if the desired resource width is not known at the time of the request or the resource does not have a display width, the width header field can be omitted. ...
...And 2 more matches

Control flow and error handling - JavaScript
to true when passed to a conditional statement. caution: do not confuse the primitive boolean values true and false with the true and false values of the boolean object! for example: var b = new boolean(false); if (b) // this condition evaluates to true if (b == true) // this condition evaluates to false example in the following example, the function checkdata returns true if the number of characters in a text object is three. otherwise, it displays an alert and returns false. function checkdata() { if (document.form1.threechar.value.length == 3) { return true; } else { alert( 'enter exactly three characters. ' + `${document.form1.threechar.value} is not valid.`); return false; } } switch statement a switch statement allows a program to eval...
... ${fruittype}.`); } console.log("is there anything else you'd like?"); exception handling statements you can throw exceptions using the throw statement and handle them using the try...catch statements. throw statement try...catch statement exception types just about any object can be thrown in javascript. nevertheless, not all thrown objects are created equal. while it is common to throw numbers or strings as errors, it is frequently more effective to use one of the exception types specifically created for this purpose: ecmascript exceptions domexception and domerror throw statement use the throw statement to throw an exception. a throw statement specifies the value to be thrown: throw expression; you may throw any expression, not just expressions of a specific type. the follo...
...d for this purpose: ecmascript exceptions domexception and domerror throw statement use the throw statement to throw an exception. a throw statement specifies the value to be thrown: throw expression; you may throw any expression, not just expressions of a specific type. the following code throws several exceptions of varying types: throw 'error2'; // string type throw 42; // number type throw true; // boolean type throw {tostring: function() { return "i'm an object!"; } }; note: you can specify an object when you throw an exception. you can then reference the object's properties in the catch block. // create an object type userexception function userexception(message) { this.message = message; this.name = 'userexception'; } // make the exception convert to a...
...And 2 more matches

Regular expressions - JavaScript
cate the beginnings and endings of lines and words, and other patterns indicating in some way that a match is possible (including look-ahead, look-behind, and conditional expressions). character classes distinguish different types of characters. for example, distinguishing between letters and digits. groups and ranges indicate groups and ranges of expression characters. quantifiers indicate numbers of characters or expressions to match. unicode property escapes distinguish based on unicode character properties, for example, upper- and lower-case letters, math symbols, and punctuation. if you want to look at all the special characters that can be used in regular expressions in a single table, see the following: special characters in regular expressions. characters / construct...
... single table, see the following: special characters in regular expressions. characters / constructs corresponding article \, ., \cx, \d, \d, \f, \n, \r, \s, \s, \t, \v, \w, \w, \0, \xhh, \uhhhh, \uhhhhh, [\b] character classes ^, $, x(?=y), x(?!y), (?<=y)x, (?<!y)x, \b, \b assertions (x), (?:x), (?<name>x), x|y, [xyz], [^xyz], \number groups and ranges *, +, ?, x{n}, x{n,}, x{n,m} quantifiers \p{unicodeproperty}, \p{unicodeproperty} unicode property escapes note: a larger cheatsheet is also available (only aggregating parts of those individual articles). escaping if you need to use any of the special characters literally (actually searching for a "*", for instance), you m...
...or end of the entire string. examples note: several examples are also available in: the reference pages for exec(), test(), match(), matchall(), search(), replace(), split() this guide articles': character classes, assertions, groups and ranges, quantifiers, unicode property escapes using special characters to verify input in the following example, the user is expected to enter a phone number. when the user presses the "check" button, the script checks the validity of the number. if the number is valid (matches the character sequence specified by the regular expression), the script shows a message thanking the user and confirming the number. if the number is invalid, the script informs the user that the phone number is not valid. within non-capturing parentheses (?: , the regular exp...
...And 2 more matches

Math.imul() - JavaScript
the math.imul() function returns the result of the c-like 32-bit multiplication of the two parameters. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. if you'd like to contribute to the interactive examples project, please clone https://github.com/mdn/interactive-examples and send us a pull request. syntax var product = math.imul(a, b); parameters a first number. b second number. return value the result of the c-like 32-bit multiplication of the given arguments. description math.imul() allows for 32-bit integer multiplication with c-like semantics. this feature is useful for projects like emscripten. because imul() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.imul(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a construct...
... c-like 32-bit multiplication of the given arguments. description math.imul() allows for 32-bit integer multiplication with c-like semantics. this feature is useful for projects like emscripten. because imul() is a static method of math, you always use it as math.imul(), rather than as a method of a math object you created (math is not a constructor). if you use normal javascript floating point numbers in imul, you will experience a degrade in performance. this is because of the costly conversion from a floating point to an integer for multiplication, and then converting the multiplied integer back into a floating point. the reason imul exists is because it is faster in only one (so far) circumstance: asmjs. asmjs allows for jist-optimizers to more easily implement internal integers in javascr...
...xperience a degrade in performance. this is because of the costly conversion from a floating point to an integer for multiplication, and then converting the multiplied integer back into a floating point. the reason imul exists is because it is faster in only one (so far) circumstance: asmjs. asmjs allows for jist-optimizers to more easily implement internal integers in javascript. multiplying two numbers stored internally as integers (which is only possible with asmjs) with imul is the only potential circumstance where math.imul may prove performant in current browsers. polyfill this can be emulated with the following function: if (!math.imul) math.imul = function(a, b) { var ahi = (a >>> 16) & 0xffff; var alo = a & 0xffff; var bhi = (b >>> 16) & 0xffff; var blo = b & 0xffff; // th...
...And 2 more matches

Math.max() - JavaScript
description because math is not a constructor, max() is a static method of math (you always use it as math.max(), rather than as a method of an instanced math object). ...
... description because math is not a constructor, max() is a static method of math (you always use it as math.max(), rather than as a method of an instanced math object). ...
... description because math is not a constructor, max() is a static method of math (you always use it as math.max(), rather than as a method of an instanced math object). ...
...And 2 more matches

Math.min() - JavaScript
the result is infinity if no parameters are provided. ...
...the result is infinity if no parameters are provided. ...
...the result is infinity if no parameters are provided. ...
...And 2 more matches

Math.random() - JavaScript
the math.random() function returns a floating-point, pseudo-random number in the range 0 to less than 1 (inclusive of 0, but not 1) with approximately uniform distribution over that range — which you can then scale to your desired range. the implementation selects the initial seed to the random number generation algorithm; it cannot be chosen or reset by the user. math.random() does not provide cryptographically secure random numbers. do not use them for anything related to security. use the web crypto api instead, and more precisely the window.crypto.getrandomvalues() method. syntax math.random() return value a floating-point, pseudo-random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive). ...
...not be chosen or reset by the user. math.random() does not provide cryptographically secure random numbers. do not use them for anything related to security. use the web crypto api instead, and more precisely the window.crypto.getrandomvalues() method. syntax math.random() return value a floating-point, pseudo-random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive). examples note that as numbers in javascript are ieee 754 floating point numbers with round-to-nearest-even behavior, the ranges claimed for the functions below (excluding the one for math.random() itself) aren't exact. ...
...the returned value is no lower than (and may possibly equal) min, and is less than (and not equal) max. ...
...And 2 more matches

Math.random() - JavaScript
the math.random() function returns a floating-point, pseudo-random number in the range 0 to less than 1 (inclusive of 0, but not 1) with approximately uniform distribution over that range — which you can then scale to your desired range. the implementation selects the initial seed to the random number generation algorithm; it cannot be chosen or reset by the user. math.random() does not provide cryptographically secure random numbers. do not use them for anything related to security. use the web crypto api instead, and more precisely the window.crypto.getrandomvalues() method. syntax math.random() return value a floating-point, pseudo-random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive). ...
...not be chosen or reset by the user. math.random() does not provide cryptographically secure random numbers. do not use them for anything related to security. use the web crypto api instead, and more precisely the window.crypto.getrandomvalues() method. syntax math.random() return value a floating-point, pseudo-random number between 0 (inclusive) and 1 (exclusive). examples note that as numbers in javascript are ieee 754 floating point numbers with round-to-nearest-even behavior, the ranges claimed for the functions below (excluding the one for math.random() itself) aren't exact. ...
...the returned value is no lower than (and may possibly equal) min, and is less than (and not equal) max. ...
...And 2 more matches

Math - JavaScript
note: many math functions have a precision that’s implementation-dependent. ...
... note: many math functions have a precision that’s implementation-dependent. this means that different browsers can give a different result. ...
... 3.14159. math.sqrt1_2 square root of ½ (or equivalently, 1/√2); approximately 0.707. math.sqrt2 square root of 2; approximately 1.414. static methods math.abs(x) returns the absolute value of x. math.acos(x) returns the arccosine of x. math.acosh(x) returns the hyperbolic arccosine of x. math.asin(x) returns the arcsine of x. math.asinh(x) returns the hyperbolic arcsine of a number. math.atan(x) returns the arctangent of x. math.atanh(x) returns the hyperbolic arctangent of x. math.atan2(y, x) returns the arctangent of the quotient of its arguments. math.cbrt(x) returns the cube root of x. math.ceil(x) returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to x. math.clz32(x) returns the number of leading zeroes of the 32-bit integer x. math.cos(x) returns the cos...
...And 2 more matches

Proxy - JavaScript
op === "message2") { return "world"; } return reflect.get(...arguments); }, }; const proxy3 = new proxy(target, handler3); console.log(proxy3.message1); // hello console.log(proxy3.message2); // world constructor proxy() creates a new proxy object. static methods proxy.revocable() creates a revocable proxy object. examples basic example in this simple example, the number 37 gets returned as the default value when the property name is not in the object. it is using the get handler. const handler = { get: function(obj, prop) { return prop in obj ? obj[prop] : 37; } }; const p = new proxy({}, handler); p.a = 1; p.b = undefined; console.log(p.a, p.b); // 1, undefined console.log('c' in p, p.c); // false, 37 no-op forwarding proxy in this ...
...arget.a); // 37 // (the operation has been properly forwarded!) note that while this "no-op" works for javascript objects, it does not work for native browser objects like dom elements. validation with a proxy, you can easily validate the passed value for an object. this example uses the set handler. ...
... table row by its cell. in that case, the target will be table.rows. ...
...And 2 more matches

ReferenceError() constructor - JavaScript
the referenceerror object represents an error when a non-existent variable is referenced. syntax new referenceerror([message[, filename[, linenumber]]]) parameters message optional optional. human-readable description of the error. filename optional optional. the name of the file containing the code that caused the exception. linenumber optional optional. the line number of the code that caused the exception. ...
... code that caused the exception. ...
...ng a referenceerror try { let a = undefinedvariable } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof referenceerror) // true console.log(e.message) // "undefinedvariable is not defined" console.log(e.name) // "referenceerror" console.log(e.filename) // "scratchpad/1" console.log(e.linenumber) // 2 console.log(e.columnnumber) // 6 console.log(e.stack) // "@scratchpad/2:2:7\n" } creating a referenceerror try { throw new referenceerror('hello', 'somefile.js', 10) } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof referenceerror) // true console.log(e.message) // "hello" console.log(e.name) // "referenceerror" console.log(e.filename) ...
...And 2 more matches

ReferenceError - JavaScript
ce properties referenceerror.prototype.message error message. although ecma-262 specifies that referenceerror should provide its own message property, in spidermonkey, it inherits error.prototype.message. referenceerror.prototype.name error name. inherited from error. referenceerror.prototype.filename path to file that raised this error. inherited from error. referenceerror.prototype.linenumber line number in file that raised this error. inherited from error. referenceerror.prototype.columnnumber column number in line that raised this error. inherited from error. referenceerror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. examples catching a referenceerror try { let a = undefinedvariable } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof referenceerror) // true console.log(e.m...
...ack trace. inherited from error. ...
...ng a referenceerror try { let a = undefinedvariable } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof referenceerror) // true console.log(e.message) // "undefinedvariable is not defined" console.log(e.name) // "referenceerror" console.log(e.filename) // "scratchpad/1" console.log(e.linenumber) // 2 console.log(e.columnnumber) // 6 console.log(e.stack) // "@scratchpad/2:2:7\n" } creating a referenceerror try { throw new referenceerror('hello', 'somefile.js', 10) } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof referenceerror) // true console.log(e.message) // "hello" console.log(e.name) // "referenceerror" console.log(e.filename) ...
...And 2 more matches

String.prototype.replace() - JavaScript
he match or matches are replaced with newsubstr or the value returned by the specified function. substr a string that is to be replaced by newsubstr. it is treated as a literal string and is not interpreted as a regular expression. only the first occurrence will be replaced. newsubstr (replacement) the string that replaces the substring specified by the specified regexp or substr parameter. a number of special replacement patterns are supported; see the "specifying a string as a parameter" section below. function (replacement) a function to be invoked to create the new substring to be used to replace the matches to the given regexp or substr. the arguments supplied to this function are described in the "specifying a function as a parameter" section below. return value a new string, with...
...g being examined. (for example, if the whole string was 'abcd', and the matched substring was 'bc', then this argument will be 1.) string the whole string being examined. groups in browser versions supporting named capturing groups, will be an object whose keys are the used group names, and whose values are the matched portions (undefined if not matched). ...
...yname.replace(/[a-z]/g, '-' + '$&'.tolowercase()); // won't work this is because '$&'.tolowercase() would first be evaluated as a string literal (resulting in the same '$&') before using the characters as a pattern. replacing a fahrenheit degree with its celsius equivalent the following example replaces a fahrenheit degree with its equivalent celsius degree. the fahrenheit degree should be a number ending with "f". the function returns the celsius number ending with "c". for example, if the input number is "212f", the function returns "100c". if the number is "0f", the function returns "-17.77777777777778c". the regular expression test checks for any number that ends with f. the number of fahrenheit degree is accessible to the function through its second parameter, p1. the function sets th...
...And 2 more matches

SyntaxError - JavaScript
bject. instance properties syntaxerror.prototype.message error message. although ecma-262 specifies that syntaxerror should provide its own message property, in spidermonkey, it inherits error.prototype.message. syntaxerror.prototype.name error name. inherited from error. syntaxerror.prototype.filename path to file that raised this error. inherited from error. syntaxerror.prototype.linenumber line number in file that raised this error. inherited from error. syntaxerror.prototype.columnnumber column number in line that raised this error. inherited from error. syntaxerror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. examples catching a syntaxerror try { eval('hoo bar'); } catch (e) { console.error(e instanceof syntaxerror); console.error(e.message); console.error(...
... error. syntaxerror.prototype.columnnumber column number in line that raised this error. inherited from error. syntaxerror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. ...
...lumnnumber column number in line that raised this error. inherited from error. syntaxerror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. ...
...And 2 more matches

TypeError - JavaScript
ypeerror object. instance properties typeerror.prototype.message error message. although ecma-262 specifies that typeerror should provide its own message property, in spidermonkey, it inherits error.prototype.message. typeerror.prototype.name error name. inherited from error. typeerror.prototype.filename path to file that raised this error. inherited from error. typeerror.prototype.linenumber line number in file that raised this error. inherited from error. typeerror.prototype.columnnumber column number in line that raised this error. inherited from error. typeerror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. examples catching a typeerror try { null.f() } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof typeerror) // true console.log(e.message) // "null has no...
...ror. inherited from error. typeerror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. ...
...e.stack stack trace. inherited from error. ...
...And 2 more matches

TypedArray - JavaScript
on the following pages you will find common properties and methods that can be used with any typed array containing elements of any type. the source for this interactive example is stored in a github repository. ...
..._t uint16array 0 to 65535 2 16-bit unsigned integer unsigned short uint16_t int32array -2147483648 to 2147483647 4 32-bit two's complement signed integer long int32_t uint32array 0 to 4294967295 4 32-bit unsigned integer unsigned long uint32_t float32array 1.2×10-38 to 3.4×1038 4 32-bit ieee floating point number (7 significant digits e.g., 1.1234567) unrestricted float float float64array 5.0×10-324 to 1.8×10308 8 64-bit ieee floating point number (16 significant digits e.g., 1.123...15) unrestricted double double bigint64array -263 to 263-1 8 64-bit two's complement signed integer bigint int64_t (signed long long) biguint64array 0 to 264...
... optionally a byteoffset and a length argument, a new typed array view is created that views the specified arraybuffer. the byteoffset and length parameters specify the memory range that will be exposed by the typed array view. if both are omitted, all of buffer is viewed; if only length is omitted, the remainder of buffer is viewed. static properties typedarray.bytes_per_element returns a number value of the element size for the different typedarray objects. typedarray.name returns the string value of the constructor name (e.g, "int8array"). get typedarray[@@species] the constructor function used to create derived objects. typedarray.prototype prototype for typedarray objects. static methods typedarray.from() creates a new typedarray from an array-like or iterable object. see...
...And 2 more matches

URIError() constructor - JavaScript
the urierror() constructor creates an error when a global uri handling function was used in a wrong way. syntax new urierror([message[, filename[, linenumber]]]) parameters message optional optional. human-readable description of the error. filename optional optional. the name of the file containing the code that caused the exception. linenumber optional optional. the line number of the code that caused the exception. ...
...ber optional optional. the line number of the code that caused the exception. ...
...he code that caused the exception. ...
...And 2 more matches

URIError - JavaScript
new urierror object. instance properties urierror.prototype.message error message. although ecma-262 specifies that urierror should provide its own message property, in spidermonkey, it inherits error.prototype.message. urierror.prototype.name error name. inherited from error. urierror.prototype.filename path to file that raised this error. inherited from error. urierror.prototype.linenumber line number in file that raised this error. inherited from error. urierror.prototype.columnnumber column number in line that raised this error. inherited from error. urierror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. examples catching an urierror try { decodeuricomponent('%') } catch (e) { console.log(e instanceof urierror) // true console.log(e.message) // "...
...rited from error. urierror.prototype.stack stack trace. inherited from error. ...
...stack trace. inherited from error. ...
...And 2 more matches

Strict mode - JavaScript
nd is probably undesirable (it might hide a typo, for example), so in strict mode duplicate argument names are a syntax error: function sum(a, a, c) { // !!! syntax error 'use strict'; return a + a + c; // wrong if this code ran } sixth, a strict mode in ecmascript 5 forbids octal syntax. ...
...ode duplicate argument names are a syntax error: function sum(a, a, c) { // !!! ...
...syntax error: function sum(a, a, c) { // !!! ...
...And 2 more matches

Web audio codec guide - Web media technologies
to a data stream, the more data used to represent the digital version of the audio, the more closely the sampled sound will match the source material. the effect of source audio format on encoded audio output because encoded audio inherently uses fewer bits to represent each sample, the source audio format may actually have less impact on the encoded audio size than one might expect. ...
...losely the sampled sound will match the source material. the effect of source audio format on encoded audio output because encoded audio inherently uses fewer bits to represent each sample, the source audio format may actually have less impact on the encoded audio size than one might expect. however, a number of factors do still affect the encoded audio quality and size. the table below lists a number of key source audio file format factors and their impact on the encoded audio. the effect of source audio format and contents on the encoded audio quality and size feature effect on quality effect on size channel count the number of channels affects only the perception of directionality, not the quality. each channel may substantially increase the encoded audio...
...ess audio are because you require archival-quality storage, or because the audio samples will be remixed and recompressed, and you wish to avoid the amplification of artifacts in the audio due to recompression. for real-time streaming of audio, a lossy codec is usually required in order to ensure the flow of data can keep up with the audio playback rate regardless of network performance. maximum number of channels the audio delivered to each speaker in a sound system is provided by one audio channel in a stream. monaural sound is a single channel. stereo sound is two. 5.1 surround sound has five audio channels, plus one low frequency enhancement (lfe) channel. lfe channels are specifically designed to store low-frequency audio data, and are commonly used to provide audio data for subwoofers, ...
...And 2 more matches

The building blocks of responsive design - Progressive web apps (PWAs)
x-card:nth-child(1) video, x-card:nth-child(2) img, x-card:nth-child(3) { margin-top: 17.5vw; } x-card:nth-child(1) button, x-card:nth-child(2) button { position: absolute; bottom: 0; } x-card:nth-child(2) button:nth-of-type(2) { bottom: 5.9rem; } x-card:nth-child(1) button...
...brett jankord has a good explanation at cross browser retina/high resolution media queries. <video> html5 video is fairly well catered for in terms of responsive capabilities. if you wish, you can point to multiple video files via <source> attributes, each with their own sou...
...src="videos/720/crystal720.webm" type="video/webm" media="all and (min-width: 481px)"> </video> this allows your site to serve different video files based on the available space, in order to optimize the user's experience. <img> html images are a more difficult proposition. there is no mechanism inherent in html images for serving different image files dependent on viewport size, and, due to a number of irksome browser behavior realities, solutions are more difficult to hack together than you would imagine. there are currently some standards proposals in the works that would provide this — the w3c responsive images community group discussed this problem for ages and arrived at the <picture> element, which provides a similar markup structure to <video>, with <source> alternatives selectable ...
...And 2 more matches

order - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
y="0" width="100%" height="100%"> <feturbulence basefrequency="0.025" seed="0" /> <feconvolvematrix kernelmatrix="3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -4" order="1 1 1"/> </filter> <rect x="0" y="0" width="200" height="200" style="filter:url(#emboss1);" /> <rect x="0" y="0" width="200" height="200" style="filter:url(#emboss2); transform: translatex(220px);" /> </svg> usage notes value <number-optional-number> default value 3 animatable yes <number-optional-number> this value indicates the number of cells in each dimension for the kernel matrix. the values provided must be <integer>s greater than zero. values that are not integers will be truncated, i.e. rounded to the closest integer value towards zero. the first number, indicates the number of colu...
... it is recommended that only small values (e.g., 3) be used; higher values may result in very high cpu overhead and usually do not produce results that justify the impact on performance. ...
... it is recommended that only small values (e.g., 3) be used; higher values may result in very high cpu overhead and usually do not produce results that justify the impact on performance. ...
...And 2 more matches

pathLength - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
30 h100" pathlength="50"/> <!-- compute everything like if the path length was 30 user units long --> <path d="m 0,40 h100" pathlength="30"/> <!-- compute everything like if the path length was 10 user units long --> <path d="m 0,50 h100" pathlength="10"/> </svg> circle for <circle>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the circle, in user units. ...
...gth was 10 user units long --> <path d="m 0,50 h100" pathlength="10"/> </svg> circle for <circle>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the circle, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes ellipse for <ellipse>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the ellipse, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes line for <line>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the line, in user units. ...
... value <number> default value none animatable yes ellipse for <ellipse>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the ellipse, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes line for <line>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the line, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes path for <path>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the path, in user units. value <number> default value none animatable yes polygon for <polygon>, pathlength lets authors specify a total length for the shape, in user units. ...
...And 2 more matches

tableValues - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
the tablevalues attribute defines a list of numbers defining a lookup table of values for a for a color component transfer function. four elements are using this attribute: <fefunca>, <fefuncb>, <fefuncg>, and <fefuncr> html, body, svg { height: 100%; } <svg viewbox="0 0 420 200" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"> <defs> <lineargradient id="gradient" gradientunits="userspaceonuse" x1="0" y1="0" x2="200" y2="0"> <stop offset="0" stop-color="#ff0000" /> <stop offset="0.5" stop-color="#00ff00" /> <stop offset="1" stop-color="#0000ff" /> </lineargradient> </defs> <filter id="componenttransfer1" x="0" y="0" width="100%" height="100%"> <fecomponenttransfer> <fefuncr type="table" tablevalues="0 1"/> <fefuncg type="table" tablevalues="0 ...
... an empty list results in an identity transfer function. specifications specification ...
... an empty list results in an identity transfer function. specifications specification status comment filter effects module level 1the definition of 'tablevalues' in that specification. wo...
...And 2 more matches

values - SVG: Scalable Vector Graphics
the values attribute has different meanings, depending upon the context where itʼs used, either it defines a sequence of values used over the course of an animation, or itʼs a list of numbers for a color matrix, which is interpreted differently depending on the type of color change to be performed. five elements are using this attribute: <animate>, <animatecolor>, <animatemotion>, <animatetransform>, and <fecolormatrix> animate, animatecolor, animatemotion, animatetransform for <animate>, <animatecolor>, <animatemotion>, and <animatetransform>, values is a list of values defining the sequence of values over the course of the animation. if this attribute is specified, any from, to, and by attribute values set on the element are ignored. value <list-of-values> default v...
...y from, to, and by attribute values set on the element are ignored. value <list-of-values> default value none animatable no <list-of-values> the value holds a semicolon-separated list of one or more values. the type of the values is defined by the href and attributename attributes. ...
... default value none animatable no <list-of-values> the value holds a semicolon-separated list of one or more values. the type of the values is defined by the href and attributename attributes. fecolormatrix for the <fecolormatrix> element, values is a list of numbers interpreted differently depending on the value of the type attribute. ...
...And 2 more matches

panel - Archive of obsolete content
warning) does not work, so panels which trigger it will be broken (bug 1031554). mouse button shortcuts, such as using the middle button to open a link in a new page, don't work. scrolling using keyboard doesn't work properly (bug 1001914) globals constructors panel(options) creates a panel. parameters options : object optional options: name type width number the width of the panel in pixels. optional. height number the height of the panel in pixels. optional. position object, button, widget the position of the panel. ignored if the panel is opened by a widget. this may be one of three things: a toggle button. if this is supplied the panel will be shown attached to the bu...
...on. show(options) displays the panel. if the options argument is given, it will be shallow merged with the options provided in the constructor: the options passed in the show method takes precedence. passing options here is useful for making temporary changes without touching the default values. parameters options : object optional options: name type width number the width of the panel in pixels. optional. height number the height of the panel in pixels. optional. position object the position of the panel. optional. see panel's options for further details. focus boolean set to false to prevent taking the focus away when the panel is shown. hide() stops displaying t...
... on(type, listener) registers an event listener with the panel. parameters type : string the type of event to listen for. listener : function the listener function that handles the event. removelistener(type, listener) unregisters an event listener from the panel. ...
...onal. position object the position of the panel. optional. see panel's options for further details. focus boolean set to false to prevent taking the focus away when the panel is shown. hide() stops displaying the panel. resize(width, height) resizes the panel. parameters width : number the new width of the panel in pixels. height : number the new height of the panel in pixels. on(type, listener) registers an event listener with the panel. parameters type : string the type of event to listen for. listener : function the listener function that handles the event. removelistener(type, listener) unregisters an event listener from the panel. parameters type : string the type of event for which listener was registered. list...

event/core - Archive of obsolete content
arguments. all the exceptions that are thrown by listeners during the emit are caught and can be handled by listeners of 'error' event. thrown exceptions are passed as an argument to an 'error' event listener. if no 'error' listener is registered exception will be logged into an error console. parameters target : object event target object. type : string the type of event. message : object|number|string|boolean first argument that will be passed to listeners. arguments : object|number|string|boolean more arguments that will be passed to listeners. off(target, type, listener) removes an event listener for the given event type on the given event target. if no listener is passed removes all listeners of the given type. if type is not passed removes all the listeners of the given event t...
...er) removes an event listener for the given event type on the given event target. ...
...s passed removes all listeners of the given type. if type is not passed removes all the listeners of the given event target. ...
...removes all listeners of the given type. if type is not passed removes all the listeners of the given event target. ...

places/bookmarks - Archive of obsolete content
t required options: name type title string the title for the bookmark. required. url string the url for the bookmark. required. optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark within its group. last item within the group by default. tags set a set of tags to be applied to the bookmark. group(options) creates an unsaved bookmark group instance. parameters options : object required options: name type title string the title for the group. required. ...
...tes an unsaved bookmark group instance. parameters options : object required options: name type title string the title for the group. required. optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark group lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark group within its parent group. last item within the group by default. separator(options) creates an unsaved bookmark separator instance. parameters options : object optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark group lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. ...
...dex of the bookmark group within its parent group. last item within the group by default. separator(options) creates an unsaved bookmark separator instance. parameters options : object optional options: name type group group the parent group that the bookmark group lives under. defaults to the bookmarks.unsorted group. index number the index of the bookmark group within its parent group. last item within the group by default. functions save(bookmarkitems, options) creating, saving, and deleting bookmarks are all done with the save() function. this function takes in any of: a bookmark item (bookmark, group, separator) a duck-typed object (the relative properties for a bookmark item, in addition to a ...
...presenting a query, or an array of objects representing queries. each query object can take several properties, which are queried against the bookmarks database. each property is and'd together, meaning that bookmarks must match each property within a query object. multiple query objects are then or'd together. options : object optional options: name type count number the number of bookmark items to return. if left undefined, no limit is set. sort string a string specifying how the results should be sorted. possible options are 'title', 'date', 'url', 'visitcount', 'dateadded' and 'lastmodified'. descending boolean a boolean specifying whether the results should be in descending order. by default, results...

Chapter 2: Technologies used in developing extensions - Archive of obsolete content
tml, as well as the topics below. for more information on these technologies, please refer to other sources. xml coding css coding basic javascript syntax xml: a text-based structural language extensible markup language (xml) is a meta-language for expressing various kinds of data. it was specified in 1998 by w3c, the organization that sets standards for web-related technologies. it has a number of useful qualities: it is generic, extensible, and easy to validate as well-formed. some examples of xml-based markup languages include xhtml, which is html redefined on an xml base; svg, for expressing vector images; and mathml, for expressing mathematical formulas. xul, which is used in firefox, is also based on xml. listing 1: xml syntax <elementname someattribute="somevalue"> content </...
...o, because a series of security holes were discovered in javascript and the compatible technology jscript, there was an initial reluctance to use javascript at all. nevertheless, the rise of web services like google maps, which used javascript and asynchronous communications, created an awareness of a set of technologies nicknamed ajax (asynchronous javascript and xml); that plus the advent of a number of libraries that paper over implementation differences between different web browsers has more recently led to a re-evaluation of javascript as a programming language. javascript is a prototype-based object-oriented language, and as shown in listing 3, also permits independent class definitions. it does not have strict typing like java, making it extremely flexible and giving it qualities that ...
...eb browsers has more recently led to a re-evaluation of javascript as a programming language. javascript is a prototype-based object-oriented language, and as shown in listing 3, also permits independent class definitions. it does not have strict typing like java, making it extremely flexible and giving it qualities that in some senses could be considered similar to lisp. firefox 3.5 includes a number of extensions to the specification standardized in ecmascript 3rd edition, and can use javascript 1.7 and javascript 1.8. listing 3: an example of a class definition in javascript function myclass() { } myclass.prototype = { property1 : true, property2 : 'string', method : function() { alert('hello, world!'); } }; var obj = new myclass(); obj.method(); dom: an api for manipulating...
...ml property of the html element node to dynamically change the contents of the html document by manipulating strings, but using the dom makes it possible to manipulate xml documents in a way that better matches javascript's object-oriented nature. in addition, xul lacks any equivalent for the innerhtml property, so if it weren’t for the dom, dynamic processing would be impossible. there are a number of levels to the dom with different levels of functionality. gecko supports nearly all of dom level 2 and some of dom level 3. with the dom, the contents of an xml document are handled as a "dom tree," a collection of element nodes and other nodes. listing 4 shows an example that deletes the second child element of the element with the "toolbar" id, adds a new button element as a substitute, and...

No Proxy For configuration - Archive of obsolete content
only applies to one port (no support for ranges and/or multiple ports). port-only filters ":80" or "*:80" are not supported. all non-fqdn hosts, such as intranet hosts the string "<local>" (without quotes) "<local>" bypasses the proxy for all hostnames which have no periods in them. for example: "https://mycompanyintranet/" ...
...nce most people assume these should connect to the local system. note: when ipv6 support is added, additional addresses will need to be added and tested. communicator used "network.proxy.none" limitations no ipv6 support - the backend stores ipv4 addresses as ipv6, but ipv6 formats are not supported. scalability - not usable for local domains with numerous hostnames. not usable for large number of filters (ad blocking). mozilla implements this feature with significant limitations, users may find that writing a pac file is more suitable for their needs. testing contributors can test this feature, even without a proxy server, using a "negative proxy server test". proxy connections that fail return an error "the proxy server you have configured cannot be found", so configure your brow...
... result basic filtering unit tests (local host) localhost localhost direct localhost. ...
... direct 127.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 proxy network range 127.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1 direct 127/8 127.0.0.1 proxy 127.*.*.* 127.0.0.1 proxy 127. 127.0.0.1 proxy ports 1 127.0.0.1 proxy no port .mozilla.org www.mozilla.org:80 www.mozilla.org:81 direct direct port number .mozilla.org:80 www.mozilla.org:80 www.mozilla.org direct direct :81 www.mozilla.org:81 proxy developer notes the no_proxy for logic is written in c++. pac is written in js, so there are potential problems with feature consistency and porting. david baron has pointed out that the original pac code in the "classic" tree is written in c++. the pac in c++...

Bookmark Keywords - Archive of obsolete content
google search for the words "spam and eggs." because these tools require bookmarks with specific keywords in order to work, they will be referred to hereafter as keymarks, as distinct from regular bookmarks. laying the groundwork we're going to pick a relatively easy example to illustrate this process: a keymark that will let the user jump straight to a specific bugzilla entry by entering its number. the quickest way to start is to simply look up any random bug in the bugzilla system-- the actual number doesn't matter. see figure 1 for an example. to file this bookmark open the "bookmarks" menu in the browser and select "add bookmark," or by of use the keyboard equivalent (e.g., <tt>cmd-d</tt> on macintosh). this will add a bookmark of the current page to the list of bookmarks. you can also...
...ld not be a case-sensitive match-- that is, if your keyword is av, then your title should be "av" or "av" or anything besides "av." (see bugzilla entry 119201 for details.) since this bookmark is intended to look up bugzilla entries, we'll call it "bz," as shown in figure 3. here's where the power starts to show up. switch to the "location:" field and go all the way to the end. replace the bug's number (82839) with the string %s. you should end up with the result shown in figure 4, without the red highlighting. the %s is a little flag that means "insert user input here." it doesn't have to go at the end of the location field-- it can be anywhere inside the field. you just need to fill in whatever piece of a url it is you want to be able to "fill in" when you use the keymark. all we need now is...
...t the end of the location field-- it can be anywhere inside the field. you just need to fill in whatever piece of a url it is you want to be able to "fill in" when you use the keymark. all we need now is a keyword, and our keymark will be ready to go. fill in the value bz, as shown in figure 5. with that done, all you have to do in the future is type <tt>bz</tt> followed by a space and the bug's number into mozilla's address bar, and the browser will jump right to the bug with that number. this is illustrated in figure 6. that's all it takes! setting up a google keymark to set up a keymark that will search google directly form the address bar, go to google and run a search for any word. once you get a result page, bookmark that page. you'll need to replace the word for which you searched. o...
...e converted to url-encoded text before it's sent to the google servers. thus we could type any of the following into the address bar and get back useful results: <tt>google geitost</tt> <tt>google mozilla keyword bookmark</tt> <tt>google bookmark site:developer.netscape.com</tt> <tt>google netscape xml support -site:netscape.com</tt> a few examples in the course of writing this article, a number of potentially useful bookmarks were considered as possible examples. instead of just throwing them away, we're providing them for you in the following table. even better, you can file them for future use by right-clicking (or holding down the control key and clicking on the link) and filing the bookmarks using the "file bookmark..." option in the contextual menu that pops up. once that's been do...

Getting Started - Archive of obsolete content
if it doesn't appear as you expected, then go back into the installed-chrome.txt file and double check that you modified the lines correctly. changing borders and colours this is the part where knowing css comes in handy. to find all of the css files that we're going to be modifying, we must first understand the directory structure. directories in \mozilla\chrome\classic\skin\classic there are a number of different directories which contain the skin information for the default packages that come with mozilla. the most important directory is \global. the default widgets are defined here, and anything that is modified will change throughout mozilla. if you want to modify how checkboxes, radio buttons, and scrollbars appear, this is the place. the next directory is the \communicator directory. thi...
...df and place it in \myskin and open it up in your text editor. this file is a small xml database which is used to describe the skin. list all the skins being supplied by this theme <rdf:seq about="urn:mozilla:skin:root"> <rdf:li resource="urn:mozilla:skin:myskin/1.0" /> in the code search for the part listed above. change the blue part to whatever you want your theme called and then its version number. then scroll down to the next section. <rdf:description about="urn:mozilla:skin:myskin/1.0" chrome:displayname="my skin" chrome:accesskey="m" chrome:author="me" chrome:description="this is my custom skin for mozilla" chrome:name="myskin/1.0" chrome:image="preview.png"> the blue areas are explained below. the first line should match the line that you modified in t...
... explained below. the first line should match the line that you modified in the previous section. the display name. that is what the user sees in the preference panels list of themes. the access key is what key you can press to activate the skin in the preferences. replace the author section with your name. the description shows up below the preview image. place your theme name and version number on this line point to your preview.png/preview.jpg/preview.gif here the packages section lists which components of the browser suit that you are modifying. if we also had skins for chatzilla, we would have to add another line resembling the other ones and change it to point to chatzilla. but this list includes everything that we changed, so just modify the blue text to point to match the name/v...
...="urn:mozilla:skin:myskin/1.0:global"/> <rdf:li resource="urn:mozilla:skin:myskin/1.0:messenger"/> <rdf:li resource="urn:mozilla:skin:myskin/1.0:navigator"/> finally, in the last section of the contents.rdf file we need to tell mozilla what version this skin is compliant with. this version is set to 1.0, so this skin will only work in versions of mozilla 1.0. you'll have to increase this version number to match the version of mozilla that you want it to work on. if you have the wrong number here, after you install the skin and select it in the list, it will give you a message saying that it's out of date. if that happens, just come back to this step and change the number to whatever version of mozilla you are using. <rdf:description chrome:skinversion="1.0" about="urn:mozilla:skin:myskin/1.0:co...

Dehydra Object Reference - Archive of obsolete content
e true. for example, a pointer type will have .ispointer == true, but a class type will not have an .ispointer property. common properties property type description .loc location object source location of a type or declaration. .attributes array of objects attributes of the type or declaration. each member of the array has the following properties: { name: string, value: string or number, if applicable } see an example on enforcing final classes. code can be annotated with arbitrary user attributes: __attribute__((user("customstring"))). variable objects dehydra presents ast nodes as variables. these types are used to represent variables, functions, assignments, etc. the following properties are usually available: property type description .name string the function or...
...ag .isreference boolean flag .type type object the type this points to or references array type property type description .isarray boolean flag .max integer or normal fixed-size arrays, the index of the largest element of the array. ...
... function type these represent the types functions and methods in the type system: property type description .type type object the function return type. .parameters array of type objects the parameter types for the function. .isexplicit boolean flag true ...
... function type these represent the types functions and methods in the type system: property type description .type type object the function return type. .parameters array of type objects the parameter types for the function. .isexplicit boolean flag true for constructors declared using the c++ explicit k...

JavaScript crypto - Archive of obsolete content
web pages access to certain cryptographic-related services. these services are a balance between the functionality web pages need and the requirement to protect users from malicious web sites. most of these services are available via the dom window object as window.crypto. services are provided to enable: smart card events, generating certificate requests, importing user certs, generating random numbers, logging out of your tokens, and signing text. handling smart card events web sites can make themselves more smartcard friendly by listening for smartcard insertion and removal events. to enable your document to receive these events, you must first tell the crypto system you are interested by setting window.crypto.enablesmartcardevents to true. you can then register event handlers for these ev...
...: must support ckm_dh_pkcs_derive and ckm_dh_key_pair_gen and the following functions: c_derivekey, c_generatekeypair pkcs11_mech_md5_flag: hashing must be able to function without authentication. pkcs11_mech_sha1_flag: hashing must be able to function without authentication. pkcs11_mech_md2_flag: hashing must be able to function without authentication.* pkcs11_random_flag: use token's random number generator. warning: must be able to use without authentication. many hardware random number generators are not as secure as the netscape internal one. do not select this value unless you can show that your random number generator is secure. even so, it's highly discouraged. pkcs11_pub_readable_cert_flag: this is the only flag most smart tokens should turn on. you can turn this flag on...
...t's highly discouraged. pkcs11_pub_readable_cert_flag: this is the only flag most smart tokens should turn on. you can turn this flag on if: the certs on your token can be read without authentication and, the public key on your token can be found by id, modulus, or value and all your private keys have the associated public key. turning this flag on will illuminate a large number of password prompts for your token when looking up certs in communicator. pkcs11_mech_rsa_flag = 0x1<<0; pkcs11_mech_dsa_flag = 0x1<<1; pkcs11_mech_rc2_flag = 0x1<<2; pkcs11_mech_rc4_flag = 0x1<<3; pkcs11_mech_des_flag = 0x1<<4; pkcs11_mech_dh_flag = 0x1<<5; //diffie-hellman pkcs11_mech_skipjack_flag = 0x1<<6...
..., 0x1<<26, 0x1<<29, and 0x1<<31 are reserved for internal use in mozilla. therefore, these bits should always be se...

Modularization techniques - Archive of obsolete content
ly loadable library. this mechanism can be used both inside an executable at run-time and externally using the apersist flag to tell the repository to store the class id/library relationship in its permenant store. about nsiids and nscids to simplify the process of dynamically finding, loading and binding interfaces, all classes and interfaces are assigned unique ids. the ids are unique 128 bit numbers that are based on uuids. for those who like gory details, their structure is this: struct nsid { pruint32 m0; pruint16 m1, m2; pruint8 m3[8]; }; frequently you see them represented as strings, like this: {221ffe10-ae3c-11d1-b66c-00805f8a2676} to initialize an id struct you declare them like this: id = {0x221ffe10, 0xae3c, 0x11d1, {0xb6, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x26, 0x7...
..."nsisupports.h" // {57ecad90-ae1a-11d1-b66c-00805f8a2676} #define ns_isample_iid \ {0x57ecad90, 0xae1a, 0x11d1, \ {0xb6, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x26, 0x76}} /* * nsisample interface declaration */ class nsisample: public nsisupports { public: ns_imethod hello() = 0; }; file nssample.h nssample.h defines the class id (cid) for our sample class. note that one interface can have a number of classes that implement it, so there is not necessarily a one-to-one mapping from iids to cids. it also defines the function for retrieving our class factory. notice it does not contain a class declaration. #include "nsifactory.h" // {d3944dd0-ae1a-11d1-b66c-00805f8a2676} #define ns_sample_cid \ {0xd3944dd0, 0xae1a, 0x11d1, \ {0xb6, 0x6c, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0x26, 0x76}} extern nsres...
... nsresult nsregisterself(const char *path); extern "c" ns_export nsresult nsunregisterself(const char *path); this allows a dll to register and unregister all its factories. a simple program called regfactory.exe (on windows) or regfactory (on unix) can be used to register self-registering dlls. reference counting basics reference counting is a critical part of modularity picture. there are a number of basic reference counting rules to remember. here's a quick summary. out parameters functions that return a new interface should call addref() on that interface before returning it. nsresult getfoo(ifoo **afoores) { if (afoores == null) { return ns_error_null_pointer; } *afoores = mfoo; ns_addref(*afoores); return ns_ok; } remember that this applies to the interfaces returne...
...n the interface passed in and addref() on the interface passed out. nsresult refreshfoo(ifoo **afoo) { if (afoo == null || *afoo == null) { return ns_error_null_parameter; } if ((*afoo)->stale()) { ns_release(*afoo); *afoo = mfoo; ns_addref(*afoo); } return ns_ok; } global and member variables both global and member variables have lifetimes that can be changed by any number of functions. therefore one should call addref() on any global or member variable that is being passed to a function, and call release() afterward. ns_addref(mfoo); tweekfoo(mfoo); ns_release(mfoo); (soon to be) frequently asked questions why are we mimicking com? doesn't com suck? you're probably basing this opinion on your experiences with or stories you've heard about ole. a really import...

Space Manager Detailed Design - Archive of obsolete content
frameinfo { nsiframe* const mframe; nsrect mrect; // rectangular region frameinfo* mnext; frameinfo(nsiframe* aframe, const nsrect& arect); #ifdef ns_build_refcnt_logging ~frameinfo(); #endif }; // doubly linked list of band rects struct bandrect : prcliststr { nscoord mleft, mtop; nscoord mright, mbottom; printn mnumframes; // number of frames occupying this rect union { nsiframe* mframe; // single frame occupying the space nsvoidarray* mframes; // list of frames occupying the space }; bandrect(nscoord aleft, nscoord atop, nscoord aright, nscoord abottom, nsiframe*); bandrect(nscoord aleft, nscoord atop, nscoord aright, nscoord abottom, nsv...
...passed in to the constructor. nsspacemanager(nsipresshell* apresshell, nsiframe* aframe); ~nsspacemanager(); operators 'new' and 'delete' are overridden to support a recycler. space manager instances come and go pretty frequently, and this recycler prevents excessive heap allocations and the performance penalties associated with it. the #define ns_space_manager_cache_size is used to control the number of space manager instances that can be present in the recycler, currently 4. if more than ns_space_manager_cache_size are allocated at a time,then standard allocation is used. void* operator new(size_t asize); void operator delete(void* aptr, size_t asize); a static method is used to shutdown the space manager recycling. this method deletes all of the space mangers in the recycler,and prevents ...
...ion notes algorithm 1: getbanddata getbanddata is used to provide information to clients about what space if available and unavailable in a band of space. the client provides a vertical offset, the yoffset, that corresponds to the band that is of interest. this will be the y offset of the frame that is being reflowed. the caller also provides a collection of banddata objects (an array) and the number of items that the collection can handle. if the collection is too small, then an error is returned and the count is updated to indicate the size required. the algorithm to provide the band data is as follows: get a vertical offset in world coordinates (instead of frame-relative coordinates) by adding the y-origin of the spacemanager to the y offset passed in if the (adjusted) y value passed in...
...ning bands: if the current band is to the right of the requested band, then there is available space. if there is more room in the banddata collection, then add a trapezoid to the banddata collection such that it is marked as available and has arect that represents the space between the reference band tna dht band being examined if there is no more room in the banddata collection, estimate the number of entries requires as the current count + twice the number of bands below the reference band, plus two. return an error code so the caller can reallocate the collection and try again. check the size of the collection again, if there is no room left then estimate the number of items requires as the current count + twice the number of bands below the band in question plus one. create a new trap...

Venkman Introduction - Archive of obsolete content
l all other files javascript function figure 6. icons in the script view the "special" function name __toplevel__ is displayed for scripts that are not part of an actual function. clicking on a file name brings you to the top of that file, while clicking on a function name brings you to the start of that function. the line column in this view displays the line number that this function starts on. the column picker for this view (the box on the top right) can be used to display a length column. this column displays the size of functions, in lines. both the line and length column are blank for file names. if a function has a breakpoint in it, a small red dot will show up in the function icon, as well as the parent's file icon. the local variables view the...
...ter "b"). breakpoints cannot be set on lines which do not contain executable code, such as blank and comment lines. for these lines, the interactive session view will display an error message explaining why the breakpoint could not be set. breakpoints can also be set and cleared from the interactive session view, with the break and fbreak commands. the break command takes a file pattern and line number. any loaded file which matches the file pattern, and contains an executable line at the requested line number will have a breakpoint set. if no loaded files match the file pattern or line number, an error message is printed to the console and the command fails. the fbreak command is identical, with the exception that if no files match the pattern or line, a "future breakpoint" is recorded. the ne...
...ebugger contains a window menu like other major components in the application suite. from this menu, you can access the browser, mail, and other applications. type /break animator-0.03 121 in the debugger. the console command /break is used to set and list breakpoints. the first parameter is the file name that contains the javascript you want to break at. the second parameter is the line number. you don't need to specify the entire file name. in this example, we are setting a breakpoint in the pause function called when the browser starts the dhtml fishcam window. alternately, you can select animator-0.03.js from the loaded scripts view, locate the pause function at line 119, and click in the left margin. setting breakpoints in this manner is equivalent to using the /break command in...
... the /break command, all breakpoints are listed in the interactive session view. on the fishcam page, press the "pause" link. you should hit the breakpoint you just set in step 3. in the interactive session, context becomes animator-0.03.js and the scope is the pause function. there will also be "stopped for breakpoint" in red in the interactive session, along with the file name, line number, and snippet source code from where it stopped. figure 13. (from step 5) stopped at a breakpoint. in the interactive session's input field, enter this.fpaused venkman evaluates the expression, giving you [boolean] false back. press step into to follow the steps until you have finished debugging the function, and the fishes have paused. in addition to step in, which will e...

compareTo - Archive of obsolete content
compareto compares the version information specified in this object to the version information specified in the version parameter. method of installversion object syntax compareto ( installversion version); compareto ( string version); compareto ( int major, int minor, int release, int build); parameters the compareto method has the following parameters: maj the major version number. min minor version number. rev revision number. bld build number. version an installversion object or a string representing version information in the format "4.1.2.1234". returns if the versions are the same, this method returns 0. if this version object represents a smaller (earlier) version than that represented by the version parameter,...
...n number. rev revision number. bld build number. version an installversion object or a string representing version information in the format "4.1.2.1234". returns if the versions are the same, this method returns 0. if this version object represents a smaller (earlier) version than that represented by the version parameter, this method returns a negative number. otherwise, it returns a positive number. in particular, this method returns one of the following values: -4 this version object has a smaller (earlier) major number than version. -3 this version object has a smaller (earlier) minor number than version. -2 this version object has a smaller (earlier) release number than version. -1 this ...
... particular, this method returns one of the following values: -4 this version object has a smaller (earlier) major number than version. -3 this version object has a smaller (earlier) minor number than version. -2 this version object has a smaller (earlier) release number than version. -1 this version object has a smaller (earlier) build number than version. 0 the version numbers are the same; both objects represent the same version. 1 this version object has a larger (newer) build number than version. 2 this version object has a larger (newer) release number than version. 3 this version object has a larger (newer) minor number than version. 4 this version object...
... the version numbers are the same; both objects represent the same version. 1 this version object has a larger (newer) build number than version. 2 this version object has a larger (newer) release number than version. 3 this version object has a larger (newer) minor number than version. 4 this version object has a larger (newer) major number than version. the following constants are defined and available for checking the value returned by compareto: installversion.major_diff installversion.minor_diff installversion.rel_diff installversion.bld_diff installversion.equal installversion.major_diff_minus installversion.minor_diff_minus installversion.rel_diff_minus installve...

toString - Archive of obsolete content
summary converts an installversion init object to a string. method of installversion object syntax string version = installversion.tostring ( initobj ); parameters the tostring method has the following parameter: initobj initobj is an installversion object whose init method has been called. returns the major, minor, revision, and build numbers represented as a single string. ...
...t to a string. method of installversion object syntax string version = installversion.tostring ( initobj ); parameters the tostring method has the following parameter: initobj initobj is an installversion object whose init method has been called. returns the major, minor, revision, and build numbers represented as a single string. ...
...llversion.tostring ( initobj ); parameters the tostring method has the following parameter: initobj initobj is an installversion object whose init method has been called. returns the major, minor, revision, and build numbers represented as a single string. the init() function can input the version number as a single string or as a series of parameters representing the version numbers of the installation. ...
...e tostring method has the following parameter: initobj initobj is an installversion object whose init method has been called. returns the major, minor, revision, and build numbers represented as a single string. the init() function can input the version number as a single string or as a series of parameters representing the version numbers of the installation. ...

Result Generation - Archive of obsolete content
« previousnext » rdf in this section, we'll look at generating template output using rdf datasources. first, however, some background. rdf, in mathematical terms, is a labeled directed graph. that means that rdf is a graph of nodes and arrows between them where each node and arrow has some label. since it's a graph, arrows can point all over the place and nodes can have any number of arrows pointing out of them and pointing at them. and also because it is a graph, there is no real starting point or root node so you can just start anywhere. in the picture below, you can see that node a at the top has arcs pointing to b, c and d. similarly, c has an arc pointing to d. you could have arcs pointing elsewhere--for example, node d could have an arc pointing back to a. to navigate arou...
.../c"/> <rel:relateditem rdf:resource="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/d"/> </rdf:description> <rdf:description rdf:about="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/c"> <rel:relateditem rdf:resource="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/d"/> </rdf:description> </rdf:rdf> for a xul template query, you first need to select a starting point in the rdf graph. once you have selected a starting point, you use a number of statements which indicate where to go next when navigating the graph. eventually, you will end up with a set of nodes you consider the endpoints of your query. these become the results and content would be generated for each of these results. say you start at a. you could navigate to b, c and d and generate three blocks of output by following the arrows forward. or, you could start at d and fo...
...template, you specify the starting point using the 'ref' attribute. here is an example: <vbox datasources="http://www.xulplanet.com/ds/sample.rdf" ref="http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/a" flex="1"> this is an indicator that we want to construct a xul template using the reference point with the uri 'http://www.xulplanet.com/rdf/a'. query processing a query for an rdf datasource consists of a number of statements, placed as children of the query element. during query processing, the template builder builds up a network of information such as: possible results that are available where content should be generated information that indicates what to do when the rdf datasource changes this network of information remains for the lifetime of the template, or until it is rebuilt. the templat...
... match data. this allows for a fairly efficient means of updating results when, for instance, a new statement is added to the rdf graph. rather than rebuild the entire template, the algorithm allows only specific parts of the network of information to be re-examined. a similar method can be used when removing rdf statements. while the information network created by the template builder contains a number of different pieces of necessary information, for the purposes of this discussion, we will only be interested in the list of possible results. the builder begins with a single possible result, called the seed. the builder processes each of a query's statements in sequence. to do this for a particular statement, the builder iterates over the possible results found so far and either accepts each re...

Focus and Selection - Archive of obsolete content
e the focus by clicking an element with the mouse or by pressing the tab key. when the tab key is pressed, the next element is given the focus. to step backwards, the shift key and tab key can be pressed. rearranging the tab order you can change the order in which elements are focused when the user presses the tab key by adding a tabindex attribute to an element. this attribute should be set to a number. when the user presses tab, the focus will shift to the element with the next highest tab index. that means that you can order the elements by setting indices on elements in sequence. usually, however, you would not set the tabindex attribute. if you do not, pressing tab will set the focus to the next displayed element. you only need to set tab indices if you wish to use a different order. here i...
...r onblur attribute on an element. they work just like their html counterparts. you might use these event handlers to highlight the element or display text on a status bar. the following example can be used to apply a function to handle a focus event. example 2 : source view <script> function displayfocus(){ var elem=document.getelementbyid('sbar'); elem.setattribute('value','enter your phone number.'); } </script> <textbox id="tbox1"/> <textbox id="tbox2" onfocus="displayfocus();"/> <description id="sbar" value=""/> the focus event, when it occurs, will call the displayfocus function. this function will change the value of the text label. we could extend this example to remove the text when the blur event occurs. typically, you will use focus and blur events to update parts of the interf...
...ou wanted to move the focus from where it currently is, to the next place the browser thinks it should be. a user typically does this by hitting the "tab" key. you can do this anywhere you have a xul browser document by simply: document.commanddispatcher.advancefocus(); in fact, the commanddispatcher simply implements the nsidomxulcommanddispatcher interface. this interface also provides a number of other methods which may be useful. platform specific behaviors mac os x there is a preference called "full keyboard access" (fka). note that xul adheres to this. this means that when the fka preference is off, only textboxes and lists/trees are focusable with the keyboard, as well as from your code using focus(). handling text changes there are two events that can be used when ...
...rent selection respectively. if both are set to the same value no text is selected, and the cursor is moved to that position. once you have the start and end positions, you can pull out the substring from the whole text. you can retrieve and modify the contents of the textbox by using the value property. one additional useful property of textboxes is the textlength property, which holds the total number of characters in the field. next, we'll find out how to use commands. « previousnext » ...

Stacks and Decks - Archive of obsolete content
the box tag creates the simplest box with no special properties. ...
...designed for holding other elements. they are all special types of boxes and allow all of the attributes of boxes on them. stacks the stack element is a simple box. it works like any other box but has the special property that its children are laid out all on top of each other. the first child of the stack is drawn underneath, the second child is drawn next, followed by the third and so on. any number of elements may be stacked up in a stack. the orient property has little meaning on a stack as children are laid out above each other rather than from side to side. the size of the stack is determined by its largest child, but you can use the css properties width, height, min-width and other related properties on both the stack and its children. the stack element might be used for cases where a...
...rties width, height, min-width and other related properties on both the stack and its children. the stack element might be used for cases where a status indicator needs to be added over an existing element. for example, a progress bar might be created using a bar and a label overlaid on top of it. shadowing with stacks one convenient use of the stack element however is that you could emulate a number of css properties with it. for example, you could create an effect similar to the text-shadow property with the following: example 1 : source view <stack> <description value="shadowed" style="padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; font-size: 15pt"/> <description value="shadowed" style="color: red; font-size: 15pt;"/> </stack> both description elements create text with a size of 15 points.
...and add navigation buttons to each of them, you would create one window and use a deck where the content changes. like stacks, the direct children of the deck element form the pages of the deck. if there are three children of the deck element, the deck will have three children. the displayed page of the deck can be changed by setting an selectedindex attribute on the deck element. the index is a number that identifies which page to display. pages are numbered starting from zero. so, the first child of the deck is page 0, the second is page 1 and so on. example 3 : source view <deck selectedindex="2"> <description value="this is the first page"/> <button label="this is the second page"/> <box> <description value="this is the third page"/> <button label="this is also the third pag...

Tree Selection - Archive of obsolete content
e selected items in a tree. getting the selected tree items each item in a tree (that corresponds to treeitem element, if using content tree view) may be selected individually. if you add the seltype attribute to the tree, set to the value single, the user may only select one row at a time. otherwise, the user may select multiple rows, which will not necessarily be contiguous. the tree provides a number of functions which can be used to determine whether an item is selected. handling the select event first, let's see how we can determine when an item is selected. the onselect() event handler may be added to the tree element. when the user selects an item from the tree, the event handler is called. the user may also change the selection by using the cursor keys. if the user holds down the cursor ...
... view property and then retrieve the view's selection property. you can use the methods of the selection object to retrieve the set of selected items or modify the selection. because the selected items in a multiple selection tree are not necessarily contiguous, you can retrieve each block of contigous selections using the getrangecount() and getrangeat() functions. the first function returns the number of selection ranges there are. if only one value is selected, this value will be 1. you would then write a loop for the number of ranges, calling getrangeat() to get the actual indices of the start and end of the range. the getrangeat() function takes three arguments. the first is the range index. the second is an object which will be filled in by the function with the index of the first sel...
... getrangeat example var start = new object(); var end = new object(); var numranges = tree.view.selection.getrangecount(); for (var t = 0; t < numranges; t++){ tree.view.selection.getrangeat(t,start,end); for (var v = start.value; v <= end.value; v++){ alert("item " + v + " is selected."); } } we create two objects called 'start' and 'end'. then, we iterate over the set of ranges, the number of which is returned by the getrangecount() function. the getrangeat() function is called passing the range index and the start and end objects. this function will fill in the start and end indicies by assigning them to the 'value' property. so if the first range is from the third item to the seventh item, 'start.value' will be 2 (remember that indices start with 0, so we subtract one.) and 'end.
... (remember that indices start with 0, so we subtract one.) and 'end.value' will be 6. an alert is displayed for each index. if you just want to find out if a specific row is selected, use can use the isselected() function. it takes a row index as an argument and returns true if that row is selected. alert(tree.view.selection.isselected(3)); modifying the tree selection the selection object has a number of functions which may be used to change the selection. the simplest function is the select() function, which deselects any rows that are currently selected and selects one specific row. for example, the following code will select the row at index 5: tree.view.selection.select(5); note that you should not just change the tree's currentindex property to change the selection. instead, you should u...

Tree View Details - Archive of obsolete content
</window> we use a simple tree here with no data in the treechildren. the 'init' function is called when the window is loaded to initialize the tree. it simply sets the custom view by retrieving the tree and setting its 'view' property. we will define 'treeview' next. function init() { document.getelementbyid("elementlist").view = treeview; } the custom tree view will need to implement a number of methods, of which the important ones will be examined individually. first we'll define two structures to hold the data for the tree, the first will hold a map between parents and the children they contain, and the second will hold an array of the visible items. remember that a custom view must keep track of which items are visible itself. var treeview = { childdata : { solids: ["silver"...
...open: function(idx) { return this.visibledata[idx][2]; }, iscontainerempty: function(idx) { return false; }, isseparator: function(idx) { return false; }, issorted: function() { return false; }, iseditable: function(idx, column) { return false; }, } the rowcount function will return the length of the visibledata array. note that it should return the current number of visible rows, not the total. so, at first, only three items are visible and the rowcount should be three, even though six rows are hidden. also note the use of the javascript get operator to bind a property to a function, so to have the value of the rowcount property that can change dynamically over time, as rowcount has to be a read-only attribute as defined in nsitreeview. the settree funct...
... some rows were added to the underlying data. the tree will then redraw the tree as needed and the result is that the child rows will appear inside the container. the various other functions implemented above such as getlevel and iscontainer are used by the tree to determine how to draw the tree. the rowcountchanged function takes two arguments, the index where the first row was inserted and the number of rows to insert. in the code above we indicate that the starting row is the value of 'idx' plus one, which will be the first child under the parent. the tree will use this information and add space for the appropriate number of rows and push the rows afterwards down. make sure to pass the right number or the tree might redraw incorrectly or try to draw more rows than necessary. the following c...
...ntil we come to one that is at the same level. all those that have a higher level will need to be removed, but a row at the same level will be the next container which should not be removed. finally, we use the splice function to remove the rows from the visibledata array and call the rowcountchanged function to redraw the tree. when deleting rows, you will need to supply a negative count of the number of rows to delete. whether opening or closing a row, we need to tell the tree to repaint the twisty in the new state. the easiest way to do this is to invalidate the row. complete example there are several other view functions we can implement but they don't need to do anything in this example, so we can create functions that do nothing for those. they are added near the end of the complete ex...

Trees - Archive of obsolete content
, and both may contain column headers. the tree also supports nested rows, whereas the listbox does not. however, listboxes may contain any type of content, whereas trees may only contain text and images. (using advanced features, progress meters or checkboxes also can be added to the tree) a tree consists of two parts, the set of columns, and the tree body. the set of columns is defined by a number of treecol elements, one for each column. each column will appear as a header at the top of the tree. the second part, the tree body, contains the data to appear in the tree and is created with a treechildren tag. the tree is unique in that the body of the tree consists only of a single widget which draws all of the data in the tree. this contrasts with the listbox, where individual listitem a...
...n by the tree. the tree is smart enough to only ask for information from the view for those rows that need to be displayed. this allows the view to be optimized such that it only needs to load the data for displayed content. for instance, a tree might have thousands of rows, yet most of them will be scrolled off the border of the tree, hidden from view. this means that the tree is scalable to any number of rows without any performance problems. of course, this is independant of the performance of the view object itself. a tree view is an object which implements the nsitreeview interface. this interface contains thirty properties and functions which you may implement. these functions will be called by the tree as necessary to retrieve data and state about the tree. for instance, the getcelltext(...
...e to resize the window to see anything since there isn't any data to display. since the tree has been marked as flexible, the body will stretch to fit the available space. making a tree flexible is quite commonly done, as it is often the case that the data in the tree is the most significant information displayed, so it makes sense to make the tree grow to fit. however, you may specify a specific number of rows to appear in a tree by setting the rows attribute on the tree element. this attribute specifies how many rows are displayed in the user interface, not how many rows of data there are. the total number of rows is supplied by the tree view. if there are more rows of data in the tree, a scrollbar will appear to allow the user to see the rest of them. if you don't specify the rows attribute, ...
...> <treecell label="let's do lunch"/> </treerow> </treeitem> </treechildren> </tree> as can be seen in the image, the tree has been created with two rows of data. this tree has two columns, the second of which will take up more space than the first. you will usually make the columns flexible. you can also supply widths with the width attribute. you should include the same number of treecol elements as there are columns in the tree. otherwise strange things might happen. the header row is created automatically. the button in the upper right corner can be used to hide and show the columns. you can place a hidecolumnpicker attribute on the tree and set it to true if you would like to hide this button. if this button is hidden, the user will not be able to hide columns. ma...

tree - Archive of obsolete content
each row of the tree may contain child rows which are displayed indented from the parent. unlike other elements, the data to display inside the tree is not specified using tags, but is determined from a view object. the view object implements the nsitreeview interface. the view is queried for the data to appear in the tree. ...
...content tree nsitreeview, nsixultreebuilder, nsitreecontentview yes this tree is generated from an rdf datasource. it is similar to the previous type but is used when the tree does not have dont-build-content in its flags attribute. dom treeitems are created, so you can access the data using rdf functions or dom functions. this type is suitable for rdf generated trees with a fairly small number of rows. custom tree view nsitreeview no for this tree you implement the nsitreeview interface yourself. the tree's data is retrieved from this custom view. the custom view should be attached to the tree by setting its view property. more information is available in the xul tutorial. also tree widget changes. relevant accessbility guidelines provide ...
...picker will be hidden. the default value is false. onselect type: script code this event is sent to a tree when a row is selected, or whenever the selection changes. the user can select multiple rows by holding down shift or control and clicking on a row. the onselect event will be sent for each item added to or removed from the selection. rows type: integer the number of rows to display in the element. if the element contains more than this number of rows, a scrollbar will appear which the user can use to scroll to the other rows. to get the actual number of rows in the element, use the getrowcount method. seltype type: one of the values below used to indicate whether multiple selection is allowed. single only one row may be selected at a time.
...the tree view's nsitreeview.getcelltext() method is called to obtain the cell contents. stopediting( shouldaccept ) return type: no return value stops editing the cell currently being edited. if the shouldaccept parameter is true, the cell's label is changed to the edited value (the tree view's nsitreeview.setcelltext() method is called to change...

2006-11-10 - Archive of obsolete content
tches to toolkit from now on unit test must be provided with all patches. other important notes are contained in the link above firefox and thunderbird 1.5.0.8 were released firefox and thunderbird 1.5.0.8 were released on november 7, 2006 blocker nomination and code freeze for 1.5.0.9/2.0.0.1 blocker nomination is due on november 10. ...
...patches. other important notes are contained in the link above firefox and thunderbird 1.5.0.8 were released firefox and thunderbird 1.5.0.8 were released on november 7, 2006 blocker nomination and code freeze for 1.5.0.9/2.0.0.1 blocker nomination is due on november 10. ...
... above firefox and thunderbird 1.5.0.8 were released firefox and thunderbird 1.5.0.8 were released on november 7, 2006 blocker nomination and code freeze for 1.5.0.9/2.0.0.1 blocker nomination is due on november 10. code freeze for these versions is on november 26 version numbering changes paul reed announced changes to the way version numbers are done for pre-releases. ...
...erbird 1.5.0.8 were released on november 7, 2006 blocker nomination and code freeze for 1.5.0.9/2.0.0.1 blocker nomination is due on november 10. code freeze for these versions is on november 26 version numbering changes paul reed announced changes to the way version numbers are done for pre-releases. ...

2006-11-17 - Archive of obsolete content
announcements 1.5.0.9/2.0.0.1 code freeze - friday, november 24 code freeze for 1.5.0.9 and 2.0.0.1 on friday nov. 24. configure regeneration back up, but another outage tonight... preed reports that the machine with autoconf is back up. but there is another outage scheduled so the tinderboxen will be down early. ...
.... mozilla scheduled downtime - 11/14/2006, 9:30pm - 1:00am pst a number of machines are going to go down. a full list can be found here mozilla/configure regeneration down preed says that the machine that does autoconf went down during a power outage. preed and it are working on it. discussion from 50 to 100 locales continuation of the discussion of how to make l10n easier and increase the number of locals with which mozilla products ship. ...
...pst a number of machines are going to go down. a full list can be found here mozilla/configure regeneration down preed says that the machine that does autoconf went down during a power outage. preed and it are working on it. discussion from 50 to 100 locales continuation of the discussion of how to make l10n easier and increase the number of locals with which mozilla products ship. ...
...onfigure regeneration down preed says that the machine that does autoconf went down during a power outage. preed and it are working on it. ...

NSPR Release Engineering Guide - Archive of obsolete content
this paper is for engineers performing formal release for the netscape portable runtime (nspr) across all platforms. nspr generally follows the iplanet product lifecycle. ...
... this paper is for engineers performing formal release for the netscape portable runtime (nspr) across all platforms. nspr generally follows the iplanet product lifecycle. ...
...g and optimized on all platforms using local directories run the test suite on all targets verify release numbers show up in binaries resolve testing anomalies tag the tree with nsprpub_release_x_y_z_beta beta release checkout a whole new tree using the tag from above build all targets, debug and optimized on all platforms using the command: gmake release mdist=<dir>/mdist build_number=vx.y.z [build_opt=1 | use_debug_rtl=1] copy the bits from mdist to /share/builds/components/nspr20/.vx.y.z 1 run explode.pl run the test suite on all targets, using binaries & headers from shipped bits resolve testing anomalies tag the tree with nsprpub_release_x_y[_z] release candidate checkout a whole new tree using tag (including fixes) tag the treey with nsprpub_release_x_...
...copy /share/builds/components/nspr20/vx.y.z/* to /share/systems/mozilla/pub/nspr/vx.y.z/ orig...

-ms-scrollbar-3dlight-color - Archive of obsolete content
ritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the top and left edges of the scroll box and scroll arrows of the scroll bar. ...
... the color of the top and left edges of the scroll box and scroll arrows of the scroll bar. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples the following example shows how to create a style rule that sets the -ms-scrollbar-3dlight-color property for a <textarea> element. code example: http://samples.msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/samples/author/dhtml/refs/scrollbarcolor.htm <!doctype html> <html> <head> <title>scrollbar-3dlight-color</title> <style> .blue3dlight { -...

-ms-scrollbar-arrow-color - Archive of obsolete content
valuebuttontextapplies toall elementsinheritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the scroll arrows of the scroll bar. ...
...typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the scroll arrows of the scroll bar. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples the following example shows how to use -ms-scrollbar-arrow-color and -ms-scrollbar-face-color to display a scroll bar with a blue scroll box and arrows, and a scroll bar with a green scroll box and arrows. div { width: 150px; height: 150px; overflow-y: scroll; border-style: solid; border-width: thin; font-family: sans-serif; floa...

-ms-scrollbar-base-color - Archive of obsolete content
n user agentapplies toall elementsinheritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the base color of the main elements of a scroll bar. ...
...ediscrete syntax values <color> the base color of the main elements of a scroll bar. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples this example uses -ms-scrollbar-base-color and -ms-scrollbar-arrow-color to create two <div> objects with different scroll bar color schemes. div { width: 150px; height: 150px; border-style: solid; border-width: thin; overflow-y: scroll; font-family: sans-serif; float: left; margin-right: 10px; } .aquascroll { scrollbar-base-...

-ms-scrollbar-darkshadow-color - Archive of obsolete content
itial valuethreeddarkshadowapplies toall elementsinheritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the scroll bar's gutter. ...
...edanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the scroll bar's gutter. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples the following example shows how to create a style rule that sets the -ms-scrollbar-darkshadow-color property for a <textarea> element. code example: http://samples.msdn.microsoft.com/workshop/samples/author/dhtml/refs/scrollbarcolor.htm <!doctype html> <html> <head> <title>scrollbar-darkshadow-color</title> <style> .blueshadow { ...

-ms-scrollbar-face-color - Archive of obsolete content
al valuethreedfaceapplies toall elementsinheritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the scroll box and scroll arrows. ...
...on typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the scroll box and scroll arrows. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples this example uses -ms-scrollbar-face-color and -ms-scrollbar-arrow-color to display a scroll bar with a blue scroll box and arrows, and a scroll bar with a green scroll box and arrows. div { width: 150px; height: 150px; overflow-y: scroll; border-style: solid; border-width: thin; font-family: sans-serif; float: left; margin-rig...

-ms-scrollbar-highlight-color - Archive of obsolete content
ueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the slider tray, the top and left edges of the scroll box, and the scroll arrows of a scroll bar. ...
...lider tray, the top and left edges of the scroll box, and the scroll arrows of a scroll bar. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples this example uses -ms-scrollbar-highlight-color, -ms-scrollbar-face-color, and -ms-scrollbar-arrow-color to create two <div> objects with different scroll bar color schemes. div { width: 150px; height: 150px; border-style: solid; border-width: thin; overflow-y: scroll; font-family: sans-serif; float: left; margin-right: 10px; }...

-ms-scrollbar-shadow-color - Archive of obsolete content
tedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the bottom and right edges of the scroll box and scroll arrows of a scroll bar. ...
...the color of the bottom and right edges of the scroll box and scroll arrows of a scroll bar. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples the following example shows how to create a style rule that sets the -ms-scrollbar-shadow-color property for a <textarea> element. <!doctype html> <html> <head> <title>scrollbar-shadow-color</title> <style> .blueshadow { scrollbar-shadow-color: blue; } </style> </head> <body> <textarea class="blueshadow">the gutter eleme...

-ms-scrollbar-track-color - Archive of obsolete content
crollbar. initial valuescrollbarapplies toall elementsinheritedyescomputed valueas specifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the track element. ...
...pecifiedanimation typediscrete syntax values <color> the color of the track element. ...
... formal syntax <color>where <color> = <rgb()> | <rgba()> | <hsl()> | <hsla()> | <hex-color> | <named-color> | currentcolor | <deprecated-system-color>where <rgb()> = rgb( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgb( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgb( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<rgba()> = rgba( <percentage>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ...
...<number>{3} [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | rgba( <percentage>#{3} , <alpha-value>? ) | rgba( <number>#{3} , <alpha-value>? )<hsl()> = hsl( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsl( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )<hsla()> = hsla( <hue> <percentage> <percentage> [ / <alpha-value> ]? ) | hsla( <hue>, <percentage>, <percentage>, <alpha-value>? )where <alpha-value> = <number> | <percentage><hue> = <number> | <angle> examples this example uses -ms-scrollbar-track-color, -ms-scrollbar-face-color, and -ms-scrollbar-arrow-color to create two <div> elements with different scroll bar color schemes. div { width: 150px; height: 150px; border-style: solid; border-width: thin; overflow-y: scroll; font-family: sans-serif; float: left; margin-right: 10px; } .

Generator comprehensions - Archive of obsolete content
if (year > 2000) if (year < 2010) year); // generator function which yields 2006, the same as below: (for (year of years) if (year > 2000 && year < 2010) year); // generator function which yields 2006 generator comprehensions compared to generator function an easy way to understand generator comprehension syntax, is to compare it with the generator function. example 1: simple generator. ...
... 2006, the same as below: (for (year of years) if (year > 2000 && year < 2010) year); // generator function which yields 2006 generator comprehensions compared to generator function an easy way to understand generator comprehension syntax, is to compare it with the generator function. example 1: simple generator. ...
...0) year); // generator function which yields 2006 generator comprehensions compared to generator function an easy way to understand generator comprehension syntax, is to compare it with the generator function. example 1: simple generator. var numbers = [1, 2, 3]; // generator function (function*() { for (let i of numbers) { yield i * i; } })(); // generator comprehension (for (i of numbers) i * i ); // result: both return a generator which yields [1, 4, 9] example 2: using if in generator. ...
...ay to understand generator comprehension syntax, is to compare it with the generator function. example 1: simple generator. var numbers = [1, 2, 3]; // generator function (function*() { for (let i of numbers) { yield i * i; } })(); // generator comprehension (for (i of numbers) i * i ); // result: both return a generator which yields [1, 4, 9] example 2: using if in generator. var numbers = [1, 2, 3]; // generator function (function*() { for (let i of numbers) { if (i < 3) { yield i * 1; } } })(); // generator comprehension (for (i of numbers) if (i < 3) i); // result: both return a generator which yields [1, 2] specifications generator comprehensions were initially in the ecmascript 2015 draft, but got removed in revision 27 (august 2014). please see older...

Fixing Incorrectly Sized List Item Markers - Archive of obsolete content
summary: an obscure bug in gecko causes list-item markers to be differently sizeed than the text of the list item, but there is a fix authors can use. learn how to correctly size list item markers in gecko 0.9.4, the basis of netscape 6.2.x and compuserve 7. shortly before mozilla 0.9.4 was finished, a bug was introduced that affects the sizing of list item markers (such as the numbers in an ordered list). ...
...in fact, the markers were set to be a uniform size that did not change to match the content of the list items, so in rare cases the marker might actually appear to be smaller. see bug 110360, which explains the problem and shows when the fix was applied. ...
...zilla 0.9.4 and later, the markers of lists will not use the font size of the list item text, but will instead stay the same as the user's default font size. see bug 97351 for more details. the solution fortunately, there are mozilla-specific css-like rules that can be used to correct both problems. the following rule is derived from mozilla's html.css file: *|*:-moz-list-bullet, *|*:-moz-list-number {font-size: 1em;} this rule tells gecko-based browsers to use the computed value of font-size for the marker's parent, which is the list item itself. thus the font sizes of the marker and the content will be the same. since this rule is not valid css, it will prevent the validation of any stylesheet that contains it. one solution is to move the rule into its own stylesheet, and accept that the ...
...move the rule into its own stylesheet, and accept that the stylesheet in question will never validate. this might also be a place to put any explorer-specific css-like rules (such as scrollbar styling rules), which also will not validate. authors who are not concerned with making sure the rule applies across all namespaces can use a slightly more simplified rule: *:-moz-list-bullet, *:-moz-list-number {font-size: 1em;} recommendations if it is important to make list item markers match the font size of the content, use one of the suggested rules. in situations where validation is a priority, segregate the rule into a separate stylesheet so that the rule will not confuse css validators run against the main stylesheet. related links bug 110360 bug 97351 original document information...

2D maze game with device orientation - Game development
supported by the browser and available in the window.navigator object, vibrate the phone for 100 miliseconds. that's it! adding the elapsed time to improve replayability and give players the option to compete with each other we will store the elapsed time — players can then try to improve on their best game completion time. to implement this we have to create a variable for storing the actual number of seconds elapsed from the start of the game, and to show it for the player in the game. let’s define the variables in the create function first: this.timer = 0; // time elapsed in the current level this.totaltimer = 0; // time elapsed in the whole game then, right after that, we can initialize the necessary text objects to display this information to the user: this.timertext = this.game.ad...
... if the current level is lower than 5, all the neccesary variables are reset and the next level is loaded. ideas for new features this is merely a working demo of a game that could h...
...evel+" / "+this.maxlevels); this.ball.body.x = this.ballstartpos.x; this.ball.body.y = this.ballstartpos.y; this.ball.body.velocity.x = 0; this.ball.body.velocity.y = 0; this.showlevel(); } }, if the current level is equal to the maximum number of levels (in this case 5), then the game is finished — you'll get a congratulations message along with the number of seconds elapsed through the whole game, and a button to press that takes you to the main menu. if the current level is lower than 5, all the neccesary variables are reset and the next level is loaded. ideas for new features this is merely a working demo of a game that could have lots of additional features. we can for example add power-ups to collect along the way that will make our ball ro...
...summary i hope this tutorial will help you dive into 2d game development and inspire you to create awesome games on your own. you can play the demo game cyber orb and check out its source code on github. html5 gives us raw tools, the frameworks built on top of it are getting faster and better, so now is a great time get into web game development. in this tutorial we used phaser, but there are a number of other frameworks worth considering too like impactjs, construct 2 or playcanvas — it depends on your preferences, coding skills (or lack thereof), project scale, requirements and other aspects. you should check them all out and decide which one suits your needs best. ...

Endianness - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
little-endian means storing bytes in order of least-to-most-significant (where the least significant byte takes the first or lowest address), comparable to a common european way of writing dates (e.g., 31 december 2050). ...
...little-endian means storing bytes in order of least-to-most-significant (where the least significant byte takes the first or lowest address), comparable to a common european way of writing dates (e.g., 31 december 2050). ...
...little-endian means storing bytes in order of least-to-most-significant (where the least significant byte takes the first or lowest address), comparable to a common european way of writing dates (e.g., 31 december 2050). ...
...r, comparable to an iso date (2050-12-31). big-endian is also often called "network byte order", because internet standards usually require data to be stored big-endian, starting at the standard unix socket level and going all the way up to standardized web binary data structures. also, older mac computers using 68000-series and powerpc microprocessors formerly used big-endian. examples with the number 0x12345678 (i.e. 305 419 896 in decimal): little-endian: 0x78 0x56 0x34 0x12 big-endian: 0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78 mixed-endian (historic and very rare): 0x34 0x12 0x78 0x56 ...

Type coercion - MDN Web Docs Glossary: Definitions of Web-related terms
type coercion is the automatic or implicit conversion of values from one data type to another (such as strings to numbers). type conversion is similar to type coercion because they both convert values from one data type to another with one key difference — type coercion is implicit whereas type conversion can be either implicit or explicit. examples const value1 = '5'; const value2 = 9; let sum = value1 + value2; console.log(sum); in the above example, javascript has coerced the 9 from a number into a string and then concatenated the two values together, resulting in a string of 59. javascript had a choice between a string or a number and decided to use a string. the compiler could have coerced the 5 into a number and returned a sum of 14, but it did not. to return this result, yo...
... in the above example, javascript has coerced the 9 from a number into a string and then concatenated the two values together, resulting in a string of 59. javascript had a choice between a string or a number and decided to use a string. the compiler could have coerced the 5 into a number and returned a sum of 14, but it did not. ...
...mple, javascript has coerced the 9 from a number into a string and then concatenated the two values together, resulting in a string of 59. javascript had a choice between a string or a number and decided to use a string. the compiler could have coerced the 5 into a number and returned a sum of 14, but it did not. ...
...rced the 9 from a number into a string and then concatenated the two values together, resulting in a string of 59. javascript had a choice between a string or a number and decided to use a string. the compiler could have coerced the 5 into a number and returned a sum of 14, but it did not. ...

Beginner's guide to media queries - Learn web development
e is correct. media types the possible types of media you can specify are: all print screen speech the following media query will only set the body to 12pt if the page is printed. it will not apply when the page is loaded in a browser. @media print { body { font-size: 12pt; } } note: the media type here is different from the so-called mime type. note: there were a number of other media types defined in the level 3 media queries specification; these have been deprecated and should be avoided. note: media types are optional; if you do not indicate a media type in your media query then the media query will default to being for all media types. media feature rules after specifying the type, you can then target a media feature with a rule. width and height the...
...m, or a maximum. for example, to make the color blue if the viewport is narrower than 600 pixels, use max-width: @media screen and (max-width: 600px) { body { color: blue; } } open this example in the browser, or view the source. in practice, using minimum or maximum values is much more useful for responsive design so you will rarely see width or height used alone. there are a number of other media features that you can test for, although some of the newer features introduced in level 4 and 5 of the media queries specification have limited browser support. each feature is documented on mdn along with browser support information, and you can find a full list at using media queries: media features. orientation one well-supported media feature is orientation, which allows us t...
...creen and (max-width: 600px) { ... }) are not going to render as expected. to remedy this, including a viewport meta tag like the one above on your page tells the browser "don't render the content with a 960 pixel viewport — render it using the real device width instead, and set a default initial scale level for better consistency." the media queries will then kick in as expected. there are a number of other options you can put inside the content attribute of the viewport meta tag — see using the viewport meta tag to control layout on mobile browsers for more details. do you really need a media query? flexbox, grid, and multi-column layout all give you ways to create flexible and even responsive components without the need for a media query. it's always worth considering whether these la...
.....</p> </li> </ul> .grid { list-style: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; display: grid; gap: 20px; grid-template-columns: repeat(auto-fill, minmax(200px, 1fr)); } .grid li { border: 1px solid #666; padding: 10px; } open the grid layout example in the browser, or view the source. with the example open in your browser, make the screen wider and narrower to see the number of column tracks change. the nice thing about this method is that grid is not looking at the viewport width, but the width it has available for this component. it might seem strange to wrap up a section about media queries with a suggestion that you might not need one at all! however, in practice you will find that good use of modern layout methods, enhanced with media queries, will give the best...

Responsive design - Learn web development
t up-to-date. in addition, these mobile sites often offered a very cut down experience. as mobile devices became more powerful and able to display full websites, this was frustrating to mobile users who found themselves trapped in the site's mobile version and unable to access information they knew was on the full-featured desktop version of the site. flexible layout before responsive design a number of approaches were developed to try to solve the downsides of the liquid or fixed-width methods of building websites. in 2004 cameron adams wrote a post entitled resolution dependent layout, describing a method of creating a design that could adapt to different screen resolutions. this approach required javascript to detect the screen resolution and load the correct css. zoe mickley gillenwater ...
...en described as mobile first design. find out more in the mdn documentation for media queries. flexible grids responsive sites don't just change their layout between breakpoints, they are built on flexible grids. a flexible grid means that you don't need to target every possible device size that there is, and build a pixel perfect layout for it. that approach would be impossible given the vast number of differently-sized devices that exist, and the fact that on desktop at least, people do not always have their browser window maximized. by using a flexible grid, you only need to add in a breakpoint and change the design at the point where the content starts to look bad. for example, if the line lengths become unreadably long as the screen size increases, or a box becomes squashed with two wor...
...be split into. the browser then works out the size of these, a size that will change according to the screen size. .container { column-count: 3; } if you instead specify a column-width, you are specifying a minimum width. the browser will create as many columns of that width as will comfortably fit into the container, then share out the remaining space between all the columns. therefore the number of columns will change according to how much space there is. .container { column-width: 10em; } flexbox in flexbox, flex items will shrink and distribute space between the items according to the space in their container, as their initial behavior. by changing the values for flex-grow and flex-shrink you can indicate how you want the items to behave when they encounter more or less space ar...
... or as little as they need to; preventing this causes accessibility problems. note: there is a css @ rule designed to replace the viewport meta tag — @viewport — however, it has poor browser support. when both are used the meta tag overrides @viewport. summary responsive design refers to a site or application design that responds to the environment in which it is viewed. it encompasses a number of css and html features and techniques and is now essentially just how we build websites by default. consider the sites that you visit on your phone — it is probably fairly unusual to come across a site that is the desktop version scaled down, or where you need to scroll sideways to find things. this is because the web has moved to this approach of designing responsively. it has also become m...

JavaScript basics - Learn web development
a value to a variable, you can change it later in the code: let myvariable = 'bob'; myvariable = 'steve'; note that variables may hold values that have different data types: variable explanation example string this is a sequence of text known as a string. to signify that the value is a string, enclose it in single quote marks. let myvariable = 'bob'; number this is a number. numbers don't have quotes around them. let myvariable = 10; boolean this is a true/false value. the words true and false are special keywords that don't need quote marks. let myvariable = true; array this is a structure that allows you to store multiple values in a single reference. let myvariable = [1,'bob','steve',10]; refer to each memb...
... an option to put it behind two slashes like this: // this is a comment operators an operator is a mathematical symbol which produces a result based on two values (or variables). in the following table you can see some of the simplest operators, along with some examples to try in the javascript console. operator explanation symbol(s) example addition add two numbers together or combine two strings. + 6 + 9; 'hello ' + 'world!'; subtraction, multiplication, division these do what you'd expect them to do in basic math. -, *, / 9 - 3; 8 * 2; // multiply in js is an asterisk 9 / 3; assignment as you've seen already: this assigns a value to a variable. = let myvariable = 'bob'; equality this perfo...
...plore, but this is enough for now. see expressions and operators for a complete list. note: mixing data types can lead to some strange results when performing calculations. be careful that you are referring to your variables correctly, and getting the results you expect. for example, enter '35' + '25' into your console. why don't you get the result you expected? because the quote marks turn the numbers into strings, so you've ended up concatenating strings rather than adding numbers. if you enter, 35 + 25 you'll get the total of the two numbers. conditionals conditionals are code structures used to test if an expression returns true or not. a very common form of conditionals is the if ... else statement. for example: let icecream = 'chocolate'; if(icecream === 'chocolate') { alert('yay, ...
...ed to do their job. arguments go inside the parentheses, separated by commas if there is more than one argument. for example, the alert() function makes a pop-up box appear inside the browser window, but we need to give it a string as an argument to tell the function what message to display. you can also define your own functions. in the next example, we create a simple function which takes two numbers as arguments and multiplies them: function multiply(num1,num2) { let result = num1 * num2; return result; } try running this in the console; then test with several arguments. for example: multiply(4, 7); multiply(20, 20); multiply(0.5, 3); note: the return statement tells the browser to return the result variable out of the function so it is available to use. this is necessary because v...

Images in HTML - Learn web development
alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth"> the easiest way to test your alt text is to purposely misspell your filename. if for example our image name was spelled dinosooooor.jpg, the browser wouldn't display the image, and would display the alt text instead: so, why would you ever see or need alt text? it can come in handy for a number of reasons: the user is visually impaired, and is using a screen reader to read the web out to them. in fact, having alt text available to describe images is useful to most users. as described above, the spelling of the file or path name might be wrong. the browser doesn't support the image type. some people still use text-only browsers, such as lynx, which displays the alt text of images. ...
...s are not missing any of the content. try turning off images in your browser and see how things look. you'll soon realize how helpful alt text is if the image cannot be seen. note: for more information, see our guide to text alternatives. width and height you can use the width and height attributes to specify the width and height of your image. you can find your image's width and height in a number of ways. for example on the mac you can use cmd + i to get the info display up for the image file. returning to our example, we could do this: <img src="images/dinosaur.jpg" alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth" width="400" height="341"> this doesn't result in much difference to the display, under normal circumstances...
...needed. in our example, we could do this: <img src="images/dinosaur.jpg" alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth" width="400" height="341" title="a t-rex on display in the manchester university museum"> this gives us a tooltip on mouse hover, just like link titles: however, this is not recommended — title has a number of accessibility problems, mainly based around the fact that screen reader support is very unpredictable and most browsers won't show it unless you are hovering with a mouse (so e.g. no access to keyboard users). if you are interested in more information about this, read the trials and tribulations of the title attribute by scott o'hara. it is better to include such supporting information in the...
...for example, there would be nothing to stop you from doing this: <div class="figure"> <img src="images/dinosaur.jpg" alt="the head and torso of a dinosaur skeleton; it has a large head with long sharp teeth" width="400" height="341"> <p>a t-rex on display in the manchester university museum.</p> </d...

Graceful asynchronous programming with Promises - Learn web development
e to ours, to see what it is meant to look like — see it live, and see the source code. note: if you were improving this code, you might want to loop through a list of items to display, fetching and decoding each one, and then loop through the results inside promise.all(), running a different function to display each one depending on what the type of code was. this would make it work for any number of items, not just three. also, you could determine what the type of file is being fetched without needing an explicit type property. you could, for example, check the content-type http header of the response in each case using response.headers.get("content-type"), and then react accordingly. running some final code after a promise fulfills/rejects there will be cases where you want to run a ...
...ng different messages to be passed upon success. take a copy of the previous example, and replace the existing timeoutpromise() definition with this: function timeoutpromise(message, interval) { return new promise((resolve, reject) => { if (message === '' || typeof message !== 'string') { reject('message is empty or not a string'); } else if (interval < 0 || typeof interval !== 'number') { reject('interval is negative or not a number'); } else { settimeout(function(){ resolve(message); }, interval); } }); }; here we are passing two arguments into a custom function — a message to do something with, and the time interval to pass before doing the thing. inside the function we then return a new promise object — invoking the function will ret...
...rn the promise we want to use. inside the promise constructor, we do several checks inside if ... else structures: first of all, we check to see if the message is appropriate for being alerted. if it is an empty string or not a string at all, we reject the promise with a suitable error message. next, we check to see if the interval is an appropriate interval value. if it is negative or not a number, we reject the promise with a suitable error message. finally, if the parameters both look ok, we resolve the promise with the specified message after the specified interval has passed using settimeout(). since the timeoutpromise() function returns a promise, we can chain .then(), .catch(), etc. onto it to make use of its functionality. let's use it now — replace the previous timeoutpromise ...
...ake use of its functionality. let's use it now — replace the previous timeoutpromise usage with this one: timeoutpromise('hello there!', 1000) .then(message => { alert(message); }) .catch(e => { console.log('error: ' + e); }); when you save and run the code as is, after one second you'll get the message alerted. now try setting the message to an empty string or the interval to a negative number, for example, and you'll be able to see the promise reject with the appropriate error messages! you could also try doing something else with the resolved message rather than just alerting it. note: you can find our version of this example on github as custom-promise2.html (see also the source code). a more real-world example the above example was kept deliberately simple to make the concepts...

Video and Audio APIs - Learn web development
to get started with this example, download our media-player-start.zip and unzip it into a new directory on your hard drive. if you downloaded our examples repo, you'll find it in javascript/apis/video-audio/start/ at this point, if you load the html you should see a perfectly normal html5 video player, with the native controls rendered. exploring the html open the html index file. ...
...if so, they add a leading zero to the values, in the same way that a digital clock display works. the actual time value to display is set as minutevalue plus a colon ch...
...if so, they add a leading zero to the values, in the same way that a digital clock display works. ...
...he length we should set the inner <div> to is worked out by first working out the width of the outer <div> (any element's clientwidth property will contain its length), and then multiplying it by the htmlmediaelement.currenttime divided by the total htmlmediaelement.duration of the media. we set the width of the inner <div> to equal the calculated bar length, plus "px", so it will be set to that number of pixels. fixing play and pause there is one problem left to fix. if the play/pause or stop buttons are pressed while the rewind or fast forward functionality is active, they just don't work. how can we fix it so that they cancel the rwd/fwd button functionality and play/stop the video as you'd expect? this is fairly easy to fix. first of all, add the following lines inside the stopmedia() f...

Test your skills: Math - Learn web development
note: you can try out solutions in the interactive editors below, however it may be helpful to download the code and use an online tool such as codepen, jsfiddle, or glitch to work on the tasks. if you get stuck, then ask us for help — see the assessment or further help section at the bottom of this page. note: in the examples below, if there is an error in your code it will be outputted into the results panel on the page, to help you try to figure out the answer (or into the browser's javascript console, in the case of the downloadable version). ...
...vascript console, in the case of the downloadable version). math 1 let's start out by testing your knowledge of basic math operators. you will have to create four numeric values, then add the first two together, then subtract the fourth from the third, then multiply the two secondary results together to get a result of 48. finally, we need to write a test that proves that this value is an even number. so, try updating the live code below to recreate the finished example, following these steps: create four variables that contain numbers. call the variables something sensible. add the first two variables together and store the result in another variable. subtract the fourth variable from the third and store the result in another variable. multiply the results from the last two steps toge...
...ore the result in another variable. subtract the fourth variable from the third and store the result in another variable. multiply the results from the last two steps together, storing the result in a variable called finalresult. the product should be 48. if it isn't, you'll have to adjust some of the initial input values. finally, write a calculation that checks whether finalresult is an even number. store the result in a variable called evenoddresult. download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. math 2 in the second task you are already provided with two calculations, with the results stored in the variables result and result2. but these results aren't what we want; you'll need to take the calculations and change them to give us what w...
...iplies result and result2 together and assigns the result back to result. this will require assignment shorthand. write a line of code that takes result and formats it to 2 decimal places, storing the result of this in a variable called finalresult. check the data type of finalresult using typeof; you'll probably see that it is actually of string type! write a line of code that converts it to a number type, storing the result in a variable called finalnumber. the value of finalnumber needs to be 10.42. go back and update the original calculations you were provided with so that they give this final result. don't update the numbers or the operators. download the starting point for this task to work in your own editor or in an online editor. math 3 in the final task for this article, we ...

What is web performance? - Learn web development
ience of a web site or application. this includes the following major areas: reducing overall load time: how long does it take the files required to render the web site to download on to the user's computer? this tends to be affected by latency, how big your files are, how many files there are, and other factors besides. a general strategy is to make your files as small as possible, reduce the number of http requests made as much as possible, and employ clever loading techniques (such as preload) to make files available sooner. making the site usable as soon as possible: this basically means loading your web site assets in a sensible order so that the user can start to actually use it really quickly. any other assets can continue to load in the background while the user gets on with primary ...
...ed time to interactive. smoothness and interactivity: does the application feel reliable and pleasurable to use? is the scrolling smooth? are buttons clickable? are pop-ups quick to open up, and do they animate smoothly as they do so? there are a lot of best practices to consider in making apps feel smooth, for example using css animations rather than javascript for animation, and minimizing the number of repaints the ui requires due to changes in the dom. perceived performance: how fast a website seems to the user has a greater impact on user experience than how fast the website actually is. how a user perceives your performance is as important, or perhaps more important, than any objective statistic, but it's subjective, and not as readily measurable. perceived performance is user perspectiv...
...r than just showing nothing, which will make it feel like it is taking a lot longer and possibly lead to your users thinking it is broken and giving up. performance measurements: web performance involves measuring the actual and perceived speeds of an application, optimizing where possible, and then monitoring the performance, to ensure that what you've optimized stays optimized. this involves a number of metrics (measurable indicators that can indicate success or failure) and tools to meaure those metrics, which we will discuss throughout this module. to summarize, many features impact performance including latency, application size, the number of dom nodes, the number of resource requests made, javascript performance, cpu load, and more. it is important to minimize the loading and response ...
... latency. we mention this briefly earlier on, but in brief, latency is the time it takes for your website assets to travel from the server to a user's computer. there is overhead involved in establishing tcp and http connections, and some unavoidable latency in pushing the request and response bytes back and forth across the network, but there are certain ways to reduce latency (e.g. reducing the number of http request you make by downloading less files, using a cdn to make your site more universally performant across thw world, and using http/2 to serve file more efficiently from the server). you can read all about this topic at understanding latency. conclusion that's it for now; we hope our brief overview of the web performance topic helped you to get an idea of what it is all about, and m...

Strategies for carrying out testing - Learn web development
ting you need. see virtual machines later on. lots of people use ios and android, so you probably also want to test the latest versions of ios safari, the last couple of versions of the old android stock browser, and chrome and firefox for ios and android. you should ideally test these on both a phone and a tablet, to make sure that responsive designs are working ok. you might also know that a number of people still use ie 9. this is old and less capable, so let's put it in the b grade tier. this gives us the following support chart so far: a grade: chrome and firefox for windows/mac, safari for mac, edge and ie for windows (last two versions of each), ios safari for iphone/ipad, android stock browser (last two versions) on phone/tablet, chrome and firefox for android (last two versions) ...
...t will serve somewhere else (e.g. certain countries, or locales), then you will probably have different common browsers to test. note: "the ceo of my company uses a blackberry, so we'd better make sure it looks good on that" can also be a persuasive argument. browser support stats one helpful measure you can call on to inform your browser testing choices is browser support stats. there are a number of sites that provide such stats, for example: netmarketshare statcounter these are both very north america-centric, and not particularly accurate, but they can give you an idea of broad trends. for example, let's go to netmarketshare. you can see that opera is listed as having small but visible usage figures, so we should add it to our support chart too as grade c. ie8 is listed as being...
... companies and individuals are generally not able to afford such a sophisticated lab, so tend to make do with smaller labs, emulators, virtual machines, and commercial testing apps. we will cover each of the other options below. note: some efforts have been made to create publically accessible device labs — see open device labs. note: we also need to consider accessibility — there are a number of useful tools you can install on your machine to facilitate accessibility testing, but we'll cover those in the handling common accessibility problems article, later in the course. emulators emulators are basically programs that run inside your computer and emulate a device or particular device conditions of some kind, allowing you to do some of your testing more conveniently than having to ...
...ten provided, and/or use of the virtual machine is incorporated into the installer of the emulator. virtual machines virtual machines are applications that run on your desktop computer and allow you to run emulations of entire operating systems, each compartmentalized in its own virtual hard drive (often represented by a single large file existing on the host machine's hard drive). there are a number of popular virtual machine apps available, such as parallels, vmware, and virtual box; we personally like the latter, because it is free. note: you need a lot of hard disk space available to run virtual machine emulations; each operating system you emulate can take up a lot of memory. you tend to choose the hard drive space you want for each install; you could get away with probably 10gb, but s...

Package management basics - Learn web development
iarity with the core html, css, and javascript languages. objective: to understand what package managers and package repositories are, why they are needed, and the basics of how to use them. a dependency in your project a dependency is a third-party bit of software that was probably written by someone else and ideally solves a single problem for you. a web project can have any number of dependencies, ranging from none to many, and your dependencies might include sub-dependencies that you didn't explicitly install — your dependencies may have their own dependencies. a simple example of a useful dependency that your project might need is some code to calculate relative dates as human-readable text. you could certainly code this yourself, but there's a strong chance that some...
...existing project — if it works and all the dependencies work right out of the box, then you have local dependencies to thank for the fact that the code is portable. note: npm is not the only package manager available. a successful and popular alternative package manager is yarn. yarn resolves the dependencies using a different algorithm that can mean a faster user experience. there are also a number of other emerging clients, such as pnpm. package registries for a package manager to work, it needs to know where to install packages from, and this comes in the form of a package registry. the registry is a central place that a package is published to and thus can be installed from. npm, as well as being a package manager, is also the name of the most commonly-used package registry for javasc...
...y (although this is somewhat beyond the scope of this article). type the following command, making sure you are inside the parcel-experiment directory: npm init you will now be asked some questions; npm will then create a default package.json file based on the answers: name: a name to identify the app. just press return to accept the default parcel-experiment. version: the starting version number for the app: again, just press return to accept the default 1.0.0. description: a quick description of the app's purpose. type in something really simple, like "a simple npm package to learn about using npm", then press return. entry point: this will be the top-level javascript file of the app. the default index.js is fine for now — press return. test command, git repository, and keywords: p...
...y looking in our package.json file again — you'll see that the dependencies field have been updated for us: "dependencies": { "date-fns": "^2.12.0", "parcel-bundler": "^1.12.4" } parcel has also added the files required for someone else to pick up this project and install any dependencies that we’ve used. if you take a look in the directory you ran the parcel command in, you’ll find a number of new files; the most interesting of which are: node_modules: the dependency files of parcel and date-fns. dist: the distribution directory — these are the automatically packaged, minified files parcel has built for us, and the files it is serving at localhost:1234. these are the files you would upload to your web server when releasing the site online for public consumption. so long as w...

HTMLIFrameElement.sendMouseEvent()
t interface allows you to fake a mouse event and send it to the browser <iframe>'s content. syntax instanceofhtmliframeelement.sendmouseevent(type, x, y, button, clickcount, modifiers); returns void. parameters type a string representing the event type. possible values are mousedown, mouseup, mousemove, mouseover, mouseout, or contextmenu. ...
...ameelement.sendmouseevent(type, x, y, button, clickcount, modifiers); returns void. parameters type a string representing the event type. possible values are mousedown, mouseup, mousemove, mouseover, mouseout, or contextmenu. x a number representing the x position of the cursor relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. y a number representing the y position of the cursor relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. ...
...void. parameters type a string representing the event type. possible values are mousedown, mouseup, mousemove, mouseover, mouseout, or contextmenu. x a number representing the x position of the cursor relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. y a number representing the y position of the cursor relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. button a number representing which button has been pressed on the mouse: 0 (left button), 1 (middle button), or 2 (right button). clickcount the number of clicks that should be performed. ...
...f the cursor relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. y a number representing the y position of the cursor relative to the browser <iframe>'s visible area in css pixels. button a number representing which button has been pressed on the mouse: 0 (left button), 1 (middle button), or 2 (right button). clickcount the number of clicks that should be performed. modifiers a number representing a key pressed at the same time the mouse button was clicked: 1 : alt 2 : ctrl 4 : shift 8 : meta 16 : alt gr 32 : caps lock 64 : fn 128 : num lock 256 : scroll 512 : symbol lock 1024 : win note: you can specify multiple key modifiers separated by a pipe symbol, for example 1 | 1014. examples var browser = document.queryselector('iframe'...

HTTP Cache
guishes the scope of the storage demanded to open. mandatory argument to *storage methods of nsicachestorageservice. ...
...reating a new entry recreating an already open entry implementation threading the cache api is fully thread-safe. the cache is using a single background thread where any io operations like opening, reading, writing and erasing happen. also memory pool management, eviction, visiting loops happen on this thread. the thread supports several priority levels. dispatching to a level with a lower number is executed sooner then dispatching to higher number layers; also any loop on lower levels yields to higher levels so that scheduled deletion of 1000 files will not block opening cache entries. open_priority: except opening priority cache files also file dooming happens here to prevent races read_priority: top level documents and head blocking script cache files are open and read as the first...
...ng a memory limit for intermediate memory caching, what triggers a background process of purging expired and then least used entries from memory. another way is to directly call the nsicachestorageservice.purge method. that method is also called automatically on the "memory-pressure" indication. access to the hashtables is protected by a global lock. we also - in a thread-safe manner - count the number of consumers keeping a reference on each entry. the open callback actually doesn't give the consumer directly the cacheentry object but a small wrapper class that manages the 'consumer reference counter' on its cache entry. this both mechanisms ensure thread-safe access and also inability to have more then a single instance of a cacheentry for a single <scope+enhanceid+url> key. cachestorage, im...
...vice. invoking open callbacks cacheentry, implementing the nsicacheentry interface, is responsible for managing the cache entry internal state and to properly invoke oncacheentrycheck and oncacheentryavaiable callbacks to all callers of nsicachestorage.asyncopenuri. keeps a fifo of all openers. keeps its internal state like notloaded, loading, empty, writing, ready, revalidating. keeps the number of consumers keeping a reference to it. refers a cachefile object that holds actual data and meta data and, when told to, persists it to the disk. the openers fifo is an array of cacheentry::callback objects. cacheentry::callback keeps a strong reference to the opener plus the opening flags. nsicachestorage.asyncopenuri forwards to cacheentry::asyncopen and triggers the following pseudo-code:...

How to implement a custom autocomplete search component
cu = components.utils; cu.import('resource://gre/modules/xpcomutils.jsm'); const class_id = components.id('x753d830-ba1e-11e0-962b-0800200c9a66'); // ← change this const class_name = "basic autocomplete"; const contract_id = '@mozilla.org/autocomplete/search;1?name=basic-autocomplete'; /** * @constructor * * @implements {nsiautocompleteresult} * * @param {string} searchstring * @param {number} searchresult * @param {number} defaultindex * @param {string} errordescription * @param {array.<string>} results * @param {array.<string>|null=} comments */ function providerautocompleteresult(searchstring, searchresult, defaultindex, errordescription, results, comments) { this._searchstring = searchstring; this._searchresult = searchresult; this._defaultindex = defaultindex; this...
...._errordescription = errordescription; this._results = results; this._comments = comments; } providerautocompleteresult.prototype = { _searchstring: "", _searchresult: 0, _defaultindex: 0, _errordescription: "", _results: [], _comments: [], /** * @return {string} the original search string */ get searchstring() { return this._searchstring; }, /** * @return {number} the result code of this result object, either: * result_ignored (invalid searchstring) * result_failure (failure) * result_nomatch (no matches found) * result_success (matches found) */ get searchresult() { return this._searchresult; }, /** * @return {number} the index of the default item that should be entered if * none is selected */ get d...
... get searchresult() { return this._searchresult; }, /** * @return {number} the index of the default item that should be entered if * none is selected */ get defaultindex() { return this._defaultindex; }, /** * @return {string} description of the cause of a search failure */ get errordescription() { return this._errordescription; }, /** * @return {number} the number of matches */ get matchcount() { return this._results.length; }, /** * @return {string} the value of the result at the given index */ getvalueat: function(index) { return this._results[index]; }, /** * @return {string} the comment of the result at the given index */ getcommentat: function(index) { if (this._comments) return this._commen...
... result_success (matches found) */ get searchresult() { return this._searchresult; }, /** * index of the default item that should be entered if none is selected */ get defaultindex() { return this._defaultindex; }, /** * a string describing the cause of a search failure */ get errordescription() { return this._errordescription; }, /** * the number of matches */ get matchcount() { return this._results.length; }, /** * get the value of the result at the given index */ getvalueat: function(index) { return this._results[index]; }, /** * get the comment of the result at the given index */ getcommentat: function(index) { return this._comments[index]; }, /** * get the style hint for the result at...

Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) Support in Mozilla Browsers
se of the idn protocols development, there were some competing ascii-compatible encoding (ace) schemes proposed but an agreement was reached eventually to standardize on a type of ace called "punycode". this is defined in rfc 3492 (punycode: a bootstring encoding of unicode for internationalized domain names in applications (idna)). the punycode proposal uses only restricted ascii characters and numbers (a-z0-9) and a hyphen (-). it was shown to be language independent, superior in compression, compact in code size, round-trip safe, and superior for encoding chinese/japanese/korean characters. the final step of the process is the affixing of the ace prefix to the output string from the nameprep/stringprep and punycode processing. since the punycode contains only ascii characters, it is possibl...
...g in ace form: http://xn--hckqz9bzb1cyrb.jp domain name registration after the technical standards were established by ietf, the last remaining issue was for domain name registrars to agree on an international guideline on the use of idn characters. this was accomplished by the publication of the icann guideline for idn in june of 2003. (cf. icann = internet corporation for assigned names and numbers.) the guideline allows domain name registrars in each country to limit the use of characters for domain names. since the unicode repertoire contains characters no longer used in any living languages and there are also living characters in most languages that are not suitable for uri/url creation, the icann guideline allows the governing body of each country's domain registrars to set appropriate...
...an test with netscape 7.1, which uses punycode as the default idn encoding. for example, most sample links on the following test pages can be used without any further setting: http://www.nunames.nu/eu-lang-test.htm (domain names with latin 1 accented characters) http://www.nunames.nu/lldemo/default.htm (domain names in other languages) on july 10, 2003 and thereafter, you can access a large number of japanese domain name sites under the .jp top domain with no further setting on netscape 7.1/mozilla 1.4: http://mitsuketa-nihongo.jp race (row-based ascii compatible encoding) almost all idn registration data are expected to change to punycode by the end of 2003. some country will complete the conversion quickly, e.g. japan as mentioned above, but others such as the ones under the .com a...
...nted yet. of particular concern for japanese users is the one in which full-width japanese roman characters are not normalized to ascii roman characters. (cf. bug 210734.) this forces the japanese user to shift out of the japanese input mode to write the top domain names such as .jp causing inconvenience. for other bugs, see this link. idn is a global trend and is likely to be adopted by a large number of sites making it easier for average internet users to find web sites. many web sites around the world are expected to register native language host names with the appropriate domain name registrars for their top domains. netscape 7.1 and mozilla 1.4 are playing a significant role in aiding the development of idn further. original document information author(s): katsuhiko momoi last updated d...